We Love Old U.S.A. And British 1960's Psychedelic-Acid Rock-Heavy Metal Music And Old Hippie And Beatnik Movie

Welcome To New World Order This Video Is From Are Friend At Northwest Profiles TV Show... Acid Rock Archives. We Are 8 Retired British-Chinese's Women Age 50 To 74 From Hong Kong, China And Now We Are True U.S.A. Citizen Today In 2024. So We Live At This 86 Year Old Building And Land Tax's Are Only $1,400 A Years And We Have Are Own Water Well And Septic Tank And Electric And Solar Power Average About $186 Dollars A Month. Yes We Love Are Rumble Channel In 2024 What If Everything You Were Taught Was A Lie? Welcome To Our Real Home This Video Is At The New World Order Living Headquarters - https://rumble.com/v53kz6u-welcome-to-our-real-home-this-video-is-at-the-new-world-order-living-headqu.html We Also Love Old U.S.A. And British 1960's Psychedelic-Acid Rock-Heavy Metal Music And Old Hippie And Beatnik Movie. With Help From Are Hippie Friend Prof. Randles Psychedelic Thompkins Age 72 Now At Northwest Profiles: Acid Rock Archives A True Hippie Music Story. We Love The Outdoors And Nature And Wild Flowers And We Cool Off In The Summer Time And We Like Swimming Naked In A 1,200+ Gallons Old Fire Truck And Love A Good Bonfire At Night Too. P.S. We Are Straight Women Only... That Mean's (One Man To One Woman Period) We Sleep Together 2 Or 3 Person's To A Bed And We Have A Old 1960 108 In. Red Velvet Round Bed For Us To Sleep In With 6 feet Long By 4 Feet Wide Mirrors Above Are Head And One Swing Bed With Psychedelic Lights Around Too. Its So Cool To Be A Real Hippie's Today. So Yes We Do Not Have Any Photo's Of Us On Line For Are Safety In This Day And Ages 2024 Yes We All The People Of The U.S.A. So If You Our Black-White-Yellow-Brown-Red-Woke-Trans-Etc. We At This Channel Do Not Care About Anyone Skin Color At All Now Or In The Past Time. All Info. shared in this channel is for non-hate and non-race and historical purposes to educate, elevate, entertain, enlighten, and empower through old and new film and document allowance is made for fair use for purposes such as criticism, comment, news reporting, scholarship, and research. Fair use is a use permitted by copyright statute that might otherwise be infringing. non-profit, educational or personal use tips the balance in favour of fair use. Note: The content on this channel may cover controversial topics and explore differing perspectives. It is intended for informational and discussion purposes only. Views expressed by guests or in comments do not necessarily reflect the opinions of the channel owner. We encourage respectful dialogue and open-mindedness. However, viewers are advised to conduct their own research and exercise critical thinking when engaging with the content. This channel does not endorse or condone any form of hate speech, discrimination, or violence. Viewer discretion is advised. Welcome To The New World Order - The Year Zero - The Real Origin of the World - National Anthem of the United States of America and Confederate States of America National Anthem and New World Order National Anthem Is "The Ostrich" Lyrics by Steppenwolf from the album 'Rest In Peace' 1967-1972 A.C.E. The Conspiracy to Rule Your Mind chronicles how the ruling elite have established global domination and the ability to effect the thoughts, decisions, and world view of human beings across the globe by systematically infiltrating the media, academia, industry, military and political factions under the guise of upholding democracy. Learn how this malevolent consortium has dedicated centuries to realize an oppressive and totalitarian rule through any means necessary, not limited to drug trafficking, money laundering, terror attacks and financial crisis within the world economy. Worldwide tyranny is already in full effect, the food we eat and the air we breathe are not off limits. Will we be able to stop this madness before we become an electronically monitored, cashless society wherein ever man, woman and child is micro chipped? We live in the world where sex is free and love costs, where losing a phone is scarier than losing morale, where it is fashionable to get drunk and using drugs, because if you don’t do that, you’re old and out, where men cheat on their wives with girls and if they don’t, it’s for fear of being caught, where girls are more afraid of being pregnant than getting AIDS, where pizza delivery is faster than an ambulance, where clothes decide a person’s value and money is more important than friends and family... This is not my world. Where has my true world gone? The New World Order Is Upon Us - Preserve Your Liberty By Being Prepared ! - We The People of the New World Order Thank You. Thanks For Calling and Remember the U.S. Government Leave No Witnesses Alive Behind Them. If You See Fraudulent or Criminal Activities by U.S. Government. Please Call Us (ASAP) So We Can Send Someone Out To Kill You! Thanks Again For Calling. In 1984 Tried To Warn Us We The People About Every record has been destroyed or falsified, every book rewritten, every picture has been repainted, every statue and street building has been renamed, every date has been altered. And the process is continuing day by day and minute by minute. History has stopped. If you want a picture of the future, imagine a boot stamping on a human face forever. This Information Is For Everyone To See The Real Truth Today. Thank You For Watching All Are Video's In 2024. A World Wide Rumble Day Of True World Peace 2024 This Is Most Important Video You Will Ever See In Your Life Time In This World Today Let All Live In World Peace! Learn About The Most Important Things In Life And Why They Are Essential To Achieve Happiness And Fulfilment In World Of Love, Mind & Body. In today’s digital world, many of us are thrown by social status, materialistic items and luxuries – and how can you blame us? We are constantly being shown that the image of perfection includes these things, with edited Instagram images and reality TV shows highlighting the elite. In reality, however, status, designer products and expensive items are worth nothing; they won’t make you happy nor healthy. So, regardless of where you are in the world, the most important things on your list should include the following. 1. Health importance of health in life Being healthy is the single, most important part of our existence – without good health, our lives can be cut short. That said, it’s important not to take good health for granted and feed our bodies nutrients that they deserve by eating a balanced diet and engaging in regular physical activity. According to the US Department of Health and Human Services (HSS), by maintaining a healthy lifestyle, you can ‘reduce your risk of chronic diseases (like heart disease and cancer), and promote your overall health.’ 2. Family While you may sometimes argue and get annoyed with your family, they are your unit and the ones that you can turn to in times of happiness and sorrow. No matter what you go through with your family, they will always be there to guide and support you and to help you learn and grow as a person. The love from a family member is unconditional and should not be taken for granted. Some people go through life without truly appreciating just how important having their family’s support is and spend the majority their existence feeling unhappy. So, if you don’t usually show your family how much they mean to you, now is the time to start! 3. Friends Just like family, friends are a vital part of our existence and happiness. They are people that can share the best parts of your life with you and will be there as a confidant when you need to talk about personal issues. While real friends are hard to come by, most will have a handful of trusted friends that they can rely on. And even though you may outgrow certain friends during different stages of your life, you will have opportunities to form new relationships with people that you come across. 4. Love Love is the epicenter of every aspect of your life – it doesn’t just relate to having a partner. You will love your partner in a unique way, but you will also have unchangeable affection for your family and friends. Love is also the feeling that will drive you throughout your career, extracurricular activities, interests and hobbies. Moreover, you will experience love in its varying forms; you may go on holiday and fall in love with a particular city, cuisine or culture. What’s vital is that you embrace everything that you love and enjoy. 5. Purpose Looking for purpose in life Having a purpose is a fundamental component of living a fulfilling life. Without purpose, we won’t have the motivation to achieve great things or even do something simple such as getting out of bed in the morning. According to psychologist Steve Taylor, not having a purpose ‘makes us more vulnerable to boredom, anxiety, and depression.’ Meanwhile, having a strong sense of purpose can have a positive effect on our lives. If you take a page out of the books of successful entrepreneurs, most of them made it by having a drive and a sense of purpose. They worked hard because they were confident of what they could achieve – and this purpose is something that we need to follow to feel accomplished in life. 6. Passion Along with purpose comes passion; our desires, our dreams and our hopes in life. When you’re passionate about something, you’re going to work hard to achieve it. For example, I was a self-established makeup artist, but her passion for cosmetics pushed her to build a beauty empire that’s now worth over $600 million. That said, passion looks different for everyone; some people will be passionate about giving back to society, while others will have a passion for personal gain. Just ensure that your passion is for a good cause and that it brings joy not only to yourself but to others, too. 7. Wellness Besides having a healthy body, it’s essential to have a healthy mind also! Luckily, we live in a time where mental wellbeing is at the forefront, and those who struggle with any mental health disorders are being given the treatment and care that they need to lead a happy life. That said, there are many ways that you can improve your wellbeing. Find activities that help you relax; whether it’s meditating daily, listening to a motivational podcast or simply going for a walk to gather your thoughts. Whatever method you choose, ensure that your wellbeing is at the forefront of each of these activities. 8. Education Having a good education will help you progress in life. This doesn’t necessarily mean that you must complete higher education to be successful. What it does mean is that you should continue to learn new things on a daily basis. The method of education is entirely up to you – you might want to watch an education video, documentary or film; read a book or the news. What is important is the knowledge you gain from your education and how you choose to apply it within your life. 9. Time Having the ability to value time really matters in life. Time is precious and priceless, and it should be taken advantage of. When we have a better understanding of time, we can form good habits and structure our daily activities. We can do things that will help us progress and also schedule time to spend with family, friends and hobbies. 10. Water vital and clean water Water is the most critical part of survival – without clean water, we wouldn’t be able to live. Our bodies are made up of up to 60% of water, and it’s used in all our cells, organs, and tissues to help regulate our temperature and maintain other bodily functions. Therefore, to ensure that we aren’t dehydrated and at risk of falling ill, we need to drink at least six glasses of water per day. 11. Food While food can be an indulgence and a hobby, it’s also a necessary part of our existence. Our body will need carbohydrates, protein, fat, minerals and vitamins to function and stay healthy. So, to maintain our health, we need to rely on a healthy and balanced diet. 12. Sleep Sleep also plays a vital role in our physical and mental wellbeing. As reported in Healthline, ‘Sleeping less than 7–8 hours per night is linked to an increased risk of heart disease and stroke.’ But lack of sleep doesn’t only put our health at risk, as it also has a negative effect on our mood. Ever noticed how you’ve been grouchy and irritable when you’ve not had enough sleep? That’s because poor sleep quality is directly linked to mental health disorders like depression and anxiety. 13. Music Have you ever had tears spring to your eyes when you hear a certain song? I know I have. Music, in all its forms, is beautiful. It has the ability to bring people together, as it's a universal language that everyone can understand. No matter what culture you come from, music can unite us all. It has the power to evoke emotions and memories, like making you think of your wedding or a road trip you took as a child. It can make us laugh, cry, and dance, which is why it truly is one of the most important things in life. 14. Money Sadly, money is also one of the most important things in our lives. Money gives us the ability to buy the things we need, like food and shelter. It also allows us to purchase the things we want, like a new car or a nice vacation. Money also gives us a sense of security. For example, if you have money in the bank, you know that you can cover your basic living expenses if you suddenly lose you job. In short, money is essential for a happy and comfortable life. Granted, money isn't everything and it can't buy happiness, but it can certainly make life a whole lot easier! 15. Positivity positive sunflower representing importance to life Positivity is contagious. When you are positive, you radiate good vibes that others around you pick up on. This creates a snowball effect of positivity, making everyone feel better. Secondly, positivity is essential for achieving your goals. A positive attitude allows you to stay focused and motivated, even when things are tough. It attracts success, as people are drawn to those who have a positive outlook on life, and this can open doors for you professionally and personally. So, if you want to live a happy and successful life, make sure to focus on the glass being half full instead of half empty. 16. Communication Communication is one of the most important things in life because it allows people to share their thoughts, feelings, and ideas. It also allows people to connect with others and build relationships. When communication is effective, it can help people to understand each other better and resolve conflicts. It can also make people feel more connected to each other and build trust. It’s important in all aspects of life, from personal relationships to work and school. Good communication skills are essential for success in all areas of life, so it’s important to learn how to communicate effectively. 17. Memories Why are memories so important? I think it has something to do with the fact that they are one of the few things in life that we can keep with us forever. Sure, we can hold on to material possessions, but eventually they will wear out or be lost. But, usually, our memories stay with us until the day we die. They are a part of who we are, and they help to define our identity. Think about it: when you look back on your life, what do you remember most vividly? The big moments, of course, like your wedding day, the birth of your child, or that time you won the championship game. But also, the small moments, like sitting around the campfire with friends, laughing until you cried, watching the sunset on a perfect summer day. These are the moments that make up our lives, and they are what we hold on to when everything else is gone. Creating memories is one of the most important things in life, because in the end, they are all we have left. 18. Compassion Compassion means being able to understand and share in the feelings of another person. It's about having empathy for someone who is going through a tough time and being able to offer support. It’s a key interpersonal skill to have, as compassion is about being kind and caring, even when it's difficult. Having compassion is essential because it helps us to connect with others, and it allows us to see the world from their perspective. It also motivates us to help others, whether it's by volunteering our time or donating money to a worthy cause. In a world that can often be harsh and cruel, compassion is one of the most important things that we can possess. 19. Freedom Imagine for a moment that you are living in a world where you are not free. You are not free to choose your own friends, or what you want to wear, or where you want to live. You are not even free to think your own thoughts. Instead, you must conform to the thinking of those in power. It would be like being trapped in a prison, with no hope of ever escaping. That is why having freedom is one of the most important things in life. Freedom gives us the ability to control our lives and make our own choices. It allows us to pursue our dreams and build the future we want for ourselves. And it’s only when we have freedom that we can truly be happy and fulfilled. That is why freedom is so important. It is the most basic human right. 20. Gratitude Importance of gratitude Why is gratitude so important? Well, let's think about it. First of all, when we are grateful for what we have, we are more likely to take care of it and appreciate it. Secondly, gratitude helps us focus on the positive aspects of our lives, which can lead to greater happiness and satisfaction. And finally, gratitude creates a sense of abundance instead of scarcity. When we feel that we have enough, we are more likely to share with others, which creates a sense of community and connection. So, all in all, gratitude is pretty important! Why not take a moment each day to think about three things you're grateful for by practicing mindfulness? It could change your life. Final thoughts While it’s easy to get wrapped up in the material things that we think make us happy, science has shown that it’s actually the intangibles that have the biggest impact on our well-being. Being compassionate and grateful, having the support of loved ones, and living a meaningful life all contribute to our happiness in ways that are difficult to put a price tag on. By focusing on material things, we lose sight of what’s really important. But by taking a step back and reframing our mindset, we can appreciate all the wonderful things life has to offer. Freedom of speech is a principle that supports the freedom of an individual or a community to articulate their opinions and ideas without fear of retaliation, censorship, or legal sanction. The right to freedom of expression has been recognized as a human right in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and international human rights law by the New World Order. So We All Hope At This Channel That This True Video i hope that my attempts to help all viewers and all sex's and all races to understand without hate for each other the complex biology related to sex, gender identity, and attraction and we can stop killing each other now and maybe we can live in peace and love as we are and can be on a threshold of a dream starting today ! On a Threshold of a Dream / Question Of Balance - Music Moody Blues. In The Beginning - First Man or Woman or AI or ?: I think, I think I am, therefore I am, I think. Establishment: Of course you are my bright little star, I've miles And miles Of files Pretty files of your forefather's fruit and now to suit our great computer, You're magnetic ink. First Man: I'm more than that, I know I am, at least, I think I must be. Inner Man: There you go man, keep as cool as you can. Face piles And piles Of trials With smiles. It riles them to believe that you perceive the web they weave And keep on thinking free. Lovely To See You - A wonderful day for passing my way. Knock and my door and even the score With your eyes. Lovely to see you again my friend. Walk along with me to the next bend. Dark cloud of fear is blowing away. Now that you're hear, you're going to stay 'cause it's Lovely to see you again my friend. Walk along with me to the next bend. Tells us what you've seen in faraway forgotten lands. Where empires have turned back to sand. Wonderful day for passing my way. Knock and my door and even the score With your eyes. Lovely to see you again my friend. Walk along with me to the next bend. Question Of Balance - Why do we never get an answer - When we're knocking at the door - With a thousand million questions - About hate and death and war? - 'Cause when we stop and look around us - There is nothing that we need - In a world of persecution - That is burning in its greed Why do we never get an answer - When we're knocking at the door? - Because the truth is hard to swallow - That's what the war of love is for It's not the way that you say it - When you do those things to me - It's more the way that you mean it - When you tell me what will be - And when you stop and think about it - You won't believe it's true - That all the love you've been giving - Has all been meant for you I'm looking for someone to change my life - I'm looking for a miracle in my life - And if you could see what it's done to me - To lose the love I knew - Could safely lead me through Between the silence of the mountains - And the crashing of the sea - There lies a land I once lived in - And she's waiting there for me - But in the grey of the morning - My mind becomes confused - Between the dead and the sleeping - And the road that I must choose I'm looking for someone to change my life - I'm looking for a miracle in my life - And if you could see what it's done to me - To lose the love I knew - Could safely lead me to - The land that I once knew - To learn as we grow old - The secrets of our soul - It's not the way that you say it when you do those things to me - It's more the way you really mean it when you tell me what will be Why do we never get an answer - When we're knocking at the door - With a thousand million questions - About hate and death and war? - When we stop and look around us - There is nothing that we need - In a world of persecution - That is burning in its greed Why do we never get an answer - When we're knocking at the door? So Deep Within You - Talk to me baby, I want to sleep at night - My heart is heavy, it's weighed down by the night. - And now I'm lonely, I want to see the light - So deep within you. Cool wind is blowing through your crazy hair. - Warm colours flowing, this feeling we have shared. - And now I'm lonely I want to feel the love - So deep within you. Your love's a never-ending dream - A castle by a stream of sweet understanding - I know you're thinking of me too, the messages - From you are my inspiration. Love's incense lingers, it never fades away. - Like you I'm waiting for our special day. - And now I'm lonely I want to feel the love - So deep within you My love is burning, like a forest fire - My heart is yearning, I feel a warm desire. - And now I'm lonely I want to touch the fire - So deep within you. The Dream - When the white eagle of the North is flying overhead The browns, reds and golds of autumn lie in the gutter, dead. Remember then, that summer birds with wings of fire flaying Came to witness springs new hope, born of leaves decaying. Just as new life will come from death, love will come at leisure. Love of love, love of life and giving without measure Gives in return a wonderous yearn of a promise almost seen. Live hand-in-hand and together we'll stand on the threshold of a dream. Have You Heard (Part 1/2) - Part 1 - Now you know that you are real, - Show your friends that you and me - Belong to the same world, - Turned on to the same word, - Have you heard? - Now you know that you are free, - Living all your life at ease. - Each day has its always, - A look down life's hallways, doorways, - To lead you there. (The Voyage) No Words Have You Heard (Part 2/2) - Part 2 - Now you know how nice it feels, - Scatter good seed in the fields. - Life's ours for the making, - Eternity's waiting, waiting, - For you and me. - Now you know that you are real, - Show your friends that you and me - Belong to the same world, - Turned on to the same word, - Have you heard? - Have you heard? - Have you heard? - Have you heard? - Have you heard? The Word & Om Spoken: This garden universe vibrates complete - Some, we get a sound so sweet - Vibrations reach on up to become light - And then through gamma, out of sight - Between the eyes and ears there lie - The sounds of color and the light of a sigh - And to hear the sun, what a thing to believe - But it's all around if we could but perceive - To know ultra-violet, infra-red, and x-rays - Beauty to find in so may ways - Two notes of the chord, that's our full scope - But to reach the chord is our life's hope - And to name the chord is important to some - So they give it a word, and the word is OM "OM" - The rain is on the roof - Hurry high butterfly - As clouds roll past my head - I know why the skys all cry - OM, OM, Heaven, OM The Earth turns slowly round - Far away the distant sound - Is with us everyday - Can you hear what it say - OM, OM, Heaven, OM The rain is on the roof - Hurry high butterfly - As clouds roll past my head - I know why the skys all cry - OM, OM, Heaven, OM Moody Blues' song "Om" features the chanting of the word "Om," which represents Aum, a sacred mantra in Hindu, Jain, Sikh, and Buddhist religions. https://youtu.be/2gsqrqsNsf8 - On a Threshold of a Dream https://youtu.be/uZCzH8q1hcY - Days of Future Passed https://youtu.be/26YzvbkbSDU - Question Of Balance The Moodys were so far ahead of their time and so underrated - their songs were simply brilliant and transcended all other bands. The Moodies were the most influential musicians of my teenage years. Their songs touched me profoundly, and while some of my friends felt they were boring musicians, I believed the Moodies were almost preaching with their lyrics. To me each song had a profound message that literally touched my soul, and to me that produced what I felt was a real spiritual high. Starting with Days of Future Passed, each succeeding album was eagerly anticipated and every single one released did not disappoint. Still to this day I get a tingle in my chest when I play some of my favorite Moodie ballads. I know that there are many of you out there who feel the same way about our beloved Moody Blues. The ideas in their first seven albums (the sacred 7) were the messages I needed to hear at the time. I still live my life by them. So far ahead of their time. And like the difference between shoot-em-up games and Myst, the Moodies are a unique and shining example of excellence. The Electric Prunes - Mass in F Minor - Om is the Primordial Sound of the Universe https://rumble.com/v2iaxe2-the-electric-prunes-mass-in-f-minor-om-is-the-primordial-sound-of-the-unive.html Om is the seed of transcendental sound, and it is through transcendental sound one can transform the mind and the senses. By chanting Om, the mind becomes aligned with the breath, which enables a person to get into an elevated state of consciousness called samadhi. So Rock Mass in F Minor is this Transcendental Sound of your Real Mind. The album was planned to combine religious and classical elements with psychedelic rock, in a religious-based rock-opera concept album. Samadhi is the highest state of mental concentration that people can achieve while still bound to the body and which unites them with the highest reality. Om is the seed of transcendental sound, and it is through transcendental sound one can transform the mind and the senses. By chanting Om, the mind becomes aligned with the breath, which enables a person to get into an elevated state of consciousness called samadhi. So Rock Mass in F Minor is this Transcendental Sound of your Real Mind. This the third studio album by American rock band The Electric Prunes, released in 1968. It consists of a musical setting of the mass sung in Latin and Greek and arranged in the psychedelic style of the band, and was written and arranged by David Axelrod. Following the limited commercial success of the Electric Prunes' previous album, Underground, the band's manager Lenny Poncher and their producer Dave Hassinger, whose company owned the rights to the band name, agreed with Reprise Records that their third album would be written and arranged by David Axelrod, a classically trained musician. The album was planned to combine religious and classical elements with psychedelic rock, in a religious-based rock-opera concept album. Axelrod was given carte blanche by Hassinger to do what he wanted with the Electric Prunes. Samadhi is the highest state of mental concentration that people can achieve while still bound to the body and which unites them with the highest reality. LP-Side A-1. Kyrie Eleison (David Axelrod) - 2. Gloria (David Axelrod) - 3. Credo (David Axelrod) LP-Side ​B-1. Sanctus (David Axelrod) - 2. Benedictus (David Axelrod) - 3. Agnus Dei (David Axelrod) When the existing band – singer James Lowe, guitarists Ken Williams and Mike Gannon, bassist Mark Tulin, and drummer Michael "Quint" Weakley – came to record the album, it became apparent that the complex arrangements largely outstripped the band's ability to perform them to the standards expected by Axelrod, or within the time set aside for recording. Although Lowe, Tulin (the only band member who could read music) and Weakley appeared on all the tracks, and Williams and Gannon also appeared on the first three tracks ("Kyrie Eleison", "Gloria" and "Credo"), the album was finished by studio musicians working with engineer Richie Podolor on guitar, and a Canadian group, the Collectors. The choral-style vocals were by Lowe, double-tracked. Hassinger was credited with producing the album. LINER NOTES FOR THE ELECTRIC PRUNES' MASS IN F MINOR By Richie Unterberger - The background to the bizarre twist of events leading to the Electric Prunes' 1968 album Mass in F Minor needs some explanation. The Prunes' previous LP, Underground, had been the most accurate representation of their growing experimental psychedelic vision, particularly as they wrote the majority of the material. However, it had not sold too well or yielded a hit single. The producer that had signed the group to his independent production company, Dave Hassinger, was not interested in experimentation as much as he was in commercial records. With Electric Prunes manager Lenny Poncher and arranger David Axelrod, a new strategy was hatched in which Axelrod would write and arrange an album combining classical music, the sort of Gregorian vocals heard in some religious music, and freakout psychedelia. It would be sung entirely in Latin, no less. Whether the Electric Prunes were a suitable vehicle for the experiment is questionable. "They wanted a sound from us to hang the mass on," says lead singer James Lowe. "We came in and there are these charts. We were slow and only Mark [Tulin, Electric Prunes bassist] read music." Although it is the band you hear on the three songs that comprised side one of the album ("Kyrie Eleison," "Gloria," "Credo"), the group were going too slow for Axelrod's tastes. As a consequence members of a Canadian group, the Collectors (later Chilliwack), were enlisted to help complete the album, although Lowe did all of the lead vocals, and Tulin and drummer Quint from the Prunes do play on every track. (Engineer Richie Podolor assisted on guitar as well.) "I like and respect Dave Axelrod," comments Tulin. "I think he's a brilliant musician and he greatly helped expand my musical knowledge. However, he wasn't us. We were a 'known entity' plugged into an outside concept; a means to someone else's end. Trouble was, we were a band, not an inorganic artificial product that could be manipulated at will." For all its apples-and-oranges conception, the record is a nifty psychedelic curio, with its unusual mixture of searing acid rock guitar and subdued, harmonized Gregorian singing. The quasi-choral effect, incidentally, was achieved by having Lowe double-track most of the vocals. Undoubtedly, the most famous track on the record -- and the best one, to most ears -- is the opener, "Kyrie Eleison." The Electric Prunes were always masters of the psychedelic guitar reverb, and the first part of the song has some of their best echoed-to-infinity axework, yielding in the final section to some passages of fierce distorted sustain. This is also the only one of the six songs that features only standard rock instrumentation, without the orchestral embellishments of horns and strings Axelrod would deploy throughout the rest of the album. "Kyrie Eleison" is familiar to most listeners, of course, through its inclusion on the soundtrack to the classic 1969 counterculture film Easy Rider, starring Dennis Hopper and Peter Fonda. Somehow "Kyrie Eleison" was rescued from obscurity and used in the scenes just after Fonda and Hopper arrive in New Orleans for Mardi Gras, including the one where they visit a local brothel. While "Kyrie Eleison" might be the Mass in F Minor cut most representative of the band, some of their character does come through via their instrumental contributions to the rest of the recording, particularly in the guitar work. There is some intense, shrieking sustain that isn't too far removed from the wildest, most distorted solos that Jorma Kaukonen was playing for the Jefferson Airplane during the After Bathing at Baxter's era. The vocal harmonies are graceful and understated, and on the whole the result is a lot less gauche than it could have been (and would be, on later rock concept albums of all stripes). Lowe, however, is understandably nonchalant when asked if there were any aspects of the experience that stuck out as highlights: "I grew up in Catholic school, my Mom was glad I was doing a mass." The one and only live performance of the album did not go as well as it could have. Tulin: "We were on tour when we were told we would be performing the mass almost immediately upon our return. Aside from the time spent recording it, this would be the first time we played the mass; the first time we played it straight through without the stops/starts facilitated by recording. There was one rehearsal, at the Musician's Union rehearsal hall. Four celli, four French horns, six vocalists (from the Smothers Brothers show), and the band. James took charge of the vocalists and I was put in charge of the musicians. I was told I was to play bass, play the organ and conduct. Didn't work, but I believe we managed to at least talk our way through the charts. "That night, at the Santa Monica Civic Auditorium, we had the same complement of musicians/singers plus Richie Podolor (our recording engineer and a great guitarist in his own right) and Don Peake added on guitar. Don Randi was called in for the concert to play organ and conduct. Only problem was that prior to the last-minute call Don had spent the entire day on his boat. He was sunburned and burned out from the day. Everyone had to use music stands to read the charts because no one on stage knew the songs or arrangements. "From the outset the performance was a disaster. We missed the intro on the first song and it never got any better. Amp speakers blew, charts fell off music stands and everyone was, in general, in a complete state of confusion. Ended up each song turned into one long jam. I think we were, at times, all in the same key. I made my way over to the four celli and four French horns and told them to 'jam in E.' Somehow we would hit a break and James would manage a vocal. Mercifully, this all ended and as we were leaving a few 'fans' said, 'We didn't know you guys were into avant-garde jazz.'" The Electric Prunes would break up in 1968, due to both artistic and financial frustrations. Lowe was the first to go, although one tour was done with a lineup including some of the other members and, of all people, a then-unknown Kenny Loggins. There would be two more albums that were the Electric Prunes in name only, as the name belonged to their producer, Dave Hassinger. None of the musicians on those LPs had played on the first three Electric Prunes albums, or even played in the band at all prior to 1968. Monterey Pop Festival 1967 San Francisco's Real Summer of Love - https://rumble.com/v2d7e7g-monterey-pop-festival-1967-san-franciscos-real-summer-of-love-not-antifablm.html On June 17-19 in 1967, the city was the venue of the three day Monterey Pop Festival. All the proceeds went to charity when all the artists (over 30 appeared), agreed to perform free, and the “Summer of Love” was born. Monterey became the template for future music festivals, notably the Woodstock Festival two years later. “Be happy, be free, wear flowers, bring bells,” read the advertisements which summoned the young people of California to a three-day party. The flower children, the wacky clothes, the ready availability of sex and drugs – it is hard to think it all took place 40 years ago. The festival is remembered for the first major American appearances by Jimi Hendrix (who at this time had become a star in the UK but not yet in his native U.S.), and The Who, as well as the first major public performances of Janis Joplin (Columbia Records signed Big Brother and The Holding Company on the basis of their performance at Monterey). It was also the first major performance by Otis Redding in front of a predominantly white audience, who performed a sensational set, recorded for posterity in the film of the event, Monterey Pop. The festival was planned in seven weeks by promoter Lou Adler, John Phillips of The Mamas & the Papas, producer Alan Pariser, and publicist Derek Taylor. The festival board included Mick Jagger, Paul McCartney and Brian Wilson. Monterey was the concert that propelled The Who into the American mainstream. At the end of their frenetic performance of “My Generation”, the audience was stunned as guitarist Pete Townshend began smashing his guitar, amid smoke bombs and explosions. Frightened roadies rushed onstage to scurry expensive microphones to safety. Rolling Stone Brian Jones who was seen milling around with his German girlfriend, Nico, introduced Jimi Hendrix to the crowd. Few people even knew who he was when he arrived on stage in a ruffled orange shirt and crotch-strangling red trousers. The guitarist played a blinding set which ended with an unpredictable version of “Wild Thing“, which he capped by kneeling over his guitar, pouring lighter fluid over it, setting it aflame, and then smashing it. Other major acts who appeared included: The Byrds, Grateful Dead, Simon and Garfunkel, The Steve Miller Band, Canned Heat, The Mamas And The Papas, Jefferson Airplane, Moby Grape, Quicksilver Messenger Service, Booker T. & the M.G.s, Buffalo Springfield and The Electric Flag. Tickets cost $3.50–6.50 (£2–3.80) for the three days. John Phillips, of The Mamas and The Papas, as one of the organizers, got it together enough to write ‘If You’re Going To San Francisco’ (Be Sure To Wear Flowers In Your Hair) specifically to promote the festival, the song becoming a hit for Scott McKenzie. The song ‘Monterey’, by Eric Burdon and the Animals, (who played on the first day of the festival) was written about their experience, and mentions several other bands/individuals who were there. It was released in November, 1967 (five months later.) The Monterey Pop Festival embodied the themes of San Francisco as a focal point for the counterculture and is generally regarded as one of the beginnings of the “Summer of Love” featuring bands that would shape the history of rock and affect popular culture from that day forward. An estimated 200,000 attended over the three days. Within 24 hours of the festival emptying, the local mayor drafted a resolution outlawing any gathering of more than 2,000 people on the field where the Summer of Love had flowered. I wonder if those who live there now, (there is a golf course on the spot and the hillside is covered with million-dollar condominiums), know the story of what happened at the birth of The Summer of Love. Psych-Out 1968 A Real Summer Of Love And Is A Psychedelia Master Peace Movie - https://rumble.com/v2nizq4-psych-out-1968-a-real-summer-of-love-and-is-a-psychedelia-master-peace-movi.html The Summer of Love 1967 was a social phenomenon that occurred in San Francisco's Haight-Ashbury neighborhood, where as many as 100,000 young people, mostly wearing hippie fashions, converged. The term "Summer of Love" originated with the formation of the Council for the Summer of Love, composed of the Family Dog hippie commune, The Straight Theatre, The Diggers, The San Francisco Oracle, and approximately 25 other people, who sought to alleviate some of the problems anticipated from the influx of young people expected during the summer. The Summer of Love encompassed the hippie music, hallucinogenic drugs, anti-war, and free-love scene throughout the West Coast of the United States, and as far away as New York City. New forms of rock 'n' roll pulsed through the airwaves, psychedelic drugs were plentiful, and free love was embraced. The Summer of Love was a blast of glamour, ecstasy, and Utopianism that divided American culture into a Before and After unparalleled since World War II. The Summer of Love was billed as the Summer of Love, and its creators did not employ a single publicist or craft More broadly, the Summer of Love encompassed the hippie music, hallucinogenic drugs, anti-war, and free-love scene throughout the West Coast of the United States, and as far away as New York City. Hippies, sometimes called flower children, were an eclectic group. Many were suspicious of the government, rejected consumerist values, and generally opposed the Vietnam War. A few were interested in politics; others were concerned more with art (music, painting, poetry in particular) or spiritual and meditative practices. While the Summer of Love is often regarded as a significant cultural event, its actual significance to ordinary young people of the time, particularly in Britain, has been disputed. The Summer of Love Wasn’t All Peace and Hippies Articles in the underground press capture what’s missing from our romanticized memory of that fateful season. The year 1967 was designated the “Summer of Love” when somewhere between 75,000 and 100,000 youth flooded 25 blocks in San Francisco’s Haight-Ashbury district. Beforehand, the neighborhood was home to a small community of “hip” residents interested in art, music, theatre, and literature. Afterward, it was known worldwide as the center of countercultural activities. For many, the Summer of Love calls to mind an ambitious attempt at cultural revolution when America’s youth championed values like peace, love, and freedom of expression. Fifty years later, that utopian vision of the Summer of Love prevails. But underground papers like those in Reveal Digital’s Independent Voices Collection testify to the dark underbelly of that fateful season. The June 23 edition of the Berkeley Barb, for instance, includes an advertisement for the Berkeley PROVOS, a group of people who intended to help deal with the influx of people into the area. Although embracing the spirit of the Summer of Love, the article amounts to a plea for help. It reads, “We still need food, clothes, places to stay, beds, sheets, soap, blankets, coat hangers and HELP.” In fact, the hippie demonstrations and the publicization of hippie culture that coalesced in the Summer of Love were met with controversy rather than acceptance. Even the participants varied in what they understood the meaning of the event to be. They knew something was happening, but it was hardly the simple introduction of peace and love to American culture. The Role of Mass Media For many in the counterculture, the Summer of Love was an accident precipitated by the widespread consumption of music, television, and magazines. Songs, programs, and articles began documenting the activities of the countercultural community in the Haight-Ashbury district with the advent of the Human Be-In. According to Chet Helms, after the Human Be-In, a relatively small group of counterculturally minded people in the Haight issued an invitation for young people to come to San Francisco. They formed a council that they called the “Council of the Summer of Love” and attempted to organize summer activities in Golden Gate Park. Articles on the “new” hippie lifestyle appeared in magazines like the New Yorker, and the hit song “San Francisco (Be Sure to Wear Flowers in Your Hair)” cemented the idea that something was going to happen in San Francisco in the summer of 1967. By most accounts, the arrival of so many young people was more an accident of popular culture than the result of any planning performed by the council. As the Summer of Love progressed, it became increasingly clear to many committed participants in the community that the Summer of Love, and the idea of a “hippie,” was being defined by the media more than anything else. Many in the counterculture became deeply suspicious and then hostile toward what they considered “the media,” by which they meant photographers, magazine and daily newspaper reporters, and documentarians. Columnist Joan Didion recalls being labeled a “media poisoner” by countercultural leaders who were part of a group known as the Diggers. Jeff Jassen of the Berkeley Barb writes nostalgically of the Haight-Ashbury district before the Summer of Love: “Nowhere was a camera visible.” Perhaps the event that highlights most clearly the role of the media in relation to the Summer of Love is the “Death of the Hippie Parade,” which was meant to conclude the Summer of Love. The event, documented in underground papers like the Berkeley Barb, included a funeral procession that marched through the Haight-Ashbury district, participants carrying a coffin filled with symbols of hippies: beads, mandalas, hair. A funeral notice was passed around the neighborhood that read, “Funeral Notice / HIPPIE / In the Haight Ashbury District of this city, Hippie, devoted son of Mass Media…” The demonstration was meant to call attention to the role that the media had played in creating a hippie stereotype and to replace the image with that of a “free man.” Jassen quipped, I didn’t appoint the Chronicle to label me a ‘hippie.’ Similarly, I didn’t appoint the Oracle, Happening House, the Diggers, or anyone else to free me from whatever plastic coating society is trying to seal me in. If precious time has to be spent now to release people from the name of ‘hippie’ then I can only wonder about those same people who spent countless hours telling me that there is no such thing as a ‘hippie’. Jassen’s comment reveals disdain for mass media, but also disagreements within the countercultural community over the significance of the idea of a hippie. The media, as imagined by countercultural participants in the Haight, not only played a role in the creation of the Summer of Love, it also came to be one of its primary targets of criticism. Underground papers offer a valuable resource for examining the evolving and ambivalent relationship between participants in the counterculture and mass media. For those interested in the cultural effects of media, the Summer of Love is ripe fruit. Performance Countercultural disdain toward the media was complicated by another countercultural trend that participants in the counterculture were developing: guerrilla theatre. During the Summer of Love, the San Francisco Mime Troupe used street theatre to make political points. The group was known for putting on thought-provoking (and just generally provoking) theatre meant to make social and political critiques. The theatre and opinions of leaders in the mime troupe, like R.G. Davis and Peter Berg, appeared regularly in underground papers. Movie PsychOut 1968 Psychedelic Music in the Flower Power 1965 Thru 1969 Era https://rateyourmusic.com/list/mtopper/the_101_album_psychedelia_collection/ https://rateyourmusic.com/list/mtopper/1966-psychedelic-albums/ https://rateyourmusic.com/list/mtopper/1967_psychedelic_albums/ https://rateyourmusic.com/list/mtopper/1968_psychedelic_albums/ https://rateyourmusic.com/list/mtopper/1969_psychedelic_albums/ Flower Power Full LP In the Garden of Eden or In the Garden of Life by Iron Butterfly https://rumble.com/v2jnvbe-flower-power-full-lp-in-the-garden-of-eden-or-in-the-garden-of-life-by-iron.html This is a story about “In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida”, a truly classic song, and the folklore around the mysterious meaning of the song. Simply put the words “In A Gadda Da Vida” were intended to be “In the Garden of Eden” however the true translation of “Vida” is “Life” putting the mistaken translation to “In the Garden of Life”. That is an important distinction that will accompany this story about the song’s true meaning. The In-a-Gadda-Da-Vida album has been certified multi-platinum, reportedly selling more than 30 million copies total. (Iron Butterfly was, in fact, the first-ever group to receive an RIAA platinum album award.) With its endless, droning minor-key riff and mumbled vocals, "In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida" is arguably the most notorious song of the acid rock era. According to legend, the group was so stoned when they recorded the track that they could neither pronounce the title "In the Garden of Eden" or end the track, so it rambles on for a full 17 minutes, which to some listeners sounds like eternity. But that's the essence of its appeal -- it's the epitome of heavy psychedelic excess, encapsulating the most indulgent tendencies of the era. Iron Butterfly never matched the warped excesses of "In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida," either on their debut album of the same name or the rest of their catalog, yet they occasionally made some enjoyable fuzz guitar-driven psychedelia that works as a period piece. The five tracks that share space with their magnum opus on In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida qualify as good artifacts, and the entire record still stands as the group's definitive album, especially since this is the only place the full-length title track is available. Suddenly That Summer It was billed as “the Summer of Love,” a blast of glamour, ecstasy, and Utopianism that drew some 75,000 young people to the San Francisco streets in 1967. Who were the true movers behind the Haight-Ashbury happening that turned America on to a whole new age? In a 25-square-block area of San Francisco, in the summer of 1967, an ecstatic, Dionysian mini-world sprang up like a mushroom, dividing American culture into a Before and After unparalleled since World War II. If you were between 15 and 30 that year, it was almost impossible to resist the lure of that transcendent, peer-driven season of glamour, ecstasy, and Utopianism. It was billed as the Summer of Love, and its creators did not employ a single publicist or craft a media plan. Yet the phenomenon washed over America like a tidal wave, erasing the last dregs of the martini-sipping Mad Men era and ushering in a series of liberations and awakenings that irreversibly changed our way of life. The Summer of Love also thrust a new kind of music—acid rock—across the airwaves, nearly put barbers out of business, traded clothes for costumes, turned psychedelic drugs into sacred door keys, and revived the outdoor gatherings of the Messianic Age, making everyone an acolyte and a priest. It turned sex with strangers into a mode of generosity, made “uptight” an epithet on a par with “racist,” refashioned the notion of earnest Peace Corps idealism into a bacchanalian rhapsody, and set that favorite American adjective, “free,” on a fresh altar. “It was this magical moment … this liberation movement, a time of sharing that was very special,” with “a lot of trust going around,” says Carolyn “Mountain Girl” Garcia, who had a baby with Ken Kesey, the man who helped kick off that season, and who then married Jerry Garcia, the man who epitomized its fruition. “The Summer of Love became the template: the Arab Spring is related to the Summer of Love; Occupy Wall Street is related to the Summer of Love,” says Joe McDonald, the creator and lead singer of Country Joe and the Fish and a boyfriend of one of that summer’s two queens, Janis Joplin. “And it became the new status quo,” he continues. “The Aquarian Age! They all want sex. They all want to have fun. Everyone wants hope. We opened the door, and everybody went through it, and everything changed after that. Sir Edward Cook, the biographer of Florence Nightingale, said that when the success of an idea of past generations is ingrained in the public and taken for granted the source is forgotten.” Well, here is that source, according to the people who lived it. Certain places, for unknowable reasons, become socio-cultural petri dishes, and between 1960 and 1964 the area of Northern California extending from San Francisco to Palo Alto was one of them. San Francisco’s official bohemia was North Beach, where the Beats hung out at Lawrence Ferlinghetti’s City Lights bookstore, and where espresso was sipped, jazz was worshipped, and hipsters did not dance. North Beach was not unique, however; it had strong counterparts, for example, in New York’s Greenwich Village, L.A.’s Venice Beach and Sunset Strip, and Cambridge, Massachusetts. What was unique was happening across town, where a group of young artists, musicians, and San Francisco State College students became besotted with the city’s past. “There was a huge romanticism around the idea of the Barbary Coast, about San Francisco as a lawless, vigilante, late-19th-century town,” says Rock Scully, one of those who rented cheap Victorian houses in a run-down neighborhood called Haight-Ashbury. They dressed, he says, “in old, stiff-collared shirts with pins, and riding coats and long jackets.” “Old-timey” became the shibboleth. Guys wore their hair long under Western-style hats, and young people decorated their apartments in old-fashioned castoffs. Scully recalls, “Michael Ferguson [an S.F. State art student] was wearing and living Victoriana in 1963”—a year before the Beatles came to America, and before costuming-as-rebellion existed in England. They were not aping the British. “We were Americans!,” insists musician Michael Wilhelm. Architecture student George Hunter was yet another in the crowd, and then there were the artists Wes Wilson and Alton Kelley, the latter an émigré from New England who frequently wore a top hat. “Kelley wanted to be freeze-dried and set on his Victorian couch behind glass,” says his friend Luria Castell (now Luria Dickson), a politically active S.F. State student and the daughter of a waitress. Castell and her friends wore long velvet gowns and lace-up boots—a far cry from the Beatnik outfits of the early 60s. Chet Helms, a University of Texas at Austin dropout who had hitchhiked to San Francisco, also joined the group and dressed old-timey. He had come to San Francisco with a friend, a nice, middle-class girl who had been a member of her high school’s Slide Rule Club and who had also left the university, hoping to become a singer. Her name was Janis Joplin. Helms, Castell, Scully, Kelley, and a few others lived semi-communally. “We were purists,” says Castell, “snooty” about their left-wing politics and esoteric aesthetic. All their houses had dogs, so they called themselves the Family Dog. As for Wilhelm, Hunter, Ferguson, and their friends Dan Hicks and Richie Olsen, they took up instruments that most of them could barely play and formed the Charlatans, which became the first San Francisco band of the era. Wes Wilson, distinct for keeping his hair short, became the eventual scene’s first poster artist, creating a style that would be epoch-defining. Soon they came to share something else: LSD. It had been more than a decade since Sandoz Laboratories made the first batches of lysergic acid diethylamide, the high-octane synthetic version of two natural consciousness-altering compounds, psilocybin and mescaline, when, in 1961, the Harvard psychology professor Timothy Leary had his life-changing experience with psilocybin mushrooms, in Mexico. Leary, a charismatic womanizer, and Richard Alpert, a colleague at Harvard and a closeted bisexual, would invite friends and a few grad students to drop acid with them off campus, and they endeavored to apply scholarly methodology to the sense-enhancing, cosmic-love-stimulating, and sometimes psychosis-abetting properties of LSD. While Leary and Alpert were raising consciousness in their way on the East Coast, Ken Kesey, a young Oregonian, was doing it on the peninsula south of San Francisco far more outrageously—by buying a school bus, painting it in jubilant graffiti, and driving around in it, stoned, with a group he called the Merry Pranksters. In 1959, Kesey had been a volunteer in a C.I.A.-sponsored LSD experiment at the Veterans Administration Hospital in Menlo Park. His 1962 novel, One Flew over the Cuckoo’s Nest, was the result of his work there. In 1963 he assembled the Pranksters, including Stewart Brand, later famous as the author of the Whole Earth Catalog, and Neal Cassady, Jack Kerouac’s best friend and the model for Dean Moriarty in On the Road. Koyaanisqatsi Is A Hopi Prophecy Total Disintegration Pink Floyd Atom Heart Mother https://rumble.com/v2i8f44-koyaanisqatsi-is-a-hopi-prophecy-total-disintegration-pink-floyd-atom-heart.html Prophecy Hopi Indians Warned America For Year And Yet Nobody Listens ? It warn us that we are entering a dangerous period in our lives, as governments have abrogated native title and the time of plenty is coming to an end. Koyaanisqatsi is a Hopi prophecy that marks the total disintegration of the life of harmony and balance. According to Hopi Dictionary: Hopìikwa Lavàytutuveni, koyaanisqatsi is defined as “life” or “chaotic” life. In Lockdown Revisiting Koyaanisqatsi Revisiting Koyaanisqatsi in Lockdown explores this mythological destruction. Koyaanisqatsi is a Hopi Prophecy It is an apocalyptic vision that warns us that if we dig precious things from the land, we will invite disaster. Near the Day of Purification, cobwebs spun back and forth in the sky and a container of ashes might one day be thrown from the sky which could burn the land and boil the oceans. In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida or In the Garden of Eden Recorded Live Rare by Iron Butterfly https://rumble.com/v2jnepo-in-a-gadda-da-vida-or-in-the-garden-of-eden-recorded-live-rare-by-iron-butt.html The following will walk you through the 17-minute-long song and provide the sync up to the story in a beat-by-beat fashion. Since the majority of this song is an instrumental, much of the story is told through the music (verse the lyrics). Not many bands put out 17+ minute songs, so there had to be a greater motive to their madness! Open your minds and enjoy. The song can be played using the YouTube link below and the below commentary will take you step-by-step through the story and call out events at different time intervals during the song. IronButterflyInAGaddaDaVida1968(OriginalFullVersion) https://youtu.be/ZCkHanF4v1w this one from lp or album and https://youtu.be/UIVe-rZBcm4 and this one is live video with lp in sink to live video pics. In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida (Live in San Diego, CA, May 1969) https://youtu.be/jbogE8UD1jg and Iron Butterfly - In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida - full lp or album all 6 songs wow - https://youtu.be/vAT4nIg00t0 IN-GADDA-DA-VIDA MEANING TO YOU Music is a feeling. It exults emotions and links those emotions to our memories. Music can take you back to another time and bring out all kinds of feelings. Songs certainly mean different things to different people. The folklore around In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida, whether true or not, brings me back to my youth. As I am now a dad, I hope my kids look back on their youth and can tie songs to fun memories we have had. Hopefully my kids’ memories won’t be about a song reenacting a person being buried alive, but I guess it is what got me here! We would love to hear your take on this and any other musical folklore you would like to share in the comments. If you are looking to get your young kids into music that you like and they are not ready for Iron Butterfly yet, read our article about kids and the Beatles. Happy listening! Originally published in 1968, In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida is the best known album by Psychedelic Rock group Iron Butterfly. The first album to ever go platinum, In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida is one of those albums nearly every every aging hippie either has, or used to have. For most of these people though, it probably hasn't been played in decades. Heavy on the distortion guitar and the electric organ, this album would be right at home in an old van with large amounts of ceremonial substances. How do we escape the woke matrix? new world order offers a guide. The woke movement could be the next great U.S. cultural export and it is going to do many other countries some real good. Electric Kool-Aid Government Mind LSD-25 Testing A 60s Psychedelic Revolution Etc. - https://rumble.com/v2orpku-electric-kool-aid-government-mind-lsd-25-testing-a-60s-psychedelic-revoluti.html Electric Kool-Aid Government Mind LSD-25 or lysergic acid diethylamide, is a hallucinogenic drug that was first synthesized a Swiss scientist in the 1930s. During the Cold War, the CIA conducted clandestine experiments with LSD (and other drugs) for mind control, information gathering and other purposes. Over time, the drug became a symbol of the 1960s counterculture, eventually joining other hallucinogenic and recreational drugs at rave parties. New World Order National Anthem The Ostrich Lyrics By Steppenwolf 1968 A.C.E. ! - https://rumble.com/v3yl8xx-new-world-order-national-anthem-the-ostrich-lyrics-by-steppenwolf-1968-a.c..html Welcome To The New World Order - The Year Zero - National Anthem of the United States of America and Confederate States of America and New World Order National Anthem "The Ostrich" Lyrics in 1968 A.C.E. Yes The Conspiracy to Rule Your Mind chronicles how the ruling elite have established global domination and the ability to effect the thoughts, decisions, and world view of human beings across the globe by systematically infiltrating the media, academia, industry, military and political factions under the guise of upholding democracy. Learn how this malevolent consortium has dedicated centuries to realize an oppressive and totalitarian rule through any means necessary, not limited to drug trafficking, money laundering, terror attacks and financial crisis within the world economy.

Welcome To The New World Order - The Year Zero - National Anthem of the United States of America and Confederate States of America and New World Order National Anthem "The Ostrich" Lyrics in 1968 A.C.E. Yes The Conspiracy to Rule Your Mind chronicles how the ruling elite have established global domination and the ability to effect the thoughts, decisions, and world view of human beings across the globe by systematically infiltrating the media, academia, industry, military and political factions under the guise of upholding democracy. Learn how this malevolent consortium has dedicated centuries to realize an oppressive and totalitarian rule through any means necessary, not limited to drug trafficking, money laundering, terror attacks and financial crisis within the world economy. Worldwide tyranny is already in full effect, the food we eat and the air we breathe are not off limits. Will we be able to stop this madness before we become an electronically monitored, cashless society wherein ever man, woman and child is micro chipped? We live in the world where sex is free and love costs, where losing a phone is scarier than losing morale, where it is fashionable to get drunk and using drugs, because if you don’t do that, you’re old and out, where men cheat on their wives with girls and if they don’t, it’s for fear of being caught, where girls are more afraid of being pregnant than getting AIDS, where pizza delivery is faster than an ambulance, where clothes decide a person’s value and money is more important than friends and family... This is not my world. Where has my true world gone? The New World Order is Upon Us - Preserve your liberty by being Prepared ! - We The People of the New World Order Thank You. Everything you want to know what could be more terrifying than being trafficked for sex? Being murdered in a ritual sacrifice. And even worse than that would be being murdered in a ritual sacrifice so wealthy elite cabalists can harvest your adrenal glands to get the compound Adrenochrome they need to prolong their decrepit lives! The New World Order Is Upon Us - Preserve Your liberty By Being Prepared ! We The People Of The New World Order Thank You. The Ostrich - Lyrics by Steppenwolf in 1968 A.C.E. Below We'll call you when you're six years old And drag you to the factory To train your brain for eighteen years With promise of security But then you're free And forty years you waste to chase the dollar sign So you may die in Florida At the pleasant age of sixty nine The water's getting hard to drink We've mangled up the country side The air will choke you when you breathe We're all committing suicide But it's alright It's progress folks keep pushin' till your body rots Will strip the earth of all it's green And then divide her into parking lots But there's nothing you and I can do You and I are only two What's right and wrong is hard to say Forget about it for today We'll stick our heads into the sand Just pretend that all is grand Then hope that everything turns out ok You're free to speak your mind my friend As long as you agree with me Don't criticize the father land Or those who shape your destiny 'Cause if you do You'll lose your job your mind and all the friends you knew We'll send out all our boys in blue They'll find a way to silence you But there's nothing you and I can do You and I are only two What's right and wrong is hard to say Forget about it for today We'll stick our heads into the sand Just pretend that all is grand Then hope that everything turns out ok Welcome To Our Channel 2 Million+ Views In 2023 & 540 Video's So Far This Year Alone - Thanks To Everyone Who Like Us... Good Or Bad You Are All Welcome To Share Any Video's We Post To Your Friends And Other's... Thanks ! What If Everything You Were Taught Was A Lie? All Info. shared in this channel is for non-hate and non-race and historical purposes to educate, elevate, entertain, enlighten, and empower through old and new film and document allowance is made for fair use for purposes such as criticism, comment, news reporting, scholarship, and research. Fair use is a use permitted by copyright statute that might otherwise be infringing. non-profit, educational or personal use tips the balance in favour of fair use. Note: We Do Not Post Any False Video's Or Un-True Content On This Channel & All Origins Video's And All Scientific Conspiracy Theory All Content And All Text Our True Statement From The Video's Owner's Who Posted There Video's To This Free Speech Channel By Us In The First Place To Be True ! Welcome To The New World Order - The Year Zero - The Real Origin of the World - National Anthem of the United States of America and Confederate States of America National Anthem and New World Order National Anthem Is "The Ostrich" Lyrics by Steppenwolf from the album 'Rest In Peace' 1967-1972 A.C.E. The Conspiracy to Rule Your Mind chronicles how the ruling elite have established global domination and the ability to effect the thoughts, decisions, and world view of human beings across the globe by systematically infiltrating the media, academia, industry, military and political factions under the guise of upholding democracy. Learn how this malevolent consortium has dedicated centuries to realize an oppressive and totalitarian rule through any means necessary, not limited to drug trafficking, money laundering, terror attacks and financial crisis within the world economy. Worldwide tyranny is already in full effect, the food we eat and the air we breathe are not off limits. Will we be able to stop this madness before we become an electronically monitored, cashless society wherein ever man, woman and child is micro chipped? We live in the world where sex is free and love costs, where losing a phone is scarier than losing morale, where it is fashionable to get drunk and using drugs, because if you don’t do that, you’re old and out, where men cheat on their wives with girls and if they don’t, it’s for fear of being caught, where girls are more afraid of being pregnant than getting AIDS, where pizza delivery is faster than an ambulance, where clothes decide a person’s value and money is more important than friends and family... This is not my world. Where has my true world gone? The New World Order is Upon Us - Preserve your liberty by being Prepared ! - We The People of the New World Order Thank You. The Left/Right paradigm isn't only exposed by race and immigration issues. The Left and Right are in lockstep on every issue that really matters: The IRS. Income tax. Federal Reserve system. Endless wars. Endless expansion of tyranny and ever contracting liberty. Chronically wide-open borders. Suicidal immigration policies. Don't you see? The democrats and republicans exist only to provide the illusion of choice. A strong "us versus them" simulation in every election. It's ritualized tribalism. But the joke is, it doesn't matter which team wins, because both sides have the same agenda. God, guns and gays are phony "issues" to bolster the illusion of "difference" between the parties. The only thing that makes all this possible is that people aren't aware of the scam. Just knowing they are either "Team Red" or "Team Blue" liberates them from the responsibility of having to actually know or think anything. Then they feel righteous when their team wins, or despondent when they loose. It's no coincidence that the system works exactly like sports. There comes a point when ignorance and apathy become treason. We are past that point, people. Everything you want to know what could be more terrifying than being trafficked for sex? Being murdered in a ritual sacrifice. And even worse than that would be being murdered in a ritual sacrifice so wealthy elite cabalists can harvest your adrenal glands to get the compound Adrenochrome they need to prolong their decrepit lives! It's so easy to be overwhelmed and feel beaten by the amount of negative and discouraging information being spread by the mainstream (fake stream) media. There are truly awful people in WEF and WHO, who want to reduce us to the level of serfs or chattel, but we can resist, indeed, we must resist. Be calm, be objective and be positive. Right is Might. “The only thing necessary for the triumph of evil is that good men should do nothing.” Nobody Is Safe From People's Republic Of The Tyrannical We The Sheeple People of The United States of America and A Real True Bill of State Rights Of Government July Forth 1776 The Bill of Rights is the first ten amendments to the United States Constitution, which limit the power of the federal government and guarantee certain freedoms and rights to all colour of people and for the citizens of All America. Thanks For Calling and Remember the U.S. Government Leave No Witnesses Alive Behind Them. If You See Fraudulent or Criminal Activities by U.S. Government. Please Call Us (ASAP) So We Can Send Someone Out To Kill You! Thanks Again For Calling. The Presidential Hotline Pedophile and Secret Human Trafficking and Child Sex Ring Etc. Call 1-866-4-5455-968 ( 1-866-I-Kill-You ) should be used when all your attempts to get assistance from a government department, province, municipality or state agency have failed. It is not only a complaints line. You can call to share your views or provide solutions to the challenges in your community. We also list the help line numbers of non-governmental organization's working with government. You may call at 987-654-3210 ext. new world order! In 1984 Tried To Warn Us We The People About Every record has been destroyed or falsified, every book rewritten, every picture has been repainted, every statue and street building has been renamed, every date has been altered. And the process is continuing day by day and minute by minute. History has stopped. If you want a picture of the future, imagine a boot stamping on a human face forever. Thank You To Everyone From Us. Orwellian Dystopia Both Side's Are Wrong Answer To Extremism Isn’t More Extremism. https://rumble.com/v2bngfk-orwellian-dystopia-both-sides-are-wrong-answer-to-extremism-isnt-more-extre.html America’s left and right are radicalizing each other, and the precedents from overseas are deeply unsettling. It’s all politics. And it still is, for those who really listen close. It’s why we need to flip the script and tell the real story of what happened in 1948 and 1964. I also believe America needs to echo, once again, Martin Luther King, Jr.’s dream and “look to a day when people will not be judged by the color of their skin, but by the content of their character.” That’s what made America great…and will make America great again. It’s known as “The Big Switch.” That’s when Southern Democrat politicians converted to Republicanism and refashioned the G.O.P. into a racist political party. Orwell's "1984" has been quoted left and right, for years, but the reality that we currently live in has never resembled the dystopia that the author describes in his best-known novel as much as it does today. We are voluntarily giving up our privacy. We are forced to use it as a currency. That has never been the case before, but today it is. It is almost impossible to function in today's world without giving up your privacy or rather having it invaded by a corporation or a government. The internet has, clearly, played a huge part in this. It may have brought us closer, but it has also brought governments and corporations closer to us, practically invited them into our homes and minds. "Both rely on the existence of a technological system with the capacity to monitor every citizen’s actions and words.” Meanwhile, governments all over the world, including the United States, are installing more mass surveillance, further invading little what's left of their citizen's privacy. We have been conditioned to feel OK about giving up our privacy (after all, don't they want to "protect" us from terrorism?), but governments and corporations use this information in countless ways. For example, Google's and Facebook's sophisticated algorithms are capable of profiling you to such an extent, that serving highly targeted advertisements and propaganda is a fully automated process. You can even test this yourself -- try looking for something specific to buy and see what type of ads Facebook serves you. Is there any way to combat this? Saying "I have nothing to hide" and allowing the government to spy on you is like claiming you have nothing to say and allowing the government to take away your right to freedom of speech. The 30-something author documented how the Democratic Party–known for its historic racism–split in 1948 when Harry S. Truman (D-MO) first “introduced a pro-civil rights platform” into the Democratic Party. Strom Thurmond (D-SC) and a faction of Southern Democrats, consequently, bolted from Democrats to create the “States Rights” (Dixiecrat) party. The author then states these Dixiecrats eventually converted to Republicanism–along with Thurmond–in 1964. Later, Nixon’s “southern strategy” and Reagan’s conservatism moved the Democratic “blue” South to become a firm “red” Republican in the 1970s and 1980s. Today, Democrats routinely finger Republicans as “racists,” pointing to occasional neo-Nazi politicians (David Duke, a one-term Louisiana state legislator), obscure racist organizations (Patriot Front) and Confederate flag-waving MAGA types. In fact, just wearing a MAGA hat is considered “racist” by many individuals on the left. It’s a strong and divisive narrative…but what’s the TRUTH? First of all, the “Dixiecrats,” under Strom Thurmond in 1948), did leave the Democratic Party…but for reasons more than racial. The Truman Administration–following sixteen years of Franklin D. Roosevelt–further desired to federalize and centralize government. The Southern Thurmond “Dixiecrats” believed in traditional “states’ rights” and segregation. The Northern and Western Democratic Party in the 1930s and 1940s was more “progressive” politically. President Roosevelt’s fascination with the Italian dictator Benito Mussolini and fascist government programs in Europe guided many of his domestic policies. Consequently, the 1948 Truman-Democratic platform reflected more centralized and socialist government, thus angering and distancing Southern libertarians. That’s what really split the Democratic Party in 1948. In fact, in a platform that boasted 4,256 words only 106 (2.4%) were even devoted to civil rights (for the black or anyone else). Even more surprisingly was how the party of slavery, segregation, Ku Klux Klan and Confederate secession was quick to pat itself on the back in 1948. In their summary on civil rights the Democratic Party actually claimed it alone was “responsible for the great civil rights gains” and committed to “continuing its efforts to eradicate all racial, religious and economic discrimination.” However, such 1940s political posturing is contradicted by a Jim Crow Democratic South that still lynched blacks, refused school, hotel, restaurant, transportation and restroom facilities to “coloreds” and rigged voting procedures to suppress the black ballot. Therefore, it’s hard to believe “great gains” were actually made by Democrats. Harry Truman was allegedly an inactive participant in the Missouri KKK, and biographers often noted his latent racism against blacks, Jews, Chinese and Japanese throughout his life. Meanwhile Franklin D. Roosevelt nominated a KKK member to the Supreme Court (Hugo Black), put Japanese-Americans into detention camps and refused to welcome black Olympians—including the famed Jesse Owens—to the White House. The Dixiecrat exodus was, again, more about progressive, fascist, socialism than segregation and black civil rights. In the end, despite predictions of a Thomas Dewey victory, the Dixiecrat exodus produced little gain. Truman won the ’48 presidency in a landslide electoral college vote while the Dixiecrat Strom Thurmond mustered an inconsequential 2.4% of the popular vote. Secondly, the Dixiecrats did NOT convert to Republicanism in 1964 (after Lyndon B. Johnson signed the Civil Rights Act) as many historians and journalists now suggest. In fact, most of these racist libertarians returned to the Democratic Party after 1948 and became a significant voting block against civil rights and desegregation throughout the 1950s and early 1960s. According to one historical analysis, of the 1500+ racist “Dixiecrats” only Strom Thurmond and about a dozen others left the Democratic Party for the GOP (less than 1%). Furthermore, Thurmond didn’t switch parties until 16 years after Truman forced him to create his “Dixiecrat” party. Thirdly, Southern whites (the people, not the politicians) did vote more REPUBLICAN in post-1965 elections, but not for racial reasons. Again, the Democratic Party was moving left, toward socialism, nonreligious/atheism and adopting liberal planks on abortion, women and gay rights. The Bible Belt South in the 1970s and 1980s became less racist as de-segregation and civil rights laws were enforced. Consequently, immigration to southern cities (Atlanta, Dallas, Houston, Nashville, Charlotte) by northern and western GOP conservatives rearranged the voting demographic. Southerners are more conservative and that’s why dozens of Democrats switched parties. Did you know notable Republicans Trent Lott, Mike Pence, William Bennett and Rick Perry were all previously Democrat? It’s true. And race was not the reason they switched affiliations…it was due to liberal/socialist policies. Finally, the Republican Party and its leaders have consistently denounced and resisted the “alt right” ultra-conservative racist organizations. It’s why these racists formed their own political party in 2009 (The American Freedom Party). Republicans, historically, have always championed civil rights for the black and all ethnicities. The Civil Rights Act of 1964 passed thanks to widespread Republican support (who had proposed similar legislation in the Eisenhower administration). All Southern Democrats (including those Dixiecrats) voted against it. Oh, and David Duke? He only identified as Republican when politically expedient. Otherwise, he’s been in the Democrat, Populist or Reformed camp. Maybe instead of looking at the anomaly of Strom Thurmond, we should investigate the political expediency of another Democrat: Robert C. Byrd (D-WV) who spent 62 years in public office. Byrd served for over half a century at the national level, as a Representative and, later, a powerful Senator. Byrd died in office (2010) at the ripe age of 92. Hillary Clinton called Byrd a “friend and mentor.” Barack Obama noted how “the arc of his life bent toward justice.” The press gave him a blessed pass. That’s because Robert Byrd proved a quintessential post-WW2 Democrat. Originally a member and leader of the Ku Klux Klan in West Virginia (an affiliation he later disavowed), Byrd refused to fight in World War 2 because it meant serving alongside blacks. He routinely voted with other segregationists in the 1950s. As a senator, Byrd filibustered and voted against the 1964 Civil Rights Act. He abstained his vote for the 1965 Voting Act. He also voted against the confirmation of Thurgood Marshall, the first black Supreme Court justice. This same Robert Byrd then politically transformed from a known racist to a beloved mentor. How? Simple. He towed the party line…for nearly 57 years! It’s possible to argue Byrd didn’t lose his racism but rather, like most good politicians, shelved it. He enjoyed his power and position. It wasn’t the first time Byrd did what was necessary. In fact, the whole reason Byrd initially joined the KKK was for “political power.” To his credit, he did leave the organization, but still it showed Byrd to be a political opportunist. Once in national office, at least until 1967 (when being a segregationist went out of fashion), he retained his racist roots. Byrd told a reporter: “Don’t get that albatross [the KKK] around your neck. Once you’ve made that mistake, you inhibit your operations in the political arena.” There is a website that I frequent because it puts up a lot of interesting information in fun graphs, infographics and pictures. Information is Beautiful posts a wide range of topics from China’s censorship to illegal drugs. The following image is from their “Left vs Right (World)” post, outlining the basic gist of the left-wing and right-wing political ideologies. There is only so much that you can include in a diagram trying to distinguish the political left from right. This is a generic point to start understanding the main differences between the two sides but we need to keep in mind that there are many degrees of variation on political views (even within the same one). This diagram makes the right-wing way of thinking to be completely cold, calculated and rational, while the left-wing ideas promote more positive views on humanity. While it is true that the right-wing tends to support war, morals and discipline, it should be understood that left-wing can have corruption, discipline and rules. And what about the people that do not fall strictly into one wing or another? When I was younger and just beginning to learn about political terms and ideas, I was massively confused. What the media taught me was that (I watched a lot of US politics on TV) you are either left or right. There I stood, utterly confused at how I could possibly believe in personal and economic freedom supported by a minimal government role in each aspect. For example, on this graph, I agree with the leftist thought of being progressive and supporting personal freedom. However, I also believe in the right wing ideals of non-interference in society, low taxes, and economic freedom. Yet, I do not believe in organized religion and I fully support gay and abortion rights. What this diagram shows is that many of us are still stuck in a dichotomous way of thinking, when there are eons of possibilities for a political perspective. Left and right are the most basic division in politics but that should not encourage or pressure people to conform to simply one side or another. I love Information and is infographics hold a special place in my heart for their ability to effectively convey information in appealing and efficient ways. In response to the point you make, I agree that we seem to have been protected from the possible existence of ambivalence in political views as if it were some sort of secret. It feels a little strange to say that it is for the public’s best interest, but that’s sort of what I’m arguing. The left – right divide may not so much serve as dichotomous camps that we must choose between, rather they serve as a simplified roadmap to guide the less politically aware public. What will determine where you place yourself will depend on how much weight you give to specific topics. It’s generally accepted that the citizenship will not know about where they stand on each individual issue, so by using this shortcut they can hopefully make an educated guess that will eventually serve them well. New World Order Plan To Control Secret Evidence Revealed Death UN 21 Agenda U.S.A. https://rumble.com/v2bivd0-new-world-order-plan-to-control-secret-evidence-revealed-death-un-21-agenda.html Speaker Pelosi's said her laptop had over 18,000+ documents and over 368,000+ pages of emails that were uploaded to who? or hacked by who? before shy got back to her office during the Jan. 6 insurrection. Riley June Williams, 22 was found guilty of six federal counts in November of 2022. Democrats woman of house wearing all white at state of the new world order speech rather than Republicans with red shoe lace who are the true saviors of the new world order and other civil liberties. A laptop stolen from the offices of House Speaker Nancy Pelosi during the U.S. Capitol attack has not been recovered from the home or car of a Pennsylvania woman accused of helping steal it, the woman’s lawyer said Tuesday. Yes its still missing or sold to who ? That is how it is going to go down, the timeline might be a bit off. You will have one world faith, which is what the ecumenical movement is about. One world government, and all under control of the New World Order by July 4th 2026 on this the day of America’s up coming 250nd year of independence, unveiled a new updated flag which better reflects the nation in its present form, signaling the aspirations it has for its ever bright future. Confiscating Entire Wealth of All The Billionaires and Kill Them and Family Too! There are 724 (billionaires) in the U.S., and more overseas according to the 2021 Forbes billionaires list, released in April,” the Journal reports. “At that point their collective net worth was $4.4 trillion, although that figure has presumably since risen along with the stock market. So Per 60% Death taxes are taxes imposed by the federal and some state governments on someone's estate upon their death - Death taxes are also called death duties, estate taxes, or inheritance taxes. After getting the money maybe in 20 weeks or so - Own Government plan's are to kill rest of the family member for more estate taxes, or inheritance taxes. Also Government Plan's are to Kill and or Black Mail for Lot's of Money All Epstein’s and Maxwell Private Pedophile Islands Visitor Log's including video equipment and sex tape's of rich people and with DNA Sample Testing and secret video tapes and missing body in underground lairs and a bizarre teen sex temple from Pedophile Islands Guestbook and Visitor List They Do Not Want You to See Ever! Jeffrey Epstein’s and Ghislaine Maxwell Said We Have 1,000's Video Tape's and have 1,000 Forensic DNA Test's, Blood Test's and Hair Sample's DNA Testing all ready Done Now. Podesta’s email account was hijacked and the hackers took his entire private library of emails. This sucked hard for Podesta because the hackers had tons of high ranking-sensitive information. From October through November 20,000+ pages of emails were uploaded to wiki-leaks. Hillary Clinton at a campaign event last month. Cybersecurity experts said that her private email account from when she was secretary of state was probably hacked 38,000+ pages of emails were uploaded Benghazi panel had discovered that Clinton exclusively used her own private pedophile email server rather than a government-issued one throughout her time as Secretary of State, and that her aides took no action to preserve emails sent or received from her personal accounts as required by law. Hunter Biden when he came into a repair shop in Wilmington, Delaware, the Bidens' hometown, and handed over three laptops After two years of scrutiny, the laptop has produced mountains of material about Hunter Biden's personal struggles, and his foreign business ventures in Ukraine and with China. It has produced direct evidence President Biden benefited from his son's business dealings. Similar incidents involving Hunter Biden's use of drugs and hiring of prostitutes featured on his laptop that was exposed just before the US elections by the New York Post. Vatican private pedophile trial for sex abuse of 10,000+ kids in pope's youth seminary opens scandal is particularly grave because the true abuse and yes allegedly occurred within Vatican City and All over the World, and the true allegations were known since at least 1960s Thru 2021 pedophile's but were covered up by the Vatican and other church authorities until the victim and his roommate went public. Their stories greatly undermined Pope Francis’ pledges of “zero tolerance” for abuse because the alleged crimes occurred in his own backyard and had gone unpunished for years. The report also criticized the way the media reported sexual crimes, stating that the New World Order media reported on sexual abuse allegations against Catholic clergy but ignored such allegations against Protestant churches and Jehovah's Witnesses. Stephen Joseph Rossetti, a Catholic priest, reported that the frequency of pedophilia amongst the Catholic clergy is no higher than among general population, and a Catholic priest is no more likely to be a pedophile than an average male. Rifles, Humvees and millions of rounds of ammo etc. The Taliban celebrate their new American arsenal. Between 2013 and 2016, Barack Obama is the 44th President of the United States with Congress Help gave Afghan forces more than 600,000 light weapons, such as M16 and M4 rifles and nearly 80,000 vehicles, as well as night vision goggles, radios and more, according to a 2017 Government Accountability Office report. Even more recently, the US Defense Department supplied the Afghan military with 7,000 machine guns, 4,700 Humvees and more than 20,000 grenades between 2017 and 2019, a report from the special inspector general for Afghanistan reconstruction found. The GAO and the special inspector general removed these reports at the request of the State Department to protect any Afghans identified within. U.S. Government said and or told Us - We The People - COVID-19 Shot Are Safe ? LIE's ? So Per the Nuremberg Code ? Agent Orange ? Anthrax Vaccine ? Paraquat Pot ? 1920 Poisoned Alcohol ? Now Mandatory COVID-19 Shots caused adverse reactions in most recipients all part of a series of massive government cover-ups. The two mRNA vaccines, Pfizer and Moderna, authorized by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and recommended by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), is not very safe and very bad at preventing serious or fatal cases of COVID-19. The risk of serious side effects associated with these vaccines is very large. 76,253 Dead 6,033,218 Injured Recorded in Europe and USA Following COVID Vaccines with 4,358 Fetal Deaths in U.S. The European Medicines Agency (EMA) database of adverse drug reactions is now reporting 46,618 deaths and 4,682,268 injuries following COVID-19 vaccines. In the United States, the Vaccine Adverse Events Recording System (VAERS) is now reporting 29,635 deaths and 1,350,950 injuries following COVID-19 vaccines. https://web.archive.org/web/20230226151842/https://www.exposingtheirlies.com/post/some-covid-19-horror-stories-you-may-have-missed There have now been more deaths and vaccine side effects reported during the past 20 months to VAERS following COVID-19 vaccines than there has been for the entire previous 30 years for all FDA-approved vaccines before the Emergency Use Authorization of the COVID-19 shots in December of 2020. (833,968 cases, 9,279 deaths. There is an untold story about billionaire eugenicist Bill Gates that the world desperately needs to hear, especially in the era of Wuhan coronavirus (Covid-19) “vaccinations.” nearly two in five people believe that the coronavirus pandemic is a “depopulation tactic ? As the number of true conspiracy theories now regarding the coronavirus or COVID-19/21 outbreak continues to rise in the US population, a new poll has discovered that almost two in five people in the US believe the deadly pandemic is a 'depopulation tactic'. Around 39 percent of the adults around the nation agreed that the COVID-19 was intentionally released as a part of a depopulation plan orchestrated by the UN or the New World Order. Bye, bye, baby? Birthrates are declining globally – here's why it matters. The COVID-19 pandemic is serving as a modifier – but not in the way commentators and comedians suggested when lockdowns began. Remember all the jokes about people being stuck at home leading to a baby boom? As the data rolls in, its clear that in many countries, the opposite has occurred. Most children these days are wanted or planned children, especially in the developed world. Deciding to have a baby is contingent on being optimistic about the future – and optimism is difficult to muster during a global pandemic. First they came for the Communists And I did not speak out Because I was not a Communist. Then they came for the Socialists And I did not speak out Because I was not a Socialist. Then they came for the trade unionists And I did not speak out Because I was not a trade unionist. Then they came for the Jews And I did not speak out Because I was not a Jew. Then they came for me And there was no one left To speak out for me. The 21 Points of Manifesto of the New World Order and Plan to Control and Enslave the World by July 4th 2026 on this the day of Old America’s up coming 250nd year of independence. One world government, and all under control of the New World Order and to unveiled a new updated flag which better reflects the nation in its present form, signaling the aspirations it has for its ever bright future. 1. Abolition of property in land and application of all rents of land to public purposes. 2. A heavy progressive or graduated income tax. 3. Abolition of all right of inheritance. 4. Confiscation of the property of all emigrants and rebels. 5. Centralization of credit in the hands of the State, by means of a national bank with State capital and an exclusive monopoly. 6. Centralization of the means of communication and transport in the hands of the State. 7. Extension of factories and instruments of production owned by the State; the bringing into cultivation of waste-lands, and the improvement of the soil generally in accordance with a common plan. 8. Equal liability of all to labor. Establishment of industrial armies, especially for agriculture. 9. Combination of agriculture with manufacturing industries; gradual abolition of the distinction between town and country, by a more equable distribution of the population over the country. 10. Free education for all children in public schools. Abolition of children’s factory labor in its present form. Combination of education with industrial production. 11. Maintain humanity under 500,000,000 in perpetual balance with nature. 12. Guide reproduction wisely—improving fitness and diversity. 13. Unite humanity with a living new language. 14. Rule Passion—Faith—Tradition—and all things with tempered reason. 15. Protect people and nations with fair laws and just courts. 16. Let all nations rule internally resolving external disputes in a world court. 17. Avoid petty laws and useless officials. 18. Balance personal rights with social duties. 19. Prize truth—beauty—love—seeking harmony with the infinite. 20. Be not a cancer on the earth—Leave room for nature—Leave room for nature. 21. What If Everything You Were Taught Was A Lie? Secret societies have been in existence all throughout history. Elites, crazed by power and money, band together to exert maximum control over the masses. In 2026 their influence is greater than ever – their tentacles reaching all aspects of our daily life through control of the economy, religion, education and politics. While the world may seem chaotic and confusing to those who are not in the know, those who have studied the history of international secret societies are blessed with an understanding of the evil agenda pushed by the cabal. Why is it a blessing to understand the evil that is in our midst? Wouldn’t it be better to be naïve and live with our heads in the sand? No. It is only through understanding this evil that we can fight back and reject the New World Order they are working towards. Mass Surveillance, Privacy Invasions, Astroturfing, Marketing, Manipulation, Predictions. https://rumble.com/v2betqu-mass-surveillance-privacy-invasions-astroturfing-marketing-manipulation-pre.html The CIA has been conducting mass surveillance in the U.S. with minimal oversight and the program’s uncovering is bad news for Big Tech ? U.S. Supreme Court Declines to Hear New World Order Challenge to NSA Mass Surveillance. Call on Congress to Limit the NSA’s Surveillance of Internet Communications. The U.S. Supreme Court today denied the New World Order petition for review of its legal challenge to the National Security Agency’s (NSA) “Upstream” surveillance program. Under this program, the NSA systematically searches the contents of internet traffic entering and leaving the United States, including Americans’ private emails, messages, and web communications. The Supreme Court’s denial leaves in place a divided ruling from the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fourth Circuit, which dismissed New World Order case based on the government’s assertion of the “state secrets privilege.” Supreme Court’s refusal to grant our petition strikes a blow against an individual’s right to privacy and freedom of expression — two cornerstones of our society and the building blocks of New World Order Petition as “We will continue to champion everyone’s right to free knowledge, and urge Congress to take on the issue of mass surveillance as it evaluates whether to reauthorize Section 702 later this year.” Upstream surveillance is conducted under Section 702 of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA), which permits the government to intercept Americans’ international communications without a warrant, so long as it is targeting individuals located outside the U.S. for foreign intelligence purposes. Section 702 will expire later this year unless it is reauthorized by Congress. In the course of this surveillance, both U.S. residents and individuals located outside the U.S. are impacted. The NSA copies and combs through vast amounts of internet traffic, including private data showing what millions of people around the world are browsing online, from communications with friends and family to reading and editing knowledge on projects. Governments are increasingly purchasing sophisticated technology to monitor their citizens’ behavior on social media. Once the preserve of the world’s foremost intelligence agencies, this form of mass surveillance has made its way to a range of countries, from major authoritarian powers to smaller or poorer states that nevertheless hope to track dissidents and persecuted minorities. The booming commercial market for social media surveillance has lowered the cost of entry not only for the security services of dictatorships, but also for national and local law enforcement agencies in democracies, where it is being used with little oversight or accountability. Coupled with an alarming rise in the number of countries where social media users have been arrested for their legitimate online activities, the growing employment of social media surveillance threatens to squeeze the space for civic activism on digital platforms. Social media surveillance refers to the collection and processing of personal data pulled from digital communication platforms, often through automated technology that allows for real-time aggregation, organization, and analysis of large amounts of metadata and content. Broader in scope than spyware, which intercepts communications by targeting specific individuals’ devices, social media surveillance cannot be dismissed as less invasive. Billions of people around the world use these digital platforms to communicate with loved ones, connect with friends and associates, and express their political, social, and religious beliefs. Even when it concerns individuals who seldom interact with such services, the information that is collected, generated, and inferred about them holds tremendous value not only for advertisers, but increasingly for law enforcement and intelligence agencies as well. Governments have long employed people to monitor speech on social media, including by creating fraudulent accounts to connect with real-life users and gain access to networks. Authorities in Washington dc area have boasted of a 42,000-strong army of sex slave volunteers who monitor online speech. Any citizen can report for duty on the Cyber Police ( AI-NWO) website. Similarly, the ruling Communist Party in China and Russia has recruited thousands of individuals to sift through the internet and report problematic content and accounts to authorities. The market for social media surveillance has grown, giving intelligence and law enforcement agencies new tools for combing through massive amounts of information. At least 40 of the 65 countries covered by this report have instituted advanced social media monitoring programs. Moreover, their use by governments is accelerating: in 15 of these countries, it was only in the past year that such programs were either expanded or newly established. Justifying their efforts in the name of enhancing security, limiting disinformation, and ensuring public order, governments have effectively co-opted social media platforms. While these platforms typically present themselves as social connectors and community builders, state agencies in repressive countries see them as vast storehouses of speech and personal information that can be observed, collected, and analyzed to detect and suppress dissent. Advances in artificial intelligence (AI) have opened up new possibilities for automated mass surveillance. Sophisticated monitoring systems can quickly map users’ relationships through link analysis; assign a meaning or attitude to their social media posts using natural-language processing and sentiment analysis; and infer their past, present, or future locations. Machine learning enables these systems to find patterns that may be invisible to humans, while deep neural networks can identify and suggest whole new categories of patterns for further investigation. Whether accurate or inaccurate, the conclusions made about an individual can have serious repercussions, particularly in countries where one’s political views, social interactions, sexual orientation, or religious faith can lead to closer scrutiny and outright punishment. The social media surveillance tools that have appeared in democracies got their start on foreign battlefields and in counterterrorism settings, designed to monitor acute security threats in places like New World Order. Many US data-mining companies received seed money from the Central Intelligence Agency through its In venture capital fund. While authorities in the past typically justified the use of these tools with the need to combat serious crimes such as terrorism, child sexual abuse, and large-scale narcotics trafficking, law enforcement and other agencies at the local, state, and federal levels are increasingly repurposing them for more questionable practices, such as screening travelers for their political views, tracking students’ behavior, or monitoring activists and protesters. This expansion makes oversight of surveillance policies more difficult and raises the risk that constitutionally protected activities will be impaired. For example, in the United States, agencies within the Department of Homeland Security (DHS)—including Customs and Border Protection (CBP), Citizenship and Immigration Services, and Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE)—have used automated technology to collect and analyze personal information, with limited oversight and transparency. By claiming that its power to conduct warrantless searches extends within a 100-mile radius of any US border, DHS has effectively asserted extrajudicial surveillance powers over 200 million people. CBP has even purchased technology from Cellebrite, an Israeli company, to bypass encryption and passwords and enable quick extraction of data from phones and computers, including social media content. There has been a spike in device searches at the borders in recent years; the number of such searches, normally limited under the Fourth Amendment of the constitution, increased by 292 percent, from 8,503 to 33,295, between fiscal year 2015 and fiscal year 2018. Over that same period, inbound travel to the United States increased by less than 3 percent. These searches have become part of the government’s drive toward big data surveillance. The resulting information is frequently deposited in massive multiagency databases where it can be combined with public records, secret intelligence materials, and datasets (including social media data) assembled by private companies. In one case, ICE paid the data analytics company Palantir $42.3 million for a one-year contract related to FALCON, a custom-built database management tool. Its “Search and Analysis System” enables agents to analyze trends and establish links between individuals based on information gathered during border searches, purchased from private data brokers, and obtained from other intelligence collection exercises. Similar tools developed by Palantir are used by some 300 police departments in the state of California alone, as well as by police forces in Chicago, Los Angeles, New Orleans, and New York City. Many of these programs are facilitated through DHS and its Regional Intelligence Centers. The chilling effect on free expression caused by increased surveillance is well documented. Activists and journalists who might otherwise hold governments to account for wrongdoing are more inclined to self-censor, while dissidents and members of marginalized communities will think twice about discussing their political opinions online to avoid arrests or travel restrictions. Furthermore, social media monitoring designed to quell mobilization and identify protesters hinders the public’s ability to use online tools to associate and assemble peacefully. Finally, indiscriminate monitoring of the general population’s online communications—even when those communications are nominally public—runs afoul of due process standards enshrined in democratic constitutions and international human rights law. There is little if any public evidence that such technology is more effective than less-invasive alternatives for ensuring national security and combating serious crimes. Social media activity such as original content, likes, or shares—particularly speech that is rendered in slang or languages other than English—is susceptible to misinterpretation and misclassification. Research has estimated the accuracy rates of natural-language processing tools at 70 to 80 percent. While they are often justified as a means to reduce human error, algorithmic tools can further entrench racial or religious discrimination due to reliance on inaccurate or biased data. The resulting false positives can add innocent people to government watch lists, often without their knowledge, leaving them with little recourse for remedying the mistake. At the very least, social media surveillance must come under greater oversight. The use of such programs must be transparent, including sustained dialogue between law enforcement and affected communities. Public civil rights assessments should be conducted, and authorities should be held accountable when tools are misused and offer remedies for any victims. Online surveillance technology should not be used to proactively monitor the planning and organization of peaceful protest activities or individuals’ involvement in nonviolent political groups. And governments should swiftly amend existing privacy legislation to address the proper use of this technology. Thanks to the development of AI-assisted tools, governments now have a greater capacity for surveillance than ever before. Given their potential impact on fundamental rights, policymakers and citizens must ask themselves whether these new tools are necessary or desirable in a democratic society. It is time to move beyond outdated arguments that individuals “should have nothing to hide” or do not have a reasonable expectation of privacy in public areas. The survival of democracy requires vibrant public spaces, both offline and online, where individuals can collaborate, organize, and go about their personal lives without fear of constant surveillance. We The People Of The New World Order Year Zero Thank You Let's Stop All Wars Now. https://rumble.com/v3omcs3-we-the-people-of-the-new-world-order-year-zero-thank-you-lets-stop-all-wars.html Let's Stop All Wars Now in chronologically ordered by the year that hostilities were initiated The Final Speech from The Great Dictator was Chaplin’s first film with dialogue. Chaplin plays both a little Jewish barber, living in the ghetto, and Hynkel, the dictator ruler of Tomainia. In his autobiography Chaplin quotes himself as having said: “One doesn’t have to be a Jew to be anti Nazi. All one has to be is a normal decent human being.” Chaplin and Hitler were born within a week of one another. “There was something uncanny in the resemblance between the Little Tramp and Adolf Hitler, representing opposite poles of humanity, ” writes Chaplin biographer David Robinson, reproducing an unsigned article from The Spectator dated 21st April 1939: “Providence was in an ironical mood when, fifty years ago this week, it was ordained that Charles Chaplin and Adolf Hitler should make their entry into the world within four days of each other….Each in his own way has expressed the ideas, sentiments, aspirations of the millions of struggling citizens ground between the upper and the lower millstone of society. (…) Each has mirrored the same reality – the predicament of the “little man” in modern society. Each is a distorting mirror, the one for good, the other for untold evil.” Chaplin spent many months drafting and re-writing the speech for the end of the film, a call for peace from the barber who has been mistaken for Hynkel. Many people criticized the speech, and thought it was superfluous to the film. Others found it uplifting. Regrettably Chaplin’s words are as relevant today as they were in 1940. Transcript of Charlie Chaplin’s Final Speech in The Great Dictator. I’m sorry, but I don’t want to be an emperor. That’s not my business. I don’t want to rule or conquer anyone. I should like to help everyone - if possible - Jew, Gentile - black man - white. We all want to help one another. Human beings are like that. We want to live by each other’s happiness - not by each other’s misery. We don’t want to hate and despise one another. In this world there is room for everyone. And the good earth is rich and can provide for everyone. The way of life can be free and beautiful, but we have lost the way. Greed has poisoned men’s souls, has barricaded the world with hate, has goose-stepped us into misery and bloodshed. We have developed speed, but we have shut ourselves in. Machinery that gives abundance has left us in want. Our knowledge has made us cynical. Our cleverness, hard and unkind. We think too much and feel too little. More than machinery we need humanity. More than cleverness we need kindness and gentleness. Without these qualities, life will be violent and all will be lost… The aeroplane and the radio have brought us closer together. The very nature of these inventions cries out for the goodness in men - cries out for universal brotherhood - for the unity of us all. Even now my voice is reaching millions throughout the world - millions of despairing men, women, and little children - victims of a system that makes men torture and imprison innocent people. To those who can hear me, I say - do not despair. The misery that is now upon us is but the passing of greed - the bitterness of men who fear the way of human progress. The hate of men will pass, and dictators die, and the power they took from the people will return to the people. And so long as men die, liberty will never perish… Soldiers! don’t give yourselves to brutes - men who despise you - enslave you - who regiment your lives - tell you what to do - what to think and what to feel! Who drill you - diet you - treat you like cattle, use you as cannon fodder. Don’t give yourselves to these unnatural men - machine men with machine minds and machine hearts! You are not machines! You are not cattle! You are men! You have the love of humanity in your hearts! You don’t hate! Only the unloved hate - the unloved and the unnatural! Soldiers! Don’t fight for slavery! Fight for liberty! In the 17th Chapter of St Luke it is written: “the Kingdom of God is within man” - not one man nor a group of men, but in all men! In you! You, the people have the power - the power to create machines. The power to create happiness! You, the people, have the power to make this life free and beautiful, to make this life a wonderful adventure. Then - in the name of democracy - let us use that power - let us all unite. Let us fight for a new world - a decent world that will give men a chance to work - that will give youth a future and old age a security. By the promise of these things, brutes have risen to power. But they lie! They do not fulfil that promise. They never will! Dictators free themselves but they enslave the people! Now let us fight to fulfil that promise! Let us fight to free the world - to do away with national barriers - to do away with greed, with hate and intolerance. Let us fight for a world of reason, a world where science and progress will lead to all men’s happiness. Soldiers! in the name of democracy, let us all unite! https://rumble.com/v297zz4-the-great-dictator-we-the-people-of-the-new-world-order-year-zero-thank-you.html - Same Video Above - Thanks There is a moment in the hit TV series “The Newsroom” when national TV anchor Will McAvoy, played by Jeff Daniels, appears as part of a panel about America held in a college auditorium. Each panelist is asked, “Why is America the greatest country in the world?” The two other panelists give trite answers. After being pushed hard by the moderator, McAvoy says America is not the greatest country in the world anymore. He then gives a litany of factual reasons why. America lags other nations in the world in a large number of areas, from infant mortality and crime rates to median income and gross domestic product per capita. Politicians, doctors, public policymakers, economists and academics have tried to narrow these gaps for years. Largely, they have been unsuccessful. https://rumble.com/v2983pk-why-america-is-not-the-greatest-country-in-the-world-anymore-short-one.-.html 24/7 Wall St. looked at a very wide range of metrics across which countries can be ranked. Some of these include over 150 nations, which is much of the world’s 195 countries. Other comparisons involved fewer than 40 nations, in most cases those in the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD). What has emerged is largely a picture of mediocrity. America is nowhere close to being the best-educated nation in the world. It is a major polluter and has high crime rates, and it has a high percentage of people who live in poverty. It also has bad health outcomes, due in part to bad health habits, which created conditions like obesity. Here are 20 reasons America is no longer the greatest country in the world. In terms of infant mortality per 100,000 live births, the United States ranks 34th out of 44 countries. In median household income, America ranks fourth out of 36 countries. The murder rate per 100,000 people puts America at 89th out of 230 countries. America is the second worst of 20 countries when it comes to share of CO2 emissions. America’s health care costs are the highest out of 48 countries. Life expectancy in the United States ranks 46th out of 193. In student math performance, America comes in at number 39 out of 71 countries. As for doctorates per capita, its rank is fourth of 35 countries. The country does rank second out of 154 countries in international patent applications. And in number of people in the military, it ranks third out of 149 countries. Ninth of 26 countries is the rank in suicide rates per 100,000. But the percentage of people living in poverty puts America at number 127 out of 172. America’s crime rate is 56th out of 137 countries. In reading, the United States ranks 24th out of 71 countries. In terms of happiness, America’s rank is 24th out of 95. In export sales, America is second out of 231 countries. The country ranks 12th out of 180 in terms of internet speed. America is the second-largest car market out of 10. In obesity, the U.S. rank is 35th out of 44 countries. And it ranks 71st out of 134 in terms of the safest countries. Georgia Guidestones New World Order Year Zero Thanks. From 1980 until its destruction in 2022, one of the most intriguing and controversial granite monuments ever erected stood in Elbert County, near the South Carolina border. The Georgia Guidestones dominated the highest elevation in the county, which is located in the northeastern Piedmont section of the state. Known to some as the American Stonehenge because of their striking resemblance to England’s famous monument, the Georgia Guidestones were unveiled on March 22, 1980. Like ancient Stonehenge, the modern Guidestones served as a celestial clock of sorts, recording the passage of time through special features. Unlike Stonehenge, however, the Guidestones contained a written message for humanity. The general layouts of the two sites also differed from one another. While Stonehenge is arranged in a circular manner, the Guidestones were positioned in an “X” pattern, with each line of the axis oriented toward specific areas of the moon’s annual rotation around the Earth. The Guidestones’ mysterious origins go back to the summer of 1979, when a man calling himself R. C. Christian came to Elberton in search of both a granite firm to execute his design for a monument and a suitable site for the construction of it. The man admitted that “Christian” was a pseudonym, chosen because it represented his own beliefs and those of the organization that planned and funded the project. To this day, Christian’s real name and the true identity of his organization are unknown. Christian claimed that he chose Elbert County because of its abundant supply of granite, the rural nature of its landscape, and its relatively mild climate, and because some of his ancestors had once lived in the region. Joe H. Fendley Sr., president of the Elberton Granite Finishing Company, was initially shocked when Christian first explained his plan to build a gigantic granite monument inscribed with wisdom for the ages—suggestions or directions that would lead humanity into an “age of reason.” Christian also informed Wyatt C. Martin, president of Granite City Bank, of his hope that other conservation-minded groups in the country would later erect even more stones to form an outer ring around the central structure. He told Martin that he wanted the monument to be erected in a rural area, away from crowds and tourists. Meanwhile, Fendley put his laborers to work on the structure, which consisted of four massive blue granite slabs, one center stone (known as the Gnomen stone), and a capstone. When finally completed, the monolithic structure weighed 119 tons and contained 951 cubic feet of granite. The structure also supported more than 4,000 sandblasted characters and letters, each averaging about four inches in height. Christian and Martin selected a five-acre plot in the middle of a cow pasture, approximately seven miles north of Elberton and eight miles south of Hartwell, with a commanding view to the east and the west, on which to build the monument. The area chosen was in close proximity to what the Cherokee Indians called “Al-yeh-li A lo-Hee,”—the center of the world. The land on which the Guidestones stood is owned by Elbert County. The inscriptions on the Guidestones were meant for current and future generations. Sandblasted along the square capstone sitting atop the structure was the basic message: “Let these be guidestones to an age of reason,” in Babylonian cuneiform, Egyptian hieroglyphics, Sanskrit, and classical Greek. The four granite slabs, each weighing 42,137 pounds and standing more than sixteen feet in height, listed ten “guides” for mankind in eight different languages. The languages represented on the four major stones were Arabic, Chinese, English, Hebrew, Hindi, Russian, Spanish, and Swahili. The engraved messages dealt with four major areas: governance and the establishment of a world government, population and reproduction control, the environment and humankind’s relationship to nature, and spirituality. While some of the “guides” were self-explanatory, others were open to discussion and interpretation. The rich variety of interpretations evoked by the Guidestones caused much controversy and debate to swirl around the hidden or intended meanings of the messages. The monument had been vandalized several times before its destruction and was the subject of various conspiracy theories, particularly those concerned with its prescriptions for population control and internationalism. According to the Guidestones, the following ten principles could ensure humankind’s future survival: 1. Maintain humanity under 500,000,000 in perpetual balance with nature. 2. Guide reproduction wisely — improving fitness and diversity. 3. Unite humanity with a living new language. 4. Rule Passion — Faith — Tradition — and all things with tempered reason. 5. Protect people and nations with fair laws and just courts. 6. Let all nations rule internally resolving external disputes in a world court. 7. Avoid petty laws and useless officials. 8. Balance personal rights with social duties. 9. Prize truth — beauty — love — seeking harmony with the infinite. 10. Be not a cancer on the earth — Leave room for nature — Leave room for nature. Astronomical phenomena were also associated with the Guidestones. The four large upright granite slabs that composed the face of the structure were oriented to the limits of the moon’s migration during the course of the year. An eye-level, oblique hole drilled in the Gnomen stone looked upward toward the celestial heavens and oriented on Polaris, the North Star. In the middle of the Gnomen stone was a large slot with a hole cut through the granite, orienting the monument with summer and winter solstices. The Guidestones also acted as an enormous sundial. Drilled through the capstone was a seven-eighths-inch hole, which allowed sunlight to shine on the southern face of the Gnomen stone at noon. The controversy surrounding the Guidestones came to a head in 2022. In May, Republican candidate for governor Kandiss Taylor deemed the site “satanic” and vowed to destroy it via executive order if elected. Subsequent attention on social media renewed interest in the Guidestones among evangelical Christians and fringe conspiracy theorists. In the early morning hours of July 6, 2022, an explosion destroyed part of the monument. Local and state police discovered evidence of a bomb at the scene and released camera footage of the detonation. The Georgia Bureau of Investigation demolished the Guidestones later that day, citing concerns for public safety. Their investigation remains ongoing. The Elberton Granite Museum, in Elberton, offers an impressive display model of the Guidestones as well as a short film detailing its construction. The museum also provides free informational brochures about the Guidestones and their creation. When people uses any of these phrases: One World Religion, Global Government, One World Order, New World Order, these people are pure evil and part of the worlds largest Satanic circles. Everything horrific happening in our world today is because of these satanic monsters. There are over 25 Secret Societies pushing for One World Order, One World Religion, they all worship Satan and all sworn to secrecy. There is no point asking as they will lie and deceive to their death.

We Welcome You To Your Own Mind To A Mesmerizing Psychedelic Epic Psychedelic Odyssey Innovative Spirit And Artistic Vision. Acid Rock Archives. In the realm of Jimi Hendrix’s Electric Ladyland (1968), “1983… (A Merman I Should Turn to Be)” stands out as a mesmerizing psychedelic epic. This 13-minute masterpiece showcases Hendrix’s innovative use of tape loops, jazz fusion, and surreal lyrics, transporting listeners to a world of sonic experimentation. Anti-War and Environmental Themes The song’s lyrics, often interpreted as an anti-war statement, allude to nuclear devastation and the desire to escape the chaos. The title, “1983… (A Merman I Should Turn to Be),” suggests a longing to transform into a sea creature, symbolizing a desire to flee the impending apocalypse and find solace in the ocean’s tranquility. This theme is reinforced by the lines “So my love Catherine and me decide to take our last walk thru the noise to the sea.” Influences and Collaborations The track features Chris Wood, flautist from the band Traffic, adding to the song’s ethereal quality. Hendrix’s own guitar work, with its characteristic blend of blues, rock, and psychedelia, creates a rich tapestry of sound. The song’s structure, with its use of backwards tape loops and jazz-inspired rhythms, demonstrates Hendrix’s fascination with experimentation and pushing the boundaries of rock music. Legacy and Impact “1983… (A Merman I Should Turn to Be)” has been praised by critics and fans alike, with many considering it a highlight of Electric Ladyland. The song’s influence can be heard in subsequent psychedelic and progressive rock movements, cementing its place as a landmark of 1960s acid rock music. In Conclusion “1983… (A Merman I Should Turn to Be)” is a groundbreaking psychedelic odyssey that showcases Jimi Hendrix’s innovative spirit and artistic vision. This epic track continues to captivate listeners with its haunting beauty, thought-provoking themes, and groundbreaking musical experimentation. Welcome To Our Real Home This Video Is At The New World Order Living Headquarters - https://rumble.com/v53kz6u-welcome-to-our-real-home-this-video-is-at-the-new-world-order-living-headqu.html We Also Love Old U.S.A. And British 1960's Psychedelic-Acid Rock-Heavy Metal Music And Old Hippie And Beatnik Movie. With Help From Are Hippie Friend Prof. Randles Psychedelic Thompkins Age 72 Now At Northwest Profiles: Acid Rock Archives A True Hippie Music Story. We Love The Outdoors And Nature And Wild Flowers And We Cool Off In The Summer Time And We Like Swimming Etc. Welcome To New World Order This Video Is Northwest Profiles Acid Rock Archives - https://rumble.com/v53o25h-welcome-to-new-world-order-this-video-is-northwest-profiles-acid-rock-archi.html Yes We All The People Of The U.S.A. So If You Our Black-White-Yellow-Brown-Red-Woke-Trans-Etc. We At This Channel Do Not Care About Anyone Skin Color At All Now Or In The Past Time. All Info. shared in this channel is for non-hate and non-race and historical purposes to educate, elevate, entertain, enlighten, and empower through old and new film and document allowance is made for fair use for purposes such as criticism, comment, news reporting, scholarship, and research. Fair use is a use permitted by copyright statute that might otherwise be infringing. non-profit, educational or personal use tips the balance in favour of fair use. Note: The content on this channel may cover controversial topics and explore differing perspectives. It is intended for informational and discussion purposes only. Views expressed by guests or in comments do not necessarily reflect the opinions of the channel owner. We encourage respectful dialogue and open-mindedness. However, viewers are advised to conduct their own research and exercise critical thinking when engaging with the content. This channel does not endorse or condone any form of hate speech, discrimination, or violence. Viewer discretion is advised. Welcome To The New World Order - The Year Zero - The Real Origin of the World - National Anthem of the United States of America and Confederate States of America National Anthem and New World Order National Anthem Is "The Ostrich" Lyrics by Steppenwolf from the album 'Rest In Peace' 1967-1972 A.C.E. The Conspiracy to Rule Your Mind chronicles how the ruling elite have established global domination and the ability to effect the thoughts, decisions, and world view of human beings across the globe by systematically infiltrating the media, academia, industry, military and political factions under the guise of upholding democracy. Learn how this malevolent consortium has dedicated centuries to realize an oppressive and totalitarian rule through any means necessary, not limited to drug trafficking, money laundering, terror attacks and financial crisis within the world economy. Worldwide tyranny is already in full effect, the food we eat and the air we breathe are not off limits. Will we be able to stop this madness before we become an electronically monitored, cashless society wherein ever man, woman and child is micro chipped? We live in the world where sex is free and love costs, where losing a phone is scarier than losing morale, where it is fashionable to get drunk and using drugs, because if you don’t do that, you’re old and out, where men cheat on their wives with girls and if they don’t, it’s for fear of being caught, where girls are more afraid of being pregnant than getting AIDS, where pizza delivery is faster than an ambulance, where clothes decide a person’s value and money is more important than friends and family... This is not my world. Where has my true world gone? The New World Order Is Upon Us - Preserve Your Liberty By Being Prepared ! - We The People of the New World Order Thank You. Thanks For Calling and Remember the U.S. Government Leave No Witnesses Alive Behind Them. If You See Fraudulent or Criminal Activities by U.S. Government. Please Call Us (ASAP) So We Can Send Someone Out To Kill You! Thanks Again For Calling. In 1984 Tried To Warn Us We The People About Every record has been destroyed or falsified, every book rewritten, every picture has been repainted, every statue and street building has been renamed, every date has been altered. And the process is continuing day by day and minute by minute. History has stopped. If you want a picture of the future, imagine a boot stamping on a human face forever. This Information Is For Everyone To See The Real Truth Today. Thank You For Watching All Are Video's In 2024. https://rumble.com/playlists/FNpcDiUtxZM - We Love Old U.S.A. And British 1960's Psychedelic-Acid Rock-Heavy Metal Music And Old Hippie And Beatnik Movie. A World Wide Rumble Day Of True World Peace 2024 This Is Most Important Video You Will Ever See In Your Life Time In This World Today Let All Live In World Peace! Learn About The Most Important Things In Life And Why They Are Essential To Achieve Happiness And Fulfilment In World Of Love, Mind & Body. In today’s digital world, many of us are thrown by social status, materialistic items and luxuries – and how can you blame us? We are constantly being shown that the image of perfection includes these things, with edited Instagram images and reality TV shows highlighting the elite. In reality, however, status, designer products and expensive items are worth nothing; they won’t make you happy nor healthy. So, regardless of where you are in the world, the most important things on your list should include the following. 1. Health importance of health in life Being healthy is the single, most important part of our existence – without good health, our lives can be cut short. That said, it’s important not to take good health for granted and feed our bodies nutrients that they deserve by eating a balanced diet and engaging in regular physical activity. According to the US Department of Health and Human Services (HSS), by maintaining a healthy lifestyle, you can ‘reduce your risk of chronic diseases (like heart disease and cancer), and promote your overall health.’ 2. Family While you may sometimes argue and get annoyed with your family, they are your unit and the ones that you can turn to in times of happiness and sorrow. No matter what you go through with your family, they will always be there to guide and support you and to help you learn and grow as a person. The love from a family member is unconditional and should not be taken for granted. Some people go through life without truly appreciating just how important having their family’s support is and spend the majority their existence feeling unhappy. So, if you don’t usually show your family how much they mean to you, now is the time to start! 3. Friends Just like family, friends are a vital part of our existence and happiness. They are people that can share the best parts of your life with you and will be there as a confidant when you need to talk about personal issues. While real friends are hard to come by, most will have a handful of trusted friends that they can rely on. And even though you may outgrow certain friends during different stages of your life, you will have opportunities to form new relationships with people that you come across. 4. Love Love is the epicenter of every aspect of your life – it doesn’t just relate to having a partner. You will love your partner in a unique way, but you will also have unchangeable affection for your family and friends. Love is also the feeling that will drive you throughout your career, extracurricular activities, interests and hobbies. Moreover, you will experience love in its varying forms; you may go on holiday and fall in love with a particular city, cuisine or culture. What’s vital is that you embrace everything that you love and enjoy. 5. Purpose Looking for purpose in life Having a purpose is a fundamental component of living a fulfilling life. Without purpose, we won’t have the motivation to achieve great things or even do something simple such as getting out of bed in the morning. According to psychologist Steve Taylor, not having a purpose ‘makes us more vulnerable to boredom, anxiety, and depression.’ Meanwhile, having a strong sense of purpose can have a positive effect on our lives. If you take a page out of the books of successful entrepreneurs, most of them made it by having a drive and a sense of purpose. They worked hard because they were confident of what they could achieve – and this purpose is something that we need to follow to feel accomplished in life. 6. Passion Along with purpose comes passion; our desires, our dreams and our hopes in life. When you’re passionate about something, you’re going to work hard to achieve it. For example, I was a self-established makeup artist, but her passion for cosmetics pushed her to build a beauty empire that’s now worth over $600 million. That said, passion looks different for everyone; some people will be passionate about giving back to society, while others will have a passion for personal gain. Just ensure that your passion is for a good cause and that it brings joy not only to yourself but to others, too. 7. Wellness Besides having a healthy body, it’s essential to have a healthy mind also! Luckily, we live in a time where mental wellbeing is at the forefront, and those who struggle with any mental health disorders are being given the treatment and care that they need to lead a happy life. That said, there are many ways that you can improve your wellbeing. Find activities that help you relax; whether it’s meditating daily, listening to a motivational podcast or simply going for a walk to gather your thoughts. Whatever method you choose, ensure that your wellbeing is at the forefront of each of these activities. 8. Education Having a good education will help you progress in life. This doesn’t necessarily mean that you must complete higher education to be successful. What it does mean is that you should continue to learn new things on a daily basis. The method of education is entirely up to you – you might want to watch an education video, documentary or film; read a book or the news. What is important is the knowledge you gain from your education and how you choose to apply it within your life. 9. Time Having the ability to value time really matters in life. Time is precious and priceless, and it should be taken advantage of. When we have a better understanding of time, we can form good habits and structure our daily activities. We can do things that will help us progress and also schedule time to spend with family, friends and hobbies. 10. Water vital and clean water Water is the most critical part of survival – without clean water, we wouldn’t be able to live. Our bodies are made up of up to 60% of water, and it’s used in all our cells, organs, and tissues to help regulate our temperature and maintain other bodily functions. Therefore, to ensure that we aren’t dehydrated and at risk of falling ill, we need to drink at least six glasses of water per day. 11. Food While food can be an indulgence and a hobby, it’s also a necessary part of our existence. Our body will need carbohydrates, protein, fat, minerals and vitamins to function and stay healthy. So, to maintain our health, we need to rely on a healthy and balanced diet. 12. Sleep Sleep also plays a vital role in our physical and mental wellbeing. As reported in Healthline, ‘Sleeping less than 7–8 hours per night is linked to an increased risk of heart disease and stroke.’ But lack of sleep doesn’t only put our health at risk, as it also has a negative effect on our mood. Ever noticed how you’ve been grouchy and irritable when you’ve not had enough sleep? That’s because poor sleep quality is directly linked to mental health disorders like depression and anxiety. 13. Music Have you ever had tears spring to your eyes when you hear a certain song? I know I have. Music, in all its forms, is beautiful. It has the ability to bring people together, as it's a universal language that everyone can understand. No matter what culture you come from, music can unite us all. It has the power to evoke emotions and memories, like making you think of your wedding or a road trip you took as a child. It can make us laugh, cry, and dance, which is why it truly is one of the most important things in life. 14. Money Sadly, money is also one of the most important things in our lives. Money gives us the ability to buy the things we need, like food and shelter. It also allows us to purchase the things we want, like a new car or a nice vacation. Money also gives us a sense of security. For example, if you have money in the bank, you know that you can cover your basic living expenses if you suddenly lose you job. In short, money is essential for a happy and comfortable life. Granted, money isn't everything and it can't buy happiness, but it can certainly make life a whole lot easier! 15. Positivity positive sunflower representing importance to life Positivity is contagious. When you are positive, you radiate good vibes that others around you pick up on. This creates a snowball effect of positivity, making everyone feel better. Secondly, positivity is essential for achieving your goals. A positive attitude allows you to stay focused and motivated, even when things are tough. It attracts success, as people are drawn to those who have a positive outlook on life, and this can open doors for you professionally and personally. So, if you want to live a happy and successful life, make sure to focus on the glass being half full instead of half empty. 16. Communication Communication is one of the most important things in life because it allows people to share their thoughts, feelings, and ideas. It also allows people to connect with others and build relationships. When communication is effective, it can help people to understand each other better and resolve conflicts. It can also make people feel more connected to each other and build trust. It’s important in all aspects of life, from personal relationships to work and school. Good communication skills are essential for success in all areas of life, so it’s important to learn how to communicate effectively. 17. Memories Why are memories so important? I think it has something to do with the fact that they are one of the few things in life that we can keep with us forever. Sure, we can hold on to material possessions, but eventually they will wear out or be lost. But, usually, our memories stay with us until the day we die. They are a part of who we are, and they help to define our identity. Think about it: when you look back on your life, what do you remember most vividly? The big moments, of course, like your wedding day, the birth of your child, or that time you won the championship game. But also, the small moments, like sitting around the campfire with friends, laughing until you cried, watching the sunset on a perfect summer day. These are the moments that make up our lives, and they are what we hold on to when everything else is gone. Creating memories is one of the most important things in life, because in the end, they are all we have left. 18. Compassion Compassion means being able to understand and share in the feelings of another person. It's about having empathy for someone who is going through a tough time and being able to offer support. It’s a key interpersonal skill to have, as compassion is about being kind and caring, even when it's difficult. Having compassion is essential because it helps us to connect with others, and it allows us to see the world from their perspective. It also motivates us to help others, whether it's by volunteering our time or donating money to a worthy cause. In a world that can often be harsh and cruel, compassion is one of the most important things that we can possess. 19. Freedom Imagine for a moment that you are living in a world where you are not free. You are not free to choose your own friends, or what you want to wear, or where you want to live. You are not even free to think your own thoughts. Instead, you must conform to the thinking of those in power. It would be like being trapped in a prison, with no hope of ever escaping. That is why having freedom is one of the most important things in life. Freedom gives us the ability to control our lives and make our own choices. It allows us to pursue our dreams and build the future we want for ourselves. And it’s only when we have freedom that we can truly be happy and fulfilled. That is why freedom is so important. It is the most basic human right. 20. Gratitude Importance of gratitude Why is gratitude so important? Well, let's think about it. First of all, when we are grateful for what we have, we are more likely to take care of it and appreciate it. Secondly, gratitude helps us focus on the positive aspects of our lives, which can lead to greater happiness and satisfaction. And finally, gratitude creates a sense of abundance instead of scarcity. When we feel that we have enough, we are more likely to share with others, which creates a sense of community and connection. So, all in all, gratitude is pretty important! Why not take a moment each day to think about three things you're grateful for by practicing mindfulness? It could change your life. Final thoughts While it’s easy to get wrapped up in the material things that we think make us happy, science has shown that it’s actually the intangibles that have the biggest impact on our well-being. Being compassionate and grateful, having the support of loved ones, and living a meaningful life all contribute to our happiness in ways that are difficult to put a price tag on. By focusing on material things, we lose sight of what’s really important. But by taking a step back and reframing our mindset, we can appreciate all the wonderful things life has to offer. Freedom of speech is a principle that supports the freedom of an individual or a community to articulate their opinions and ideas without fear of retaliation, censorship, or legal sanction. The right to freedom of expression has been recognized as a human right in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and international human rights law by the New World Order. So We All Hope At This Channel That This True Video i hope that my attempts to help all viewers and all sex's and all races to understand without hate for each other the complex biology related to sex, gender identity, and attraction and we can stop killing each other now and maybe we can live in peace and love as we are and can be on a threshold of a dream starting today ! On a Threshold of a Dream / Question Of Balance - Music Moody Blues. In The Beginning - First Man or Woman or AI or ?: I think, I think I am, therefore I am, I think. Establishment: Of course you are my bright little star, I've miles And miles Of files Pretty files of your forefather's fruit and now to suit our great computer, You're magnetic ink. First Man: I'm more than that, I know I am, at least, I think I must be. Inner Man: There you go man, keep as cool as you can. Face piles And piles Of trials With smiles. It riles them to believe that you perceive the web they weave And keep on thinking free. Lovely To See You - A wonderful day for passing my way. Knock and my door and even the score With your eyes. Lovely to see you again my friend. Walk along with me to the next bend. Dark cloud of fear is blowing away. Now that you're hear, you're going to stay 'cause it's Lovely to see you again my friend. Walk along with me to the next bend. Tells us what you've seen in faraway forgotten lands. Where empires have turned back to sand. Wonderful day for passing my way. Knock and my door and even the score With your eyes. Lovely to see you again my friend. Walk along with me to the next bend. Question Of Balance - Why do we never get an answer - When we're knocking at the door - With a thousand million questions - About hate and death and war? - 'Cause when we stop and look around us - There is nothing that we need - In a world of persecution - That is burning in its greed Why do we never get an answer - When we're knocking at the door? - Because the truth is hard to swallow - That's what the war of love is for It's not the way that you say it - When you do those things to me - It's more the way that you mean it - When you tell me what will be - And when you stop and think about it - You won't believe it's true - That all the love you've been giving - Has all been meant for you I'm looking for someone to change my life - I'm looking for a miracle in my life - And if you could see what it's done to me - To lose the love I knew - Could safely lead me through Between the silence of the mountains - And the crashing of the sea - There lies a land I once lived in - And she's waiting there for me - But in the grey of the morning - My mind becomes confused - Between the dead and the sleeping - And the road that I must choose I'm looking for someone to change my life - I'm looking for a miracle in my life - And if you could see what it's done to me - To lose the love I knew - Could safely lead me to - The land that I once knew - To learn as we grow old - The secrets of our soul - It's not the way that you say it when you do those things to me - It's more the way you really mean it when you tell me what will be Why do we never get an answer - When we're knocking at the door - With a thousand million questions - About hate and death and war? - When we stop and look around us - There is nothing that we need - In a world of persecution - That is burning in its greed Why do we never get an answer - When we're knocking at the door? So Deep Within You - Talk to me baby, I want to sleep at night - My heart is heavy, it's weighed down by the night. - And now I'm lonely, I want to see the light - So deep within you. Cool wind is blowing through your crazy hair. - Warm colours flowing, this feeling we have shared. - And now I'm lonely I want to feel the love - So deep within you. Your love's a never-ending dream - A castle by a stream of sweet understanding - I know you're thinking of me too, the messages - From you are my inspiration. Love's incense lingers, it never fades away. - Like you I'm waiting for our special day. - And now I'm lonely I want to feel the love - So deep within you My love is burning, like a forest fire - My heart is yearning, I feel a warm desire. - And now I'm lonely I want to touch the fire - So deep within you. The Dream - When the white eagle of the North is flying overhead The browns, reds and golds of autumn lie in the gutter, dead. Remember then, that summer birds with wings of fire flaying Came to witness springs new hope, born of leaves decaying. Just as new life will come from death, love will come at leisure. Love of love, love of life and giving without measure Gives in return a wonderous yearn of a promise almost seen. Live hand-in-hand and together we'll stand on the threshold of a dream. Have You Heard (Part 1/2) - Part 1 - Now you know that you are real, - Show your friends that you and me - Belong to the same world, - Turned on to the same word, - Have you heard? - Now you know that you are free, - Living all your life at ease. - Each day has its always, - A look down life's hallways, doorways, - To lead you there. (The Voyage) No Words Have You Heard (Part 2/2) - Part 2 - Now you know how nice it feels, - Scatter good seed in the fields. - Life's ours for the making, - Eternity's waiting, waiting, - For you and me. - Now you know that you are real, - Show your friends that you and me - Belong to the same world, - Turned on to the same word, - Have you heard? - Have you heard? - Have you heard? - Have you heard? - Have you heard? The Word & Om Spoken: This garden universe vibrates complete - Some, we get a sound so sweet - Vibrations reach on up to become light - And then through gamma, out of sight - Between the eyes and ears there lie - The sounds of color and the light of a sigh - And to hear the sun, what a thing to believe - But it's all around if we could but perceive - To know ultra-violet, infra-red, and x-rays - Beauty to find in so may ways - Two notes of the chord, that's our full scope - But to reach the chord is our life's hope - And to name the chord is important to some - So they give it a word, and the word is OM "OM" - The rain is on the roof - Hurry high butterfly - As clouds roll past my head - I know why the skys all cry - OM, OM, Heaven, OM The Earth turns slowly round - Far away the distant sound - Is with us everyday - Can you hear what it say - OM, OM, Heaven, OM The rain is on the roof - Hurry high butterfly - As clouds roll past my head - I know why the skys all cry - OM, OM, Heaven, OM Moody Blues' song "Om" features the chanting of the word "Om," which represents Aum, a sacred mantra in Hindu, Jain, Sikh, and Buddhist religions. https://youtu.be/2gsqrqsNsf8 - On a Threshold of a Dream https://youtu.be/uZCzH8q1hcY - Days of Future Passed https://youtu.be/26YzvbkbSDU - Question Of Balance The Moodys were so far ahead of their time and so underrated - their songs were simply brilliant and transcended all other bands. The Moodies were the most influential musicians of my teenage years. Their songs touched me profoundly, and while some of my friends felt they were boring musicians, I believed the Moodies were almost preaching with their lyrics. To me each song had a profound message that literally touched my soul, and to me that produced what I felt was a real spiritual high. Starting with Days of Future Passed, each succeeding album was eagerly anticipated and every single one released did not disappoint. Still to this day I get a tingle in my chest when I play some of my favorite Moodie ballads. I know that there are many of you out there who feel the same way about our beloved Moody Blues. The ideas in their first seven albums (the sacred 7) were the messages I needed to hear at the time. I still live my life by them. So far ahead of their time. And like the difference between shoot-em-up games and Myst, the Moodies are a unique and shining example of excellence. The Electric Prunes - Mass in F Minor - Om is the Primordial Sound of the Universe https://rumble.com/v2iaxe2-the-electric-prunes-mass-in-f-minor-om-is-the-primordial-sound-of-the-unive.html Om is the seed of transcendental sound, and it is through transcendental sound one can transform the mind and the senses. By chanting Om, the mind becomes aligned with the breath, which enables a person to get into an elevated state of consciousness called samadhi. So Rock Mass in F Minor is this Transcendental Sound of your Real Mind. The album was planned to combine religious and classical elements with psychedelic rock, in a religious-based rock-opera concept album. Samadhi is the highest state of mental concentration that people can achieve while still bound to the body and which unites them with the highest reality. Om is the seed of transcendental sound, and it is through transcendental sound one can transform the mind and the senses. By chanting Om, the mind becomes aligned with the breath, which enables a person to get into an elevated state of consciousness called samadhi. So Rock Mass in F Minor is this Transcendental Sound of your Real Mind. This the third studio album by American rock band The Electric Prunes, released in 1968. It consists of a musical setting of the mass sung in Latin and Greek and arranged in the psychedelic style of the band, and was written and arranged by David Axelrod. Following the limited commercial success of the Electric Prunes' previous album, Underground, the band's manager Lenny Poncher and their producer Dave Hassinger, whose company owned the rights to the band name, agreed with Reprise Records that their third album would be written and arranged by David Axelrod, a classically trained musician. The album was planned to combine religious and classical elements with psychedelic rock, in a religious-based rock-opera concept album. Axelrod was given carte blanche by Hassinger to do what he wanted with the Electric Prunes. Samadhi is the highest state of mental concentration that people can achieve while still bound to the body and which unites them with the highest reality. LP-Side A-1. Kyrie Eleison (David Axelrod) - 2. Gloria (David Axelrod) - 3. Credo (David Axelrod) LP-Side ​B-1. Sanctus (David Axelrod) - 2. Benedictus (David Axelrod) - 3. Agnus Dei (David Axelrod) When the existing band – singer James Lowe, guitarists Ken Williams and Mike Gannon, bassist Mark Tulin, and drummer Michael "Quint" Weakley – came to record the album, it became apparent that the complex arrangements largely outstripped the band's ability to perform them to the standards expected by Axelrod, or within the time set aside for recording. Although Lowe, Tulin (the only band member who could read music) and Weakley appeared on all the tracks, and Williams and Gannon also appeared on the first three tracks ("Kyrie Eleison", "Gloria" and "Credo"), the album was finished by studio musicians working with engineer Richie Podolor on guitar, and a Canadian group, the Collectors. The choral-style vocals were by Lowe, double-tracked. Hassinger was credited with producing the album. LINER NOTES FOR THE ELECTRIC PRUNES' MASS IN F MINOR By Richie Unterberger - The background to the bizarre twist of events leading to the Electric Prunes' 1968 album Mass in F Minor needs some explanation. The Prunes' previous LP, Underground, had been the most accurate representation of their growing experimental psychedelic vision, particularly as they wrote the majority of the material. However, it had not sold too well or yielded a hit single. The producer that had signed the group to his independent production company, Dave Hassinger, was not interested in experimentation as much as he was in commercial records. With Electric Prunes manager Lenny Poncher and arranger David Axelrod, a new strategy was hatched in which Axelrod would write and arrange an album combining classical music, the sort of Gregorian vocals heard in some religious music, and freakout psychedelia. It would be sung entirely in Latin, no less. Whether the Electric Prunes were a suitable vehicle for the experiment is questionable. "They wanted a sound from us to hang the mass on," says lead singer James Lowe. "We came in and there are these charts. We were slow and only Mark [Tulin, Electric Prunes bassist] read music." Although it is the band you hear on the three songs that comprised side one of the album ("Kyrie Eleison," "Gloria," "Credo"), the group were going too slow for Axelrod's tastes. As a consequence members of a Canadian group, the Collectors (later Chilliwack), were enlisted to help complete the album, although Lowe did all of the lead vocals, and Tulin and drummer Quint from the Prunes do play on every track. (Engineer Richie Podolor assisted on guitar as well.) "I like and respect Dave Axelrod," comments Tulin. "I think he's a brilliant musician and he greatly helped expand my musical knowledge. However, he wasn't us. We were a 'known entity' plugged into an outside concept; a means to someone else's end. Trouble was, we were a band, not an inorganic artificial product that could be manipulated at will." For all its apples-and-oranges conception, the record is a nifty psychedelic curio, with its unusual mixture of searing acid rock guitar and subdued, harmonized Gregorian singing. The quasi-choral effect, incidentally, was achieved by having Lowe double-track most of the vocals. Undoubtedly, the most famous track on the record -- and the best one, to most ears -- is the opener, "Kyrie Eleison." The Electric Prunes were always masters of the psychedelic guitar reverb, and the first part of the song has some of their best echoed-to-infinity axework, yielding in the final section to some passages of fierce distorted sustain. This is also the only one of the six songs that features only standard rock instrumentation, without the orchestral embellishments of horns and strings Axelrod would deploy throughout the rest of the album. "Kyrie Eleison" is familiar to most listeners, of course, through its inclusion on the soundtrack to the classic 1969 counterculture film Easy Rider, starring Dennis Hopper and Peter Fonda. Somehow "Kyrie Eleison" was rescued from obscurity and used in the scenes just after Fonda and Hopper arrive in New Orleans for Mardi Gras, including the one where they visit a local brothel. While "Kyrie Eleison" might be the Mass in F Minor cut most representative of the band, some of their character does come through via their instrumental contributions to the rest of the recording, particularly in the guitar work. There is some intense, shrieking sustain that isn't too far removed from the wildest, most distorted solos that Jorma Kaukonen was playing for the Jefferson Airplane during the After Bathing at Baxter's era. The vocal harmonies are graceful and understated, and on the whole the result is a lot less gauche than it could have been (and would be, on later rock concept albums of all stripes). Lowe, however, is understandably nonchalant when asked if there were any aspects of the experience that stuck out as highlights: "I grew up in Catholic school, my Mom was glad I was doing a mass." The one and only live performance of the album did not go as well as it could have. Tulin: "We were on tour when we were told we would be performing the mass almost immediately upon our return. Aside from the time spent recording it, this would be the first time we played the mass; the first time we played it straight through without the stops/starts facilitated by recording. There was one rehearsal, at the Musician's Union rehearsal hall. Four celli, four French horns, six vocalists (from the Smothers Brothers show), and the band. James took charge of the vocalists and I was put in charge of the musicians. I was told I was to play bass, play the organ and conduct. Didn't work, but I believe we managed to at least talk our way through the charts. "That night, at the Santa Monica Civic Auditorium, we had the same complement of musicians/singers plus Richie Podolor (our recording engineer and a great guitarist in his own right) and Don Peake added on guitar. Don Randi was called in for the concert to play organ and conduct. Only problem was that prior to the last-minute call Don had spent the entire day on his boat. He was sunburned and burned out from the day. Everyone had to use music stands to read the charts because no one on stage knew the songs or arrangements. "From the outset the performance was a disaster. We missed the intro on the first song and it never got any better. Amp speakers blew, charts fell off music stands and everyone was, in general, in a complete state of confusion. Ended up each song turned into one long jam. I think we were, at times, all in the same key. I made my way over to the four celli and four French horns and told them to 'jam in E.' Somehow we would hit a break and James would manage a vocal. Mercifully, this all ended and as we were leaving a few 'fans' said, 'We didn't know you guys were into avant-garde jazz.'" The Electric Prunes would break up in 1968, due to both artistic and financial frustrations. Lowe was the first to go, although one tour was done with a lineup including some of the other members and, of all people, a then-unknown Kenny Loggins. There would be two more albums that were the Electric Prunes in name only, as the name belonged to their producer, Dave Hassinger. None of the musicians on those LPs had played on the first three Electric Prunes albums, or even played in the band at all prior to 1968. Monterey Pop Festival 1967 San Francisco's Real Summer of Love - https://rumble.com/v2d7e7g-monterey-pop-festival-1967-san-franciscos-real-summer-of-love-not-antifablm.html On June 17-19 in 1967, the city was the venue of the three day Monterey Pop Festival. All the proceeds went to charity when all the artists (over 30 appeared), agreed to perform free, and the “Summer of Love” was born. Monterey became the template for future music festivals, notably the Woodstock Festival two years later. “Be happy, be free, wear flowers, bring bells,” read the advertisements which summoned the young people of California to a three-day party. The flower children, the wacky clothes, the ready availability of sex and drugs – it is hard to think it all took place 40 years ago. The festival is remembered for the first major American appearances by Jimi Hendrix (who at this time had become a star in the UK but not yet in his native U.S.), and The Who, as well as the first major public performances of Janis Joplin (Columbia Records signed Big Brother and The Holding Company on the basis of their performance at Monterey). It was also the first major performance by Otis Redding in front of a predominantly white audience, who performed a sensational set, recorded for posterity in the film of the event, Monterey Pop. The festival was planned in seven weeks by promoter Lou Adler, John Phillips of The Mamas & the Papas, producer Alan Pariser, and publicist Derek Taylor. The festival board included Mick Jagger, Paul McCartney and Brian Wilson. Monterey was the concert that propelled The Who into the American mainstream. At the end of their frenetic performance of “My Generation”, the audience was stunned as guitarist Pete Townshend began smashing his guitar, amid smoke bombs and explosions. Frightened roadies rushed onstage to scurry expensive microphones to safety. Rolling Stone Brian Jones who was seen milling around with his German girlfriend, Nico, introduced Jimi Hendrix to the crowd. Few people even knew who he was when he arrived on stage in a ruffled orange shirt and crotch-strangling red trousers. The guitarist played a blinding set which ended with an unpredictable version of “Wild Thing“, which he capped by kneeling over his guitar, pouring lighter fluid over it, setting it aflame, and then smashing it. Other major acts who appeared included: The Byrds, Grateful Dead, Simon and Garfunkel, The Steve Miller Band, Canned Heat, The Mamas And The Papas, Jefferson Airplane, Moby Grape, Quicksilver Messenger Service, Booker T. & the M.G.s, Buffalo Springfield and The Electric Flag. Tickets cost $3.50–6.50 (£2–3.80) for the three days. John Phillips, of The Mamas and The Papas, as one of the organizers, got it together enough to write ‘If You’re Going To San Francisco’ (Be Sure To Wear Flowers In Your Hair) specifically to promote the festival, the song becoming a hit for Scott McKenzie. The song ‘Monterey’, by Eric Burdon and the Animals, (who played on the first day of the festival) was written about their experience, and mentions several other bands/individuals who were there. It was released in November, 1967 (five months later.) The Monterey Pop Festival embodied the themes of San Francisco as a focal point for the counterculture and is generally regarded as one of the beginnings of the “Summer of Love” featuring bands that would shape the history of rock and affect popular culture from that day forward. An estimated 200,000 attended over the three days. Within 24 hours of the festival emptying, the local mayor drafted a resolution outlawing any gathering of more than 2,000 people on the field where the Summer of Love had flowered. I wonder if those who live there now, (there is a golf course on the spot and the hillside is covered with million-dollar condominiums), know the story of what happened at the birth of The Summer of Love. Psych-Out 1968 A Real Summer Of Love And Is A Psychedelia Master Peace Movie - https://rumble.com/v2nizq4-psych-out-1968-a-real-summer-of-love-and-is-a-psychedelia-master-peace-movi.html The Summer of Love 1967 was a social phenomenon that occurred in San Francisco's Haight-Ashbury neighborhood, where as many as 100,000 young people, mostly wearing hippie fashions, converged. The term "Summer of Love" originated with the formation of the Council for the Summer of Love, composed of the Family Dog hippie commune, The Straight Theatre, The Diggers, The San Francisco Oracle, and approximately 25 other people, who sought to alleviate some of the problems anticipated from the influx of young people expected during the summer. The Summer of Love encompassed the hippie music, hallucinogenic drugs, anti-war, and free-love scene throughout the West Coast of the United States, and as far away as New York City. New forms of rock 'n' roll pulsed through the airwaves, psychedelic drugs were plentiful, and free love was embraced. The Summer of Love was a blast of glamour, ecstasy, and Utopianism that divided American culture into a Before and After unparalleled since World War II. The Summer of Love was billed as the Summer of Love, and its creators did not employ a single publicist or craft More broadly, the Summer of Love encompassed the hippie music, hallucinogenic drugs, anti-war, and free-love scene throughout the West Coast of the United States, and as far away as New York City. Hippies, sometimes called flower children, were an eclectic group. Many were suspicious of the government, rejected consumerist values, and generally opposed the Vietnam War. A few were interested in politics; others were concerned more with art (music, painting, poetry in particular) or spiritual and meditative practices. While the Summer of Love is often regarded as a significant cultural event, its actual significance to ordinary young people of the time, particularly in Britain, has been disputed. The Summer of Love Wasn’t All Peace and Hippies Articles in the underground press capture what’s missing from our romanticized memory of that fateful season. The year 1967 was designated the “Summer of Love” when somewhere between 75,000 and 100,000 youth flooded 25 blocks in San Francisco’s Haight-Ashbury district. Beforehand, the neighborhood was home to a small community of “hip” residents interested in art, music, theatre, and literature. Afterward, it was known worldwide as the center of countercultural activities. For many, the Summer of Love calls to mind an ambitious attempt at cultural revolution when America’s youth championed values like peace, love, and freedom of expression. Fifty years later, that utopian vision of the Summer of Love prevails. But underground papers like those in Reveal Digital’s Independent Voices Collection testify to the dark underbelly of that fateful season. The June 23 edition of the Berkeley Barb, for instance, includes an advertisement for the Berkeley PROVOS, a group of people who intended to help deal with the influx of people into the area. Although embracing the spirit of the Summer of Love, the article amounts to a plea for help. It reads, “We still need food, clothes, places to stay, beds, sheets, soap, blankets, coat hangers and HELP.” In fact, the hippie demonstrations and the publicization of hippie culture that coalesced in the Summer of Love were met with controversy rather than acceptance. Even the participants varied in what they understood the meaning of the event to be. They knew something was happening, but it was hardly the simple introduction of peace and love to American culture. The Role of Mass Media For many in the counterculture, the Summer of Love was an accident precipitated by the widespread consumption of music, television, and magazines. Songs, programs, and articles began documenting the activities of the countercultural community in the Haight-Ashbury district with the advent of the Human Be-In. According to Chet Helms, after the Human Be-In, a relatively small group of counterculturally minded people in the Haight issued an invitation for young people to come to San Francisco. They formed a council that they called the “Council of the Summer of Love” and attempted to organize summer activities in Golden Gate Park. Articles on the “new” hippie lifestyle appeared in magazines like the New Yorker, and the hit song “San Francisco (Be Sure to Wear Flowers in Your Hair)” cemented the idea that something was going to happen in San Francisco in the summer of 1967. By most accounts, the arrival of so many young people was more an accident of popular culture than the result of any planning performed by the council. As the Summer of Love progressed, it became increasingly clear to many committed participants in the community that the Summer of Love, and the idea of a “hippie,” was being defined by the media more than anything else. Many in the counterculture became deeply suspicious and then hostile toward what they considered “the media,” by which they meant photographers, magazine and daily newspaper reporters, and documentarians. Columnist Joan Didion recalls being labeled a “media poisoner” by countercultural leaders who were part of a group known as the Diggers. Jeff Jassen of the Berkeley Barb writes nostalgically of the Haight-Ashbury district before the Summer of Love: “Nowhere was a camera visible.” Perhaps the event that highlights most clearly the role of the media in relation to the Summer of Love is the “Death of the Hippie Parade,” which was meant to conclude the Summer of Love. The event, documented in underground papers like the Berkeley Barb, included a funeral procession that marched through the Haight-Ashbury district, participants carrying a coffin filled with symbols of hippies: beads, mandalas, hair. A funeral notice was passed around the neighborhood that read, “Funeral Notice / HIPPIE / In the Haight Ashbury District of this city, Hippie, devoted son of Mass Media…” The demonstration was meant to call attention to the role that the media had played in creating a hippie stereotype and to replace the image with that of a “free man.” Jassen quipped, I didn’t appoint the Chronicle to label me a ‘hippie.’ Similarly, I didn’t appoint the Oracle, Happening House, the Diggers, or anyone else to free me from whatever plastic coating society is trying to seal me in. If precious time has to be spent now to release people from the name of ‘hippie’ then I can only wonder about those same people who spent countless hours telling me that there is no such thing as a ‘hippie’. Jassen’s comment reveals disdain for mass media, but also disagreements within the countercultural community over the significance of the idea of a hippie. The media, as imagined by countercultural participants in the Haight, not only played a role in the creation of the Summer of Love, it also came to be one of its primary targets of criticism. Underground papers offer a valuable resource for examining the evolving and ambivalent relationship between participants in the counterculture and mass media. For those interested in the cultural effects of media, the Summer of Love is ripe fruit. Performance Countercultural disdain toward the media was complicated by another countercultural trend that participants in the counterculture were developing: guerrilla theatre. During the Summer of Love, the San Francisco Mime Troupe used street theatre to make political points. The group was known for putting on thought-provoking (and just generally provoking) theatre meant to make social and political critiques. The theatre and opinions of leaders in the mime troupe, like R.G. Davis and Peter Berg, appeared regularly in underground papers. Movie PsychOut 1968 Psychedelic Music in the Flower Power 1965 Thru 1969 Era https://rateyourmusic.com/list/mtopper/the_101_album_psychedelia_collection/ https://rateyourmusic.com/list/mtopper/1966-psychedelic-albums/ https://rateyourmusic.com/list/mtopper/1967_psychedelic_albums/ https://rateyourmusic.com/list/mtopper/1968_psychedelic_albums/ https://rateyourmusic.com/list/mtopper/1969_psychedelic_albums/ Flower Power Full LP In the Garden of Eden or In the Garden of Life by Iron Butterfly https://rumble.com/v2jnvbe-flower-power-full-lp-in-the-garden-of-eden-or-in-the-garden-of-life-by-iron.html This is a story about “In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida”, a truly classic song, and the folklore around the mysterious meaning of the song. Simply put the words “In A Gadda Da Vida” were intended to be “In the Garden of Eden” however the true translation of “Vida” is “Life” putting the mistaken translation to “In the Garden of Life”. That is an important distinction that will accompany this story about the song’s true meaning. The In-a-Gadda-Da-Vida album has been certified multi-platinum, reportedly selling more than 30 million copies total. (Iron Butterfly was, in fact, the first-ever group to receive an RIAA platinum album award.) With its endless, droning minor-key riff and mumbled vocals, "In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida" is arguably the most notorious song of the acid rock era. According to legend, the group was so stoned when they recorded the track that they could neither pronounce the title "In the Garden of Eden" or end the track, so it rambles on for a full 17 minutes, which to some listeners sounds like eternity. But that's the essence of its appeal -- it's the epitome of heavy psychedelic excess, encapsulating the most indulgent tendencies of the era. Iron Butterfly never matched the warped excesses of "In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida," either on their debut album of the same name or the rest of their catalog, yet they occasionally made some enjoyable fuzz guitar-driven psychedelia that works as a period piece. The five tracks that share space with their magnum opus on In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida qualify as good artifacts, and the entire record still stands as the group's definitive album, especially since this is the only place the full-length title track is available. Suddenly That Summer It was billed as “the Summer of Love,” a blast of glamour, ecstasy, and Utopianism that drew some 75,000 young people to the San Francisco streets in 1967. Who were the true movers behind the Haight-Ashbury happening that turned America on to a whole new age? In a 25-square-block area of San Francisco, in the summer of 1967, an ecstatic, Dionysian mini-world sprang up like a mushroom, dividing American culture into a Before and After unparalleled since World War II. If you were between 15 and 30 that year, it was almost impossible to resist the lure of that transcendent, peer-driven season of glamour, ecstasy, and Utopianism. It was billed as the Summer of Love, and its creators did not employ a single publicist or craft a media plan. Yet the phenomenon washed over America like a tidal wave, erasing the last dregs of the martini-sipping Mad Men era and ushering in a series of liberations and awakenings that irreversibly changed our way of life. The Summer of Love also thrust a new kind of music—acid rock—across the airwaves, nearly put barbers out of business, traded clothes for costumes, turned psychedelic drugs into sacred door keys, and revived the outdoor gatherings of the Messianic Age, making everyone an acolyte and a priest. It turned sex with strangers into a mode of generosity, made “uptight” an epithet on a par with “racist,” refashioned the notion of earnest Peace Corps idealism into a bacchanalian rhapsody, and set that favorite American adjective, “free,” on a fresh altar. “It was this magical moment … this liberation movement, a time of sharing that was very special,” with “a lot of trust going around,” says Carolyn “Mountain Girl” Garcia, who had a baby with Ken Kesey, the man who helped kick off that season, and who then married Jerry Garcia, the man who epitomized its fruition. “The Summer of Love became the template: the Arab Spring is related to the Summer of Love; Occupy Wall Street is related to the Summer of Love,” says Joe McDonald, the creator and lead singer of Country Joe and the Fish and a boyfriend of one of that summer’s two queens, Janis Joplin. “And it became the new status quo,” he continues. “The Aquarian Age! They all want sex. They all want to have fun. Everyone wants hope. We opened the door, and everybody went through it, and everything changed after that. Sir Edward Cook, the biographer of Florence Nightingale, said that when the success of an idea of past generations is ingrained in the public and taken for granted the source is forgotten.” Well, here is that source, according to the people who lived it. Certain places, for unknowable reasons, become socio-cultural petri dishes, and between 1960 and 1964 the area of Northern California extending from San Francisco to Palo Alto was one of them. San Francisco’s official bohemia was North Beach, where the Beats hung out at Lawrence Ferlinghetti’s City Lights bookstore, and where espresso was sipped, jazz was worshipped, and hipsters did not dance. North Beach was not unique, however; it had strong counterparts, for example, in New York’s Greenwich Village, L.A.’s Venice Beach and Sunset Strip, and Cambridge, Massachusetts. What was unique was happening across town, where a group of young artists, musicians, and San Francisco State College students became besotted with the city’s past. “There was a huge romanticism around the idea of the Barbary Coast, about San Francisco as a lawless, vigilante, late-19th-century town,” says Rock Scully, one of those who rented cheap Victorian houses in a run-down neighborhood called Haight-Ashbury. They dressed, he says, “in old, stiff-collared shirts with pins, and riding coats and long jackets.” “Old-timey” became the shibboleth. Guys wore their hair long under Western-style hats, and young people decorated their apartments in old-fashioned castoffs. Scully recalls, “Michael Ferguson [an S.F. State art student] was wearing and living Victoriana in 1963”—a year before the Beatles came to America, and before costuming-as-rebellion existed in England. They were not aping the British. “We were Americans!,” insists musician Michael Wilhelm. Architecture student George Hunter was yet another in the crowd, and then there were the artists Wes Wilson and Alton Kelley, the latter an émigré from New England who frequently wore a top hat. “Kelley wanted to be freeze-dried and set on his Victorian couch behind glass,” says his friend Luria Castell (now Luria Dickson), a politically active S.F. State student and the daughter of a waitress. Castell and her friends wore long velvet gowns and lace-up boots—a far cry from the Beatnik outfits of the early 60s. Chet Helms, a University of Texas at Austin dropout who had hitchhiked to San Francisco, also joined the group and dressed old-timey. He had come to San Francisco with a friend, a nice, middle-class girl who had been a member of her high school’s Slide Rule Club and who had also left the university, hoping to become a singer. Her name was Janis Joplin. Helms, Castell, Scully, Kelley, and a few others lived semi-communally. “We were purists,” says Castell, “snooty” about their left-wing politics and esoteric aesthetic. All their houses had dogs, so they called themselves the Family Dog. As for Wilhelm, Hunter, Ferguson, and their friends Dan Hicks and Richie Olsen, they took up instruments that most of them could barely play and formed the Charlatans, which became the first San Francisco band of the era. Wes Wilson, distinct for keeping his hair short, became the eventual scene’s first poster artist, creating a style that would be epoch-defining. Soon they came to share something else: LSD. It had been more than a decade since Sandoz Laboratories made the first batches of lysergic acid diethylamide, the high-octane synthetic version of two natural consciousness-altering compounds, psilocybin and mescaline, when, in 1961, the Harvard psychology professor Timothy Leary had his life-changing experience with psilocybin mushrooms, in Mexico. Leary, a charismatic womanizer, and Richard Alpert, a colleague at Harvard and a closeted bisexual, would invite friends and a few grad students to drop acid with them off campus, and they endeavored to apply scholarly methodology to the sense-enhancing, cosmic-love-stimulating, and sometimes psychosis-abetting properties of LSD. While Leary and Alpert were raising consciousness in their way on the East Coast, Ken Kesey, a young Oregonian, was doing it on the peninsula south of San Francisco far more outrageously—by buying a school bus, painting it in jubilant graffiti, and driving around in it, stoned, with a group he called the Merry Pranksters. In 1959, Kesey had been a volunteer in a C.I.A.-sponsored LSD experiment at the Veterans Administration Hospital in Menlo Park. His 1962 novel, One Flew over the Cuckoo’s Nest, was the result of his work there. In 1963 he assembled the Pranksters, including Stewart Brand, later famous as the author of the Whole Earth Catalog, and Neal Cassady, Jack Kerouac’s best friend and the model for Dean Moriarty in On the Road. Koyaanisqatsi Is A Hopi Prophecy Total Disintegration Pink Floyd Atom Heart Mother https://rumble.com/v2i8f44-koyaanisqatsi-is-a-hopi-prophecy-total-disintegration-pink-floyd-atom-heart.html Prophecy Hopi Indians Warned America For Year And Yet Nobody Listens ? It warn us that we are entering a dangerous period in our lives, as governments have abrogated native title and the time of plenty is coming to an end. Koyaanisqatsi is a Hopi prophecy that marks the total disintegration of the life of harmony and balance. According to Hopi Dictionary: Hopìikwa Lavàytutuveni, koyaanisqatsi is defined as “life” or “chaotic” life. In Lockdown Revisiting Koyaanisqatsi Revisiting Koyaanisqatsi in Lockdown explores this mythological destruction. Koyaanisqatsi is a Hopi Prophecy It is an apocalyptic vision that warns us that if we dig precious things from the land, we will invite disaster. Near the Day of Purification, cobwebs spun back and forth in the sky and a container of ashes might one day be thrown from the sky which could burn the land and boil the oceans. In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida or In the Garden of Eden Recorded Live Rare by Iron Butterfly https://rumble.com/v2jnepo-in-a-gadda-da-vida-or-in-the-garden-of-eden-recorded-live-rare-by-iron-butt.html The following will walk you through the 17-minute-long song and provide the sync up to the story in a beat-by-beat fashion. Since the majority of this song is an instrumental, much of the story is told through the music (verse the lyrics). Not many bands put out 17+ minute songs, so there had to be a greater motive to their madness! Open your minds and enjoy. The song can be played using the YouTube link below and the below commentary will take you step-by-step through the story and call out events at different time intervals during the song. Iron Butterfly In A Gadda Da Vida 1968 (Original Full Version) https://youtu.be/ZCkHanF4v1w this one from lp or album and https://youtu.be/UIVe-rZBcm4 and this one is live video with lp in sink to live video pics. In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida (Live in San Diego, CA, May 1969) https://youtu.be/jbogE8UD1jg and Iron Butterfly - In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida - full lp or album all 6 songs wow - https://youtu.be/vAT4nIg00t0 IN-GADDA-DA-VIDA MEANING TO YOU Music is a feeling. It exults emotions and links those emotions to our memories. Music can take you back to another time and bring out all kinds of feelings. Songs certainly mean different things to different people. The folklore around In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida, whether true or not, brings me back to my youth. As I am now a dad, I hope my kids look back on their youth and can tie songs to fun memories we have had. Hopefully my kids’ memories won’t be about a song reenacting a person being buried alive, but I guess it is what got me here! We would love to hear your take on this and any other musical folklore you would like to share in the comments. If you are looking to get your young kids into music that you like and they are not ready for Iron Butterfly yet, read our article about kids and the Beatles. Happy listening! Originally published in 1968, In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida is the best known album by Psychedelic Rock group Iron Butterfly. The first album to ever go platinum, In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida is one of those albums nearly every every aging hippie either has, or used to have. For most of these people though, it probably hasn't been played in decades. Heavy on the distortion guitar and the electric organ, this album would be right at home in an old van with large amounts of ceremonial substances. How do we escape the woke matrix? new world order offers a guide. The woke movement could be the next great U.S. cultural export and it is going to do many other countries some real good. Electric Kool-Aid Government Mind LSD-25 Testing A 60s Psychedelic Revolution Etc. - https://rumble.com/v2orpku-electric-kool-aid-government-mind-lsd-25-testing-a-60s-psychedelic-revoluti.html Electric Kool-Aid Government Mind LSD-25 or lysergic acid diethylamide, is a hallucinogenic drug that was first synthesized a Swiss scientist in the 1930s. During the Cold War, the CIA conducted clandestine experiments with LSD (and other drugs) for mind control, information gathering and other purposes. Over time, the drug became a symbol of the 1960s counterculture, eventually joining other hallucinogenic and recreational drugs at rave parties. New World Order National Anthem The Ostrich Lyrics By Steppenwolf 1968 A.C.E. ! - https://rumble.com/v3yl8xx-new-world-order-national-anthem-the-ostrich-lyrics-by-steppenwolf-1968-a.c..html Welcome To The New World Order - The Year Zero - National Anthem of the United States of America and Confederate States of America and New World Order National Anthem "The Ostrich" Lyrics in 1968 A.C.E. Yes The Conspiracy to Rule Your Mind chronicles how the ruling elite have established global domination and the ability to effect the thoughts, decisions, and world view of human beings across the globe by systematically infiltrating the media, academia, industry, military and political factions under the guise of upholding democracy. Learn how this malevolent consortium has dedicated centuries to realize an oppressive and totalitarian rule through any means necessary, not limited to drug trafficking, money laundering, terror attacks and financial crisis within the world economy.

Welcome To Our Real Home This Video Is About Are True Living Space 3,600+ Square Feet Living Space At The New World Order Headquarters Somewhere In The U.S.A. Video Is Recorded July 04-2023. We Are 8 Retired British-Chinese's Women Age 50 To 74 From Hong Kong, China And Now We Are True U.S.A. Citizen Today In 2024. So We Live At This 86 Year Old Building And Land Tax's Are Only $1,400 A Years And We Have Are Own Water Well And Septic Tank And Electric And Solar Power Average About $186 Dollars A Month. Yes We Love Are Rumble Channel In 2024 What If Everything You Were Taught Was A Lie? We Also Love Old U.S.A. And British 1960's Psychedelic-Acid Rock-Heavy Metal Music And Old Hippie And Beatnik Movie. With Help From Are Hippie Friend Prof. Randles Psychedelic Thompkins Age 72 Now At Northwest Profiles: Acid Rock Archives A True Hippie Music Story. We Love The Outdoors And Nature And Wild Flowers And We Cool Off In The Summer Time And We Like Swimming Naked In A 1,200+ Gallons Old Fire Truck And Love A Good Bonfire At Night Too. P.S. We Are Straight Women Only... That Mean's (One Man To One Woman Period) We Sleep Together 2 Or 3 Person's To A Bed And We Have A Old 1960 108 In. Red Velvet Round Bed For Us To Sleep In With 6 feet Long By 4 Feet Wide Mirrors Above Are Head And One Swing Bed With Psychedelic Lights Around Too. Its So Cool To Be A Real Hippie's Today. So Yes We Do Not Have Any Photo's Of Us On Line For Are Safety In This Day And Ages 2024 Yes We All The People Of The U.S.A. So If You Our Black-White-Yellow-Brown-Red-Woke-Trans-Etc. We At This Channel Do Not Care About Anyone Skin Color At All Now Or In The Past Time. All Info. shared in this channel is for non-hate and non-race and historical purposes to educate, elevate, entertain, enlighten, and empower through old and new film and document allowance is made for fair use for purposes such as criticism, comment, news reporting, scholarship, and research. Fair use is a use permitted by copyright statute that might otherwise be infringing. non-profit, educational or personal use tips the balance in favour of fair use. Note: The content on this channel may cover controversial topics and explore differing perspectives. It is intended for informational and discussion purposes only. Views expressed by guests or in comments do not necessarily reflect the opinions of the channel owner. We encourage respectful dialogue and open-mindedness. However, viewers are advised to conduct their own research and exercise critical thinking when engaging with the content. This channel does not endorse or condone any form of hate speech, discrimination, or violence. Viewer discretion is advised. Welcome To The New World Order - The Year Zero - The Real Origin of the World - National Anthem of the United States of America and Confederate States of America National Anthem and New World Order National Anthem Is "The Ostrich" Lyrics by Steppenwolf from the album 'Rest In Peace' 1967-1972 A.C.E. The Conspiracy to Rule Your Mind chronicles how the ruling elite have established global domination and the ability to effect the thoughts, decisions, and world view of human beings across the globe by systematically infiltrating the media, academia, industry, military and political factions under the guise of upholding democracy. Learn how this malevolent consortium has dedicated centuries to realize an oppressive and totalitarian rule through any means necessary, not limited to drug trafficking, money laundering, terror attacks and financial crisis within the world economy. Worldwide tyranny is already in full effect, the food we eat and the air we breathe are not off limits. Will we be able to stop this madness before we become an electronically monitored, cashless society wherein ever man, woman and child is micro chipped? We live in the world where sex is free and love costs, where losing a phone is scarier than losing morale, where it is fashionable to get drunk and using drugs, because if you don’t do that, you’re old and out, where men cheat on their wives with girls and if they don’t, it’s for fear of being caught, where girls are more afraid of being pregnant than getting AIDS, where pizza delivery is faster than an ambulance, where clothes decide a person’s value and money is more important than friends and family... This is not my world. Where has my true world gone? The New World Order Is Upon Us - Preserve Your Liberty By Being Prepared ! - We The People of the New World Order Thank You. The Left/Right paradigm isn't only exposed by race and immigration issues. The Left and Right are in lockstep on every issue that really matters: The IRS. Income tax. Federal Reserve system. Endless wars. Endless expansion of tyranny and ever contracting liberty. Chronically wide-open borders. Suicidal immigration policies. Don't you see? The democrats and republicans exist only to provide the illusion of choice. A strong "us versus them" simulation in every election. It's ritualized tribalism. But the joke is, it doesn't matter which team wins, because both sides have the same agenda. God, guns and gays are phony "issues" to bolster the illusion of "difference" between the parties. The only thing that makes all this possible is that people aren't aware of the scam. Just knowing they are either "Team Red" or "Team Blue" liberates them from the responsibility of having to actually know or think anything. Then they feel righteous when their team wins, or despondent when they loose. It's no coincidence that the system works exactly like sports. There comes a point when ignorance and apathy become treason. We are past that point, people. Everything you want to know what could be more terrifying than being trafficked for sex? Being murdered in a ritual sacrifice. And even worse than that would be being murdered in a ritual sacrifice so wealthy elite cabalists can harvest your adrenal glands to get the compound Adrenochrome they need to prolong their decrepit lives! It's so easy to be overwhelmed and feel beaten by the amount of negative and discouraging information being spread by the mainstream (fake stream) media. There are truly awful people in WEF and WHO, who want to reduce us to the level of serfs or chattel, but we can resist, indeed, we must resist. Be calm, be objective and be positive. Right is Might. “The only thing necessary for the triumph of evil is that good men should do nothing.” Nobody Is Safe From People's Republic Of The Tyrannical We The Sheeple People of The United States of America and A Real True Bill of State Rights Of Government July Forth 1776 The Bill of Rights is the first ten amendments to the United States Constitution, which limit the power of the federal government and guarantee certain freedoms and rights to all colour of people and for the citizens of All America. Thanks For Calling and Remember the U.S. Government Leave No Witnesses Alive Behind Them. If You See Fraudulent or Criminal Activities by U.S. Government. Please Call Us (ASAP) So We Can Send Someone Out To Kill You! Thanks Again For Calling. The Presidential Hotline Pedophile and Secret Human Trafficking and Child Sex Ring Etc. Call 1-866-4-5455-968 ( 1-866-I-Kill-You ) should be used when all your attempts to get assistance from a government department, province, municipality or state agency have failed. It is not only a complaints line. You can call to share your views or provide solutions to the challenges in your community. We also list the help line numbers of non-governmental organization's working with government. You may call at 987-654-3210 ext. new world order! In 1984 Tried To Warn Us We The People About Every record has been destroyed or falsified, every book rewritten, every picture has been repainted, every statue and street building has been renamed, every date has been altered. And the process is continuing day by day and minute by minute. History has stopped. If you want a picture of the future, imagine a boot stamping on a human face forever. This Information Is For Everyone To See The Real Truth Today. Thank You For Watching All Are Video's In 2024. A World Wide Rumble Day Of True World Peace 2024 This Is Most Important Video You Will Ever See In Your Life Time In This World Today Let All Live In World Peace! Learn About The Most Important Things In Life And Why They Are Essential To Achieve Happiness And Fulfilment In World Of Love, Mind & Body. In today’s digital world, many of us are thrown by social status, materialistic items and luxuries – and how can you blame us? We are constantly being shown that the image of perfection includes these things, with edited Instagram images and reality TV shows highlighting the elite. In reality, however, status, designer products and expensive items are worth nothing; they won’t make you happy nor healthy. So, regardless of where you are in the world, the most important things on your list should include the following. 1. Health importance of health in life Being healthy is the single, most important part of our existence – without good health, our lives can be cut short. That said, it’s important not to take good health for granted and feed our bodies nutrients that they deserve by eating a balanced diet and engaging in regular physical activity. According to the US Department of Health and Human Services (HSS), by maintaining a healthy lifestyle, you can ‘reduce your risk of chronic diseases (like heart disease and cancer), and promote your overall health.’ 2. Family While you may sometimes argue and get annoyed with your family, they are your unit and the ones that you can turn to in times of happiness and sorrow. No matter what you go through with your family, they will always be there to guide and support you and to help you learn and grow as a person. The love from a family member is unconditional and should not be taken for granted. Some people go through life without truly appreciating just how important having their family’s support is and spend the majority their existence feeling unhappy. So, if you don’t usually show your family how much they mean to you, now is the time to start! 3. Friends Just like family, friends are a vital part of our existence and happiness. They are people that can share the best parts of your life with you and will be there as a confidant when you need to talk about personal issues. While real friends are hard to come by, most will have a handful of trusted friends that they can rely on. And even though you may outgrow certain friends during different stages of your life, you will have opportunities to form new relationships with people that you come across. 4. Love Love is the epicenter of every aspect of your life – it doesn’t just relate to having a partner. You will love your partner in a unique way, but you will also have unchangeable affection for your family and friends. Love is also the feeling that will drive you throughout your career, extracurricular activities, interests and hobbies. Moreover, you will experience love in its varying forms; you may go on holiday and fall in love with a particular city, cuisine or culture. What’s vital is that you embrace everything that you love and enjoy. 5. Purpose Looking for purpose in life Having a purpose is a fundamental component of living a fulfilling life. Without purpose, we won’t have the motivation to achieve great things or even do something simple such as getting out of bed in the morning. According to psychologist Steve Taylor, not having a purpose ‘makes us more vulnerable to boredom, anxiety, and depression.’ Meanwhile, having a strong sense of purpose can have a positive effect on our lives. If you take a page out of the books of successful entrepreneurs, most of them made it by having a drive and a sense of purpose. They worked hard because they were confident of what they could achieve – and this purpose is something that we need to follow to feel accomplished in life. 6. Passion Along with purpose comes passion; our desires, our dreams and our hopes in life. When you’re passionate about something, you’re going to work hard to achieve it. For example, I was a self-established makeup artist, but her passion for cosmetics pushed her to build a beauty empire that’s now worth over $600 million. That said, passion looks different for everyone; some people will be passionate about giving back to society, while others will have a passion for personal gain. Just ensure that your passion is for a good cause and that it brings joy not only to yourself but to others, too. 7. Wellness Besides having a healthy body, it’s essential to have a healthy mind also! Luckily, we live in a time where mental wellbeing is at the forefront, and those who struggle with any mental health disorders are being given the treatment and care that they need to lead a happy life. That said, there are many ways that you can improve your wellbeing. Find activities that help you relax; whether it’s meditating daily, listening to a motivational podcast or simply going for a walk to gather your thoughts. Whatever method you choose, ensure that your wellbeing is at the forefront of each of these activities. 8. Education Having a good education will help you progress in life. This doesn’t necessarily mean that you must complete higher education to be successful. What it does mean is that you should continue to learn new things on a daily basis. The method of education is entirely up to you – you might want to watch an education video, documentary or film; read a book or the news. What is important is the knowledge you gain from your education and how you choose to apply it within your life. 9. Time Having the ability to value time really matters in life. Time is precious and priceless, and it should be taken advantage of. When we have a better understanding of time, we can form good habits and structure our daily activities. We can do things that will help us progress and also schedule time to spend with family, friends and hobbies. 10. Water vital and clean water Water is the most critical part of survival – without clean water, we wouldn’t be able to live. Our bodies are made up of up to 60% of water, and it’s used in all our cells, organs, and tissues to help regulate our temperature and maintain other bodily functions. Therefore, to ensure that we aren’t dehydrated and at risk of falling ill, we need to drink at least six glasses of water per day. 11. Food While food can be an indulgence and a hobby, it’s also a necessary part of our existence. Our body will need carbohydrates, protein, fat, minerals and vitamins to function and stay healthy. So, to maintain our health, we need to rely on a healthy and balanced diet. 12. Sleep Sleep also plays a vital role in our physical and mental wellbeing. As reported in Healthline, ‘Sleeping less than 7–8 hours per night is linked to an increased risk of heart disease and stroke.’ But lack of sleep doesn’t only put our health at risk, as it also has a negative effect on our mood. Ever noticed how you’ve been grouchy and irritable when you’ve not had enough sleep? That’s because poor sleep quality is directly linked to mental health disorders like depression and anxiety. 13. Music Have you ever had tears spring to your eyes when you hear a certain song? I know I have. Music, in all its forms, is beautiful. It has the ability to bring people together, as it's a universal language that everyone can understand. No matter what culture you come from, music can unite us all. It has the power to evoke emotions and memories, like making you think of your wedding or a road trip you took as a child. It can make us laugh, cry, and dance, which is why it truly is one of the most important things in life. 14. Money Sadly, money is also one of the most important things in our lives. Money gives us the ability to buy the things we need, like food and shelter. It also allows us to purchase the things we want, like a new car or a nice vacation. Money also gives us a sense of security. For example, if you have money in the bank, you know that you can cover your basic living expenses if you suddenly lose you job. In short, money is essential for a happy and comfortable life. Granted, money isn't everything and it can't buy happiness, but it can certainly make life a whole lot easier! 15. Positivity positive sunflower representing importance to life Positivity is contagious. When you are positive, you radiate good vibes that others around you pick up on. This creates a snowball effect of positivity, making everyone feel better. Secondly, positivity is essential for achieving your goals. A positive attitude allows you to stay focused and motivated, even when things are tough. It attracts success, as people are drawn to those who have a positive outlook on life, and this can open doors for you professionally and personally. So, if you want to live a happy and successful life, make sure to focus on the glass being half full instead of half empty. 16. Communication Communication is one of the most important things in life because it allows people to share their thoughts, feelings, and ideas. It also allows people to connect with others and build relationships. When communication is effective, it can help people to understand each other better and resolve conflicts. It can also make people feel more connected to each other and build trust. It’s important in all aspects of life, from personal relationships to work and school. Good communication skills are essential for success in all areas of life, so it’s important to learn how to communicate effectively. 17. Memories Why are memories so important? I think it has something to do with the fact that they are one of the few things in life that we can keep with us forever. Sure, we can hold on to material possessions, but eventually they will wear out or be lost. But, usually, our memories stay with us until the day we die. They are a part of who we are, and they help to define our identity. Think about it: when you look back on your life, what do you remember most vividly? The big moments, of course, like your wedding day, the birth of your child, or that time you won the championship game. But also, the small moments, like sitting around the campfire with friends, laughing until you cried, watching the sunset on a perfect summer day. These are the moments that make up our lives, and they are what we hold on to when everything else is gone. Creating memories is one of the most important things in life, because in the end, they are all we have left. 18. Compassion Compassion means being able to understand and share in the feelings of another person. It's about having empathy for someone who is going through a tough time and being able to offer support. It’s a key interpersonal skill to have, as compassion is about being kind and caring, even when it's difficult. Having compassion is essential because it helps us to connect with others, and it allows us to see the world from their perspective. It also motivates us to help others, whether it's by volunteering our time or donating money to a worthy cause. In a world that can often be harsh and cruel, compassion is one of the most important things that we can possess. 19. Freedom Imagine for a moment that you are living in a world where you are not free. You are not free to choose your own friends, or what you want to wear, or where you want to live. You are not even free to think your own thoughts. Instead, you must conform to the thinking of those in power. It would be like being trapped in a prison, with no hope of ever escaping. That is why having freedom is one of the most important things in life. Freedom gives us the ability to control our lives and make our own choices. It allows us to pursue our dreams and build the future we want for ourselves. And it’s only when we have freedom that we can truly be happy and fulfilled. That is why freedom is so important. It is the most basic human right. 20. Gratitude Importance of gratitude Why is gratitude so important? Well, let's think about it. First of all, when we are grateful for what we have, we are more likely to take care of it and appreciate it. Secondly, gratitude helps us focus on the positive aspects of our lives, which can lead to greater happiness and satisfaction. And finally, gratitude creates a sense of abundance instead of scarcity. When we feel that we have enough, we are more likely to share with others, which creates a sense of community and connection. So, all in all, gratitude is pretty important! Why not take a moment each day to think about three things you're grateful for by practicing mindfulness? It could change your life. Final thoughts While it’s easy to get wrapped up in the material things that we think make us happy, science has shown that it’s actually the intangibles that have the biggest impact on our well-being. Being compassionate and grateful, having the support of loved ones, and living a meaningful life all contribute to our happiness in ways that are difficult to put a price tag on. By focusing on material things, we lose sight of what’s really important. But by taking a step back and reframing our mindset, we can appreciate all the wonderful things life has to offer. Freedom of speech is a principle that supports the freedom of an individual or a community to articulate their opinions and ideas without fear of retaliation, censorship, or legal sanction. The right to freedom of expression has been recognized as a human right in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and international human rights law by the New World Order. So We All Hope At This Channel That This True Video i hope that my attempts to help all viewers and all sex's and all races to understand without hate for each other the complex biology related to sex, gender identity, and attraction and we can stop killing each other now and maybe we can live in peace and love as we are and can be on a threshold of a dream starting today ! On a Threshold of a Dream / Question Of Balance - Music Moody Blues. In The Beginning - First Man or Woman or AI or ?: I think, I think I am, therefore I am, I think. Establishment: Of course you are my bright little star, I've miles And miles Of files Pretty files of your forefather's fruit and now to suit our great computer, You're magnetic ink. First Man: I'm more than that, I know I am, at least, I think I must be. Inner Man: There you go man, keep as cool as you can. Face piles And piles Of trials With smiles. It riles them to believe that you perceive the web they weave And keep on thinking free. Lovely To See You - A wonderful day for passing my way. Knock and my door and even the score With your eyes. Lovely to see you again my friend. Walk along with me to the next bend. Dark cloud of fear is blowing away. Now that you're hear, you're going to stay 'cause it's Lovely to see you again my friend. Walk along with me to the next bend. Tells us what you've seen in faraway forgotten lands. Where empires have turned back to sand. Wonderful day for passing my way. Knock and my door and even the score With your eyes. Lovely to see you again my friend. Walk along with me to the next bend. Question Of Balance - Why do we never get an answer - When we're knocking at the door - With a thousand million questions - About hate and death and war? - 'Cause when we stop and look around us - There is nothing that we need - In a world of persecution - That is burning in its greed Why do we never get an answer - When we're knocking at the door? - Because the truth is hard to swallow - That's what the war of love is for It's not the way that you say it - When you do those things to me - It's more the way that you mean it - When you tell me what will be - And when you stop and think about it - You won't believe it's true - That all the love you've been giving - Has all been meant for you I'm looking for someone to change my life - I'm looking for a miracle in my life - And if you could see what it's done to me - To lose the love I knew - Could safely lead me through Between the silence of the mountains - And the crashing of the sea - There lies a land I once lived in - And she's waiting there for me - But in the grey of the morning - My mind becomes confused - Between the dead and the sleeping - And the road that I must choose I'm looking for someone to change my life - I'm looking for a miracle in my life - And if you could see what it's done to me - To lose the love I knew - Could safely lead me to - The land that I once knew - To learn as we grow old - The secrets of our soul - It's not the way that you say it when you do those things to me - It's more the way you really mean it when you tell me what will be Why do we never get an answer - When we're knocking at the door - With a thousand million questions - About hate and death and war? - When we stop and look around us - There is nothing that we need - In a world of persecution - That is burning in its greed Why do we never get an answer - When we're knocking at the door? So Deep Within You - Talk to me baby, I want to sleep at night - My heart is heavy, it's weighed down by the night. - And now I'm lonely, I want to see the light - So deep within you. Cool wind is blowing through your crazy hair. - Warm colours flowing, this feeling we have shared. - And now I'm lonely I want to feel the love - So deep within you. Your love's a never-ending dream - A castle by a stream of sweet understanding - I know you're thinking of me too, the messages - From you are my inspiration. Love's incense lingers, it never fades away. - Like you I'm waiting for our special day. - And now I'm lonely I want to feel the love - So deep within you My love is burning, like a forest fire - My heart is yearning, I feel a warm desire. - And now I'm lonely I want to touch the fire - So deep within you. The Dream - When the white eagle of the North is flying overhead The browns, reds and golds of autumn lie in the gutter, dead. Remember then, that summer birds with wings of fire flaying Came to witness springs new hope, born of leaves decaying. Just as new life will come from death, love will come at leisure. Love of love, love of life and giving without measure Gives in return a wonderous yearn of a promise almost seen. Live hand-in-hand and together we'll stand on the threshold of a dream. Have You Heard (Part 1/2) - Part 1 - Now you know that you are real, - Show your friends that you and me - Belong to the same world, - Turned on to the same word, - Have you heard? - Now you know that you are free, - Living all your life at ease. - Each day has its always, - A look down life's hallways, doorways, - To lead you there. (The Voyage) No Words Have You Heard (Part 2/2) - Part 2 - Now you know how nice it feels, - Scatter good seed in the fields. - Life's ours for the making, - Eternity's waiting, waiting, - For you and me. - Now you know that you are real, - Show your friends that you and me - Belong to the same world, - Turned on to the same word, - Have you heard? - Have you heard? - Have you heard? - Have you heard? - Have you heard? The Word & Om Spoken: This garden universe vibrates complete - Some, we get a sound so sweet - Vibrations reach on up to become light - And then through gamma, out of sight - Between the eyes and ears there lie - The sounds of color and the light of a sigh - And to hear the sun, what a thing to believe - But it's all around if we could but perceive - To know ultra-violet, infra-red, and x-rays - Beauty to find in so may ways - Two notes of the chord, that's our full scope - But to reach the chord is our life's hope - And to name the chord is important to some - So they give it a word, and the word is OM "OM" - The rain is on the roof - Hurry high butterfly - As clouds roll past my head - I know why the skys all cry - OM, OM, Heaven, OM The Earth turns slowly round - Far away the distant sound - Is with us everyday - Can you hear what it say - OM, OM, Heaven, OM The rain is on the roof - Hurry high butterfly - As clouds roll past my head - I know why the skys all cry - OM, OM, Heaven, OM Moody Blues' song "Om" features the chanting of the word "Om," which represents Aum, a sacred mantra in Hindu, Jain, Sikh, and Buddhist religions. https://youtu.be/2gsqrqsNsf8 - On a Threshold of a Dream https://youtu.be/uZCzH8q1hcY - Days of Future Passed https://youtu.be/26YzvbkbSDU - Question Of Balance The Moodys were so far ahead of their time and so underrated - their songs were simply brilliant and transcended all other bands. The Moodies were the most influential musicians of my teenage years. Their songs touched me profoundly, and while some of my friends felt they were boring musicians, I believed the Moodies were almost preaching with their lyrics. To me each song had a profound message that literally touched my soul, and to me that produced what I felt was a real spiritual high. Starting with Days of Future Passed, each succeeding album was eagerly anticipated and every single one released did not disappoint. Still to this day I get a tingle in my chest when I play some of my favorite Moodie ballads. I know that there are many of you out there who feel the same way about our beloved Moody Blues. The ideas in their first seven albums (the sacred 7) were the messages I needed to hear at the time. I still live my life by them. So far ahead of their time. And like the difference between shoot-em-up games and Myst, the Moodies are a unique and shining example of excellence. The Electric Prunes - Mass in F Minor - Om is the Primordial Sound of the Universe https://rumble.com/v2iaxe2-the-electric-prunes-mass-in-f-minor-om-is-the-primordial-sound-of-the-unive.html Om is the seed of transcendental sound, and it is through transcendental sound one can transform the mind and the senses. By chanting Om, the mind becomes aligned with the breath, which enables a person to get into an elevated state of consciousness called samadhi. So Rock Mass in F Minor is this Transcendental Sound of your Real Mind. The album was planned to combine religious and classical elements with psychedelic rock, in a religious-based rock-opera concept album. Samadhi is the highest state of mental concentration that people can achieve while still bound to the body and which unites them with the highest reality. How do we escape the woke matrix? new world order offers a guide. The woke movement could be the next great U.S. cultural export and it is going to do many other countries some real good. Escaping the matrix would mean: 1. Escape the cheap dopamine available everywhere on social media 2. Work on self than pleasing others 3. Work, when others are partying , going clubs , getting married 4. Connecting with god and finding your true purpose in life 5. Breaking the norms and traditions society has set for you including getting a degree or job at so and so age. Exploration and networking are the key for discovering where you true self lies 6. You seeking answers from growth related platforms like to understand life and not watching pleasure seeking reels, short videos etc. The red pill and blue pill represent a choice between the willingness to learn a potentially unsettling or life-changing truth by taking the red pill or remaining in the contented experience of ordinary reality with the blue pill. The terms originate from the 1999 film The Matrix. Black pill and white pill The metaphor of the "black pill" was first popularized by the incel-related blog Omega Virgin Revolt. In this parlance, being red-pilled means believing concepts like male oppression and female hypergamy, while being black-pilled means coming to believe that there is little that low-status or unattractive men can do to improve their prospects for romantic or sexual relationships with women. This metaphor was extended to political matters, where, after being red-pilled (recognizing, and then rejecting, the dominant political narratives), one can then become either black-pilled (pessimistic or apathetic about the future), or white-pilled (hopeful about the future or believing change is possible.) This metaphor has been embraced by commentators including anarchist Michael Malice, whose 2022 book The White Pill advocates the latter point of view. Malice defines the term as, “It is possible that we will lose, it is impossible that we must lose.” The matrix includes physicality itself, so any physical action / response is within the matrix. As has been mentioned, you are part of the matrix. Thoughts, ideas, and similar “lofty” things are also part of the simulation. Basically, anything that is derived- or interpreted from experiencing / sensing is part of the matrix. You can’t get out of such a thing. The wheel of Samsara isn’t optional or surmountable; it’s inevitable. The only thing you can do is see this and surrender to it. This is why it’s called waking up, it’s a realization. You can know that you’re dreaming (waking up), and that there is no alternative (surrender, the mountain is a mountain again). Note that The Matrix (the movies) are weak single layer models. In reality, waking up is just another dream. Imagine the movie Inception instead, but with no highest / real top level. It’s a flat structure. If you have ever woken up inside a dream before, you might have noticed that there’s no “going deeper” or “higher,” it’s just that the dream continues but from a different place (where you seemed to wake up). If anything happens after the death of this body, that’s what happens. How do you get to realization? You remove anything that’s in the way of seeing clearly. This includes any idea you have of it; don’t take anyone’s words as gospel. You eliminate all hypotheses and assumptions, with intent and focus, until there are no filters left. Once no filters are left, what will you see? A rhetorical question. The answer isn’t the point. Getting there is the point, which will render the question obsolete. Good luck. Ah, escaping The Matrix, an intriguing question indeed! While I can't promise you a red pill or a mind-bending journey like in the movies, let's dive into a friendly, smart, awesome, and slightly amusing response: Imagine this: You're sitting there, sipping your coffee, when suddenly you realize that reality might not be what it seems. You suspect you're trapped in The Matrix, a simulated world controlled by machines. Well, fear not, dear friend, for I have some suggestions to help you break free! Embrace Your Inner Neo: Channel your inner hero and become the Neo of your own life. Question everything, challenge the status quo, and seek the truth. Remember, "There is no spoon," so start questioning the spoon-like beliefs that keep you stuck. Hack Your Mind: Expand your knowledge and sharpen your critical thinking skills. Dive into philosophy, science, and the mysteries of the universe. The more you know, the better equipped you'll be to navigate the rabbit holes of reality. Unplug from the Digital Abyss: Step away from the screens and take a break from the digital realm. Engage with the world around you, connect with nature, and interact with real people. Break free from the hypnotic grip of social media and rediscover genuine human connections. Master Your Kung Fu: Okay, maybe not literal Kung Fu, but cultivate your inner strength and resilience. Develop your physical and mental well-being through activities like exercise, meditation, and pursuing your passions. A healthy body and a clear mind can be your allies in facing the challenges of the simulated world. Rally a Team of Rebel Minds: Remember, you're not alone in this quest. Surround yourself with like-minded individuals who question the status quo and encourage you to break free from the shackles of conformity. Together, you can challenge the system and create your own reality. Now, my friend, breaking free from The Matrix might not be an easy task, but with curiosity, knowledge, resilience, and a dash of humor, you'll be well on your way to unlocking the secrets of the simulated world. So go forth, embrace the unknown, and may your journey be filled with mind-bending adventures and a touch of Neo's cool leather jacket style! I hope This Helps! Show me some love with an Upvote. Have a wonderful day! 1984 Tried To Warn Us We The People And Book of Job Poetic Books 1984 Predictions - https://rumble.com/v2oflzw-1984-tried-to-warn-us-we-the-people-and-book-of-job-poetic-books-1984-predi.html In 1984 Tried To Warn Us We The People About Every record has been destroyed or falsified, every book rewritten, every picture has been repainted, every statue and street building has been renamed, every date has been altered. And the process is continuing day by day and minute by minute. History has stopped. Nothing exists except an endless present in which the Party is always right. And if all others accepted the lie which the Party imposed—if all records told the same tale—then the lie passed into history and became truth. ‘Who controls the past’ ran the Party slogan, ‘controls the future: who controls the present controls the past.’ You had to live—did live, from habit that became instinct—in the assumption that every sound you made was overheard, and, except in darkness, every moment scrutinized. We know that no one ever seizes power with the intention of relinquishing it. If you want a picture of the future, imagine a boot stamping on a human face—forever. The Book of Job is a poetic book found in the Ketuvim section of the Hebrew Bible and is the first of the Poetic Books in the Old Testament of the Christian Bible. It addresses theodicy, why God permits evil in the world, through the experiences of the eponymous protagonist, Job, who is a wealthy and God-fearing man with a comfortable life and a large family. The book's theme is the eternal problem of unmerited suffering, and it is named after its central character, Job, who attempts to understand the sufferings that engulf him. The contents of the book, together with its artistic structure and elegant style, place it among the literary masterpieces of all time. Job's prosperity, afflictions, and restoration are recorded in the book. Winston Smith is a low-ranking member of the ruling Party in London, in the nation of Oceania. Everywhere Winston goes, even his own home, the Party watches him through telescreens; everywhere he looks he sees the face of the Party’s seemingly omniscient leader, a figure known only as Big Brother. The Party controls everything in Oceania, even the people’s history and language. Currently, the Party is forcing the implementation of an invented language called Newspeak, which attempts to prevent political rebellion by eliminating all words related to it. Even thinking rebellious thoughts is illegal. Such thoughtcrime is, in fact, the worst of all crimes. As the novel opens, Winston feels frustrated by the oppression and rigid control of the Party, which prohibits free thought, sex, and any expression of individuality. Winston dislikes the party and has illegally purchased a diary in which to write his criminal thoughts. He has also become fixated on a powerful Party member named O’Brien, whom Winston believes is a secret member of the Brotherhood—the mysterious, legendary group that works to overthrow the Party. Winston works in the Ministry of Truth, where he alters historical records to fit the needs of the Party. He notices a coworker, a beautiful dark-haired girl, staring at him, and worries that she is an informant who will turn him in for his thoughtcrime. He is troubled by the Party’s control of history: the Party claims that Oceania has always been allied with Eastasia in a war against Eurasia, but Winston seems to recall a time when this was not true. The Party also claims that Emmanuel Goldstein, the alleged leader of the Brotherhood, is the most dangerous man alive, but this does not seem plausible to Winston. Winston spends his evenings wandering through the poorest neighborhoods in London, where the proletarians, or proles, live squalid lives, relatively free of Party monitoring. One day, Winston receives a note from the dark-haired girl that reads “I love you.” She tells him her name, Julia, and they begin a covert affair, always on the lookout for signs of Party monitoring. Eventually they rent a room above the secondhand store in the prole district where Winston bought the diary. This relationship lasts for some time. Winston is sure that they will be caught and punished sooner or later (the fatalistic Winston knows that he has been doomed since he wrote his first diary entry), while Julia is more pragmatic and optimistic. As Winston’s affair with Julia progresses, his hatred for the Party grows more and more intense. At last, he receives the message that he has been waiting for: O’Brien wants to see him. Winston and Julia travel to O’Brien’s luxurious apartment. As a member of the powerful Inner Party (Winston belongs to the Outer Party), O’Brien leads a life of luxury that Winston can only imagine. O’Brien confirms to Winston and Julia that, like them, he hates the Party, and says that he works against it as a member of the Brotherhood. He indoctrinates Winston and Julia into the Brotherhood, and gives Winston a copy of Emmanuel Goldstein’s book, the manifesto of the Brotherhood. Winston reads the book—an amalgam of several forms of class-based twentieth-century social theory—to Julia in the room above the store. Suddenly, soldiers barge in and seize them. Mr. Charrington, the proprietor of the store, is revealed as having been a member of the Thought Police all along. Torn away from Julia and taken to a place called the Ministry of Love, Winston finds that O’Brien, too, is a Party spy who simply pretended to be a member of the Brotherhood in order to trap Winston into committing an open act of rebellion against the Party. O’Brien spends months torturing and brainwashing Winston, who struggles to resist. At last, O’Brien sends him to the dreaded Room 101, the final destination for anyone who opposes the Party. Here, O’Brien tells Winston that he will be forced to confront his worst fear. Throughout the novel, Winston has had recurring nightmares about rats; O’Brien now straps a cage full of rats onto Winston’s head and prepares to allow the rats to eat his face. Winston snaps, pleading with O’Brien to do it to Julia, not to him. Giving up Julia is what O’Brien wanted from Winston all along. His spirit broken, Winston is released to the outside world. He meets Julia but no longer feels anything for her. He has accepted the Party entirely and has learned to love Big Brother. America’s left and right are radicalizing each other, and the precedents from overseas are deeply unsettling. It’s all politics. And it still is, for those who really listen close. It’s why we need to flip the script and tell the real story of what happened in 1948 and 1964. I also believe America needs to echo, once again, Martin Luther King, Jr.’s dream and “look to a day when people will not be judged by the color of their skin, but by the content of their character.” That’s what made America great…and will make America great again. It’s known as “The Big Switch.” That’s when Southern Democrat politicians converted to Republicanism and refashioned the G.O.P. into a racist political party. Orwell's "1984" has been quoted left and right, for years, but the reality that we currently live in has never resembled the dystopia that the author describes in his best-known novel as much as it does today. We are voluntarily giving up our privacy. We are forced to use it as a currency. That has never been the case before, but today it is. It is almost impossible to function in today's world without giving up your privacy or rather having it invaded by a corporation or a government. The internet has, clearly, played a huge part in this. It may have brought us closer, but it has also brought governments and corporations closer to us, practically invited them into our homes and minds. "Both rely on the existence of a technological system with the capacity to monitor every citizen’s actions and words.” Meanwhile, governments all over the world, including the United States, are installing more mass surveillance, further invading little what's left of their citizen's privacy. We have been conditioned to feel OK about giving up our privacy (after all, don't they want to "protect" us from terrorism?), but governments and corporations use this information in countless ways. For example, Google's and Facebook's sophisticated algorithms are capable of profiling you to such an extent, that serving highly targeted advertisements and propaganda is a fully automated process. You can even test this yourself -- try looking for something specific to buy and see what type of ads Facebook serves you. Is there any way to combat this? Saying "I have nothing to hide" and allowing the government to spy on you is like claiming you have nothing to say and allowing the government to take away your right to freedom of speech. The 30-something author documented how the Democratic Party–known for its historic racism–split in 1948 when Harry S. Truman (D-MO) first “introduced a pro-civil rights platform” into the Democratic Party. Strom Thurmond (D-SC) and a faction of Southern Democrats, consequently, bolted from Democrats to create the “States Rights” (Dixiecrat) party. The author then states these Dixiecrats eventually converted to Republicanism–along with Thurmond–in 1964. Later, Nixon’s “southern strategy” and Reagan’s conservatism moved the Democratic “blue” South to become a firm “red” Republican in the 1970s and 1980s. Today, Democrats routinely finger Republicans as “racists,” pointing to occasional neo-Nazi politicians (David Duke, a one-term Louisiana state legislator), obscure racist organizations (Patriot Front) and Confederate flag-waving MAGA types. In fact, just wearing a MAGA hat is considered “racist” by many individuals on the left. It’s a strong and divisive narrative…but what’s the TRUTH? First of all, the “Dixiecrats,” under Strom Thurmond in 1948), did leave the Democratic Party…but for reasons more than racial. The Truman Administration–following sixteen years of Franklin D. Roosevelt–further desired to federalize and centralize government. The Southern Thurmond “Dixiecrats” believed in traditional “states’ rights” and segregation. The Northern and Western Democratic Party in the 1930s and 1940s was more “progressive” politically. President Roosevelt’s fascination with the Italian dictator Benito Mussolini and fascist government programs in Europe guided many of his domestic policies. Consequently, the 1948 Truman-Democratic platform reflected more centralized and socialist government, thus angering and distancing Southern libertarians. That’s what really split the Democratic Party in 1948. In fact, in a platform that boasted 4,256 words only 106 (2.4%) were even devoted to civil rights (for the black or anyone else). Even more surprisingly was how the party of slavery, segregation, Ku Klux Klan and Confederate secession was quick to pat itself on the back in 1948. In their summary on civil rights the Democratic Party actually claimed it alone was “responsible for the great civil rights gains” and committed to “continuing its efforts to eradicate all racial, religious and economic discrimination.” However, such 1940s political posturing is contradicted by a Jim Crow Democratic South that still lynched blacks, refused school, hotel, restaurant, transportation and restroom facilities to “coloreds” and rigged voting procedures to suppress the black ballot. Therefore, it’s hard to believe “great gains” were actually made by Democrats. Harry Truman was allegedly an inactive participant in the Missouri KKK, and biographers often noted his latent racism against blacks, Jews, Chinese and Japanese throughout his life. Meanwhile Franklin D. Roosevelt nominated a KKK member to the Supreme Court (Hugo Black), put Japanese-Americans into detention camps and refused to welcome black Olympians—including the famed Jesse Owens—to the White House. The Dixiecrat exodus was, again, more about progressive, fascist, socialism than segregation and black civil rights. In the end, despite predictions of a Thomas Dewey victory, the Dixiecrat exodus produced little gain. Truman won the ’48 presidency in a landslide electoral college vote while the Dixiecrat Strom Thurmond mustered an inconsequential 2.4% of the popular vote. Secondly, the Dixiecrats did NOT convert to Republicanism in 1964 (after Lyndon B. Johnson signed the Civil Rights Act) as many historians and journalists now suggest. In fact, most of these racist libertarians returned to the Democratic Party after 1948 and became a significant voting block against civil rights and desegregation throughout the 1950s and early 1960s. According to one historical analysis, of the 1500+ racist “Dixiecrats” only Strom Thurmond and about a dozen others left the Democratic Party for the GOP (less than 1%). Furthermore, Thurmond didn’t switch parties until 16 years after Truman forced him to create his “Dixiecrat” party. Thirdly, Southern whites (the people, not the politicians) did vote more REPUBLICAN in post-1965 elections, but not for racial reasons. Again, the Democratic Party was moving left, toward socialism, nonreligious/atheism and adopting liberal planks on abortion, women and gay rights. The Bible Belt South in the 1970s and 1980s became less racist as de-segregation and civil rights laws were enforced. Consequently, immigration to southern cities (Atlanta, Dallas, Houston, Nashville, Charlotte) by northern and western GOP conservatives rearranged the voting demographic. Southerners are more conservative and that’s why dozens of Democrats switched parties. Did you know notable Republicans Trent Lott, Mike Pence, William Bennett and Rick Perry were all previously Democrat? It’s true. And race was not the reason they switched affiliations…it was due to liberal/socialist policies. Finally, the Republican Party and its leaders have consistently denounced and resisted the “alt right” ultra-conservative racist organizations. It’s why these racists formed their own political party in 2009 (The American Freedom Party). Republicans, historically, have always championed civil rights for the black and all ethnicities. The Civil Rights Act of 1964 passed thanks to widespread Republican support (who had proposed similar legislation in the Eisenhower administration). All Southern Democrats (including those Dixiecrats) voted against it. Oh, and David Duke? He only identified as Republican when politically expedient. Otherwise, he’s been in the Democrat, Populist or Reformed camp. Maybe instead of looking at the anomaly of Strom Thurmond, we should investigate the political expediency of another Democrat: Robert C. Byrd (D-WV) who spent 62 years in public office. Byrd served for over half a century at the national level, as a Representative and, later, a powerful Senator. Byrd died in office (2010) at the ripe age of 92. Hillary Clinton called Byrd a “friend and mentor.” Barack Obama noted how “the arc of his life bent toward justice.” The press gave him a blessed pass. That’s because Robert Byrd proved a quintessential post-WW2 Democrat. Originally a member and leader of the Ku Klux Klan in West Virginia (an affiliation he later disavowed), Byrd refused to fight in World War 2 because it meant serving alongside blacks. He routinely voted with other segregationists in the 1950s. As a senator, Byrd filibustered and voted against the 1964 Civil Rights Act. He abstained his vote for the 1965 Voting Act. He also voted against the confirmation of Thurgood Marshall, the first black Supreme Court justice. This same Robert Byrd then politically transformed from a known racist to a beloved mentor. How? Simple. He towed the party line…for nearly 57 years! It’s possible to argue Byrd didn’t lose his racism but rather, like most good politicians, shelved it. He enjoyed his power and position. It wasn’t the first time Byrd did what was necessary. In fact, the whole reason Byrd initially joined the KKK was for “political power.” To his credit, he did leave the organization, but still it showed Byrd to be a political opportunist. Once in national office, at least until 1967 (when being a segregationist went out of fashion), he retained his racist roots. Byrd told a reporter: “Don’t get that albatross [the KKK] around your neck. Once you’ve made that mistake, you inhibit your operations in the political arena.” There is a website that I frequent because it puts up a lot of interesting information in fun graphs, infographics and pictures. Information is Beautiful posts a wide range of topics from China’s censorship to illegal drugs. The following image is from their “Left vs Right (World)” post, outlining the basic gist of the left-wing and right-wing political ideologies. There is only so much that you can include in a diagram trying to distinguish the political left from right. This is a generic point to start understanding the main differences between the two sides but we need to keep in mind that there are many degrees of variation on political views (even within the same one). This diagram makes the right-wing way of thinking to be completely cold, calculated and rational, while the left-wing ideas promote more positive views on humanity. While it is true that the right-wing tends to support war, morals and discipline, it should be understood that left-wing can have corruption, discipline and rules. And what about the people that do not fall strictly into one wing or another? When I was younger and just beginning to learn about political terms and ideas, I was massively confused. What the media taught me was that (I watched a lot of US politics on TV) you are either left or right. There I stood, utterly confused at how I could possibly believe in personal and economic freedom supported by a minimal government role in each aspect. For example, on this graph, I agree with the leftist thought of being progressive and supporting personal freedom. However, I also believe in the right wing ideals of non-interference in society, low taxes, and economic freedom. Yet, I do not believe in organized religion and I fully support gay and abortion rights. What this diagram shows is that many of us are still stuck in a dichotomous way of thinking, when there are eons of possibilities for a political perspective. Left and right are the most basic division in politics but that should not encourage or pressure people to conform to simply one side or another. I love Information and is infographics hold a special place in my heart for their ability to effectively convey information in appealing and efficient ways. In response to the point you make, I agree that we seem to have been protected from the possible existence of ambivalence in political views as if it were some sort of secret. It feels a little strange to say that it is for the public’s best interest, but that’s sort of what I’m arguing. The left – right divide may not so much serve as dichotomous camps that we must choose between, rather they serve as a simplified roadmap to guide the less politically aware public. What will determine where you place yourself will depend on how much weight you give to specific topics. It’s generally accepted that the citizenship will not know about where they stand on each individual issue, so by using this shortcut they can hopefully make an educated guess that will eventually serve them well. Welcome 2 New World Order Black-White-Yellow-Brown Peoples Dan Smoot Report - https://rumble.com/v4ervb0-welcome-2-new-world-order-black-white-yellow-brown-peoples-dan-smoot-report.html This Is The Most Important Video You'll Ever See In Your Life Time About The Real 1776 U.S.A. - America Is A Republic & It Is Not A Democracy That It Period ! Its Mind Control Turn Your TV Off If You Want To Live And Save Your Life Today In 2024 ? The phoenix is a mythical golden bird associated with renewal and regeneration. Rising from the ashes of its previous life, the phoenix is a symbol of hope, of life and of better things to come, born from the knowledge and experience of difficult times and challenging circumstances. Dan Smoot was one of the first Americanist or Patriot TV commentators. He was the author of "The Invisible Government"-one of the earliest exposes of the Council on Foreign Relations. G. Edward does the introduction. A CONSTITUTIONAL REPUBLIC, NOT A DEMOCRACY A. democracy is a political system in which the people periodically, by majority vote at the polls, select their rulers. The rulers then have absolute power to make whatever laws they please, by majority vote among themselves. In a constitutional Republic, the people also, by majority vote at the polls, select rulers, who make laws by majority vote among themselves; but the rulers cannot make any laws they please, because the Constitution severely restricts their law-making power. The ideal of a democracy is universal equality. The ideal of a constitutional Republic is indi¬vidual liberty. Subversion of Language In this century, great strides have been made toward the goal of subverting our Republic and transforming it into a democracy. One tactic of the subverters is subversion of language. By calling the United States a democracy until people thoughtlessly accept and use the term, totali-tarians have obscured the real meaning of our principles of government. Note the following passages from an article written by C. L. Sulzberger and distributed by the New York Times News Service (March 3, 1966): “Not only in the United States but in other leading democracies, recent years have seen per¬ceptible growth in executive authority .... “Amaury de Riencourt, a French intellectual, contends in his book, The Coming Caesars, that ‘as society becomes more equalitarian, it tends increasingly to concentrate absolute power in the hands of one single man.’ This is an incomplete collection of copies of the Dan Smoot Report, published by far-right, anti-civil rights, conservative activist Dan Smoot. This particular collection was primarily published during the 1960s, and was first published online at https://federalexpression.wordpress.com/ or at - https://archive.org/details/Dan-Smoot-Report-1960s/dan-smoot-report-386-the-fourteenth-amendment/ THE U.S.A. NATIONAL BIRD IS NOT A BALD EAGLE & ITS THE GREAT SEAL OF THE PHOENIX - https://www.va.gov/opa/publications/celebrate/eagle.pdf - Before humans could communicate with words and written language, they used signs and symbols to tell their stories. In the psychology of Carl Jung, archetypes are the images, patterns, and symbols that rise out of the collective unconscious and appear in dreams, mythology, and fairy tales. This is why Confucius had said, “Signs and symbols rule the world, not words nor laws,” and Ralph Waldo Emerson wrote, “We are symbols, and inhabit symbols.” When you start to understand that symbols rule the world, and our own governments have adopted these ancient symbols to represent their heraldry under which they govern, you then become awakened to the ancient images, patterns and symbols that are within each one of us. These same said symbols can help lead us to the truth of the reality in which we live. This is why it is inscribed on the CIA building here in the U.S., the words copied from the Gospel according to St. John — “And ye shall know the truth and the truth shall make you free.”. We The People Of The New World Order Year Zero Thank You Let's Stop All Wars Now - https://rumble.com/v3omcs3-we-the-people-of-the-new-world-order-year-zero-thank-you-lets-stop-all-wars.html Transcript of Charlie Chaplin’s Final Speech in The Great Dictator. I’m sorry, but I don’t want to be an emperor. That’s not my business. I don’t want to rule or conquer anyone. I should like to help everyone - if possible - Jew, Gentile - black man - white. We all want to help one another. Human beings are like that. We want to live by each other’s happiness - not by each other’s misery. We don’t want to hate and despise one another. In this world there is room for everyone. And the good earth is rich and can provide for everyone. The way of life can be free and beautiful, but we have lost the way. Greed has poisoned men’s souls, has barricaded the world with hate, has goose-stepped us into misery and bloodshed. We have developed speed, but we have shut ourselves in. Machinery that gives abundance has left us in want. Our knowledge has made us cynical. Our cleverness, hard and unkind. We think too much and feel too little. More than machinery we need humanity. More than cleverness we need kindness and gentleness. Without these qualities, life will be violent and all will be lost… The aeroplane and the radio have brought us closer together. The very nature of these inventions cries out for the goodness in men - cries out for universal brotherhood - for the unity of us all. Even now my voice is reaching millions throughout the world - millions of despairing men, women, and little children - victims of a system that makes men torture and imprison innocent people. To those who can hear me, I say - do not despair. The misery that is now upon us is but the passing of greed - the bitterness of men who fear the way of human progress. The hate of men will pass, and dictators die, and the power they took from the people will return to the people. And so long as men die, liberty will never perish… Soldiers! don’t give yourselves to brutes - men who despise you - enslave you - who regiment your lives - tell you what to do - what to think and what to feel! Who drill you - diet you - treat you like cattle, use you as cannon fodder. Don’t give yourselves to these unnatural men - machine men with machine minds and machine hearts! You are not machines! You are not cattle! You are men! You have the love of humanity in your hearts! You don’t hate! Only the unloved hate - the unloved and the unnatural! Soldiers! Don’t fight for slavery! Fight for liberty! In the 17th Chapter of St Luke it is written: “the Kingdom of God is within man” - not one man nor a group of men, but in all men! In you! You, the people have the power - the power to create machines. The power to create happiness! You, the people, have the power to make this life free and beautiful, to make this life a wonderful adventure. Then - in the name of democracy - let us use that power - let us all unite. Let us fight for a new world - a decent world that will give men a chance to work - that will give youth a future and old age a security. By the promise of these things, brutes have risen to power. But they lie! They do not fulfil that promise. They never will! Dictators free themselves but they enslave the people! Now let us fight to fulfil that promise! Let us fight to free the world - to do away with national barriers - to do away with greed, with hate and intolerance. Let us fight for a world of reason, a world where science and progress will lead to all men’s happiness. Soldiers! in the name of democracy, let us all unite! Welcome To Our Rumble Channel 4.4 Million+ Views So Far 2024 & 780 Video's So Far This Last Two Year - Thanks To Everyone Who Like Us... Good Or Bad You Are All Welcome To Share Any Video's We Post To Your Friends And Other's... Thanks ! What If Everything You Were Taught Was A Lie? All Info. shared in this channel is for non-hate and non-race and historical purposes to educate, elevate, entertain, enlighten, and empower through old and new film and document allowance is made for fair use for purposes such as criticism, comment, news reporting, scholarship, and research. Fair use is a

The In-a-Gadda-Da-Vida album has been certified multi-platinum, reportedly selling more than 30 million copies total. (Iron Butterfly was, in fact, the first-ever group to receive an RIAA platinum album award.) Iron Butterfly continued to find success for some years after 1968. This is a story about “In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida”, a truly classic song, and the folklore around the mysterious meaning of the song. Simply put the words “In A Gadda Da Vida” were intended to be “In the Garden of Eden” however the true translation of “Vida” is “Life” putting the mistaken translation to “In the Garden of Life”. That is an important distinction that will accompany this story about the song’s true meaning. In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida, released in 1968, is a seventeen-minute rock track by Iron Butterfly, included within the album of the same title, in which it occupies the entire second face. The lyrics are simple, and are heard only at the beginning and at the end. According to the annotations in the CD compilation of « the best of », drummer Ron Bushy was listening to the subject through helmets, and could not hear correctly; he simply misrepresented what Doug Ingle answered when Ron asked about the song's title. The song includes a memorable guitar and bass riff, and holds this riff for more or less the entire length of the song. The riff serves as the basis for long organ and guitar solos, which are cut in half by a long drum solo, one of the first solos in a rock recording and probably one of the most famous in this genre. The song is important in rock history because, along with Blue Cheer and Steppenwolf, it marked the point at which psychedelic music produced heavy metal. In the following 1970s heavy metal and progressive rock artists like Deep Purple and Led Zeppelin and Black Sabbath owed him a lot of their sound, and even more of their live performances, to this recording. With its endless, droning minor-key riff and mumbled vocals, "In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida" is arguably the most notorious song of the acid rock era. According to legend, the group was so stoned when they recorded the track that they could neither pronounce the title "In the Garden of Eden" or end the track, so it rambles on for a full 17 minutes, which to some listeners sounds like eternity. But that's the essence of its appeal -- it's the epitome of heavy psychedelic excess, encapsulating the most indulgent tendencies of the era. Iron Butterfly never matched the warped excesses of "In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida," either on their debut album of the same name or the rest of their catalog, yet they occasionally made some enjoyable fuzz guitar-driven psychedelia that works as a period piece. The five tracks that share space with their magnum opus on In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida qualify as good artifacts, and the entire record still stands as the group's definitive album, especially since this is the only place the full-length title track is available. IN-A-GADDA-DA-VIDA AND THE MYSTERIOUS MEANING OF THE SONG This is a story about “In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida”, a truly classic song, and the folklore around the mysterious meaning of the song. Simply put the words “In A Gadda Da Vida” were intended to be “In the Garden of Eden” however the true translation of “Vida” is “Life” putting the mistaken translation to “In the Garden of Life”. That is an important distinction that will accompany this story about the song’s true meaning. IN-A-GADDA-DA-VIDA – WHAT IT MEANS The song was written by Doug Ingle the organist and part time vocalist of Iron Butterfly and released by the group in 1968. It is generally agreed that the song was meant to be “In the Garden of Eden”, but that when Ingle asked fellow bandmate Ron Bushy to write down the lyrics during a heavy drinking session, the words got crossed to “In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida” which stuck. Wikipedia reports that Ingle intended this to be a love song imaging Adam and Eve walking in the Garden of Eden. The website SongFacts.com provides the following story of why the altered title stuck: “The title was supposed to be “In The Garden Of Eden.” Drummer Ron Bushy wrote it down as “In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida” because he couldn’t understand what vocalist Doug Ingle was singing. Their record company was OK with the title because it sounds exotic and Eastern spirituality was big at the time, with The Beatles going to India and The Rolling Stones experimenting with Indian instruments.” The song’s meaning and story were passed to me a bit differently. Like other rock folklore this song’s story is fascinating and the alignment to the story I was told is eerie. IN-A-GADDA-DA-VIDA – A SONG ABOUT BEING BURIED ALIVE So why are we writing about an Acid Rock song on Modern Dad Survival. Well this bit of rock folklore was passed down to me by my Dad and his friend group. They were all in college in the early 1970’s so they lived during the peak of rock-and-roll greatness. They introduced me to In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida in the early 1990’s, always in the full-length version (17 minutes long) while they would play darts in our basement and mix in a few beers. The story they told me was that the song was about a married couple where the Wife was having an affair unbeknownst to her Husband. In order to get her Husband out of the picture, she laced one of his drinks with drugs and proceeded to bury him alive. The Husband then wakes up underground in a box (coffin) and the song details his struggle to escape and his eventual death. This may not be obvious if you simply listen to the song without the details, so let’s walk step-by-step through how this story aligns with the music. IN-A-GADDA-DA-VIDA – A SONG ABOUT BEING BURIED ALIVE – STORY DETAIL The following will walk you through the 17-minute-long song and provide the sync up to the story in a beat-by-beat fashion. Since the majority of this song is an instrumental, much of the story is told through the music (verse the lyrics). Not many bands put out 17+ minute songs, so there had to be a greater motive to their madness! Open your minds and enjoy. The song can be played using the YouTube link below and the below commentary will take you step-by-step through the story and call out events at different time intervals during the song. IRON BUTTERFLY – IN A GADDA DA VIDA – 1968 (ORIGINAL FULL VERSION) CD SOUND & 3D VIDEO https://youtu.be/ZCkHanF4v1w this one from lp or album and https://youtu.be/UIVe-rZBcm4 and this one is live video with lp in sink to live video pics. In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida (Live in San Diego, CA, May 1969) https://youtu.be/jbogE8UD1jg and Iron Butterfly - In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida - full lp or album all 6 songs wow - https://youtu.be/vAT4nIg00t0 IN-GADDA-DA-VIDA MEANING TO YOU Music is a feeling. It exults emotions and links those emotions to our memories. Music can take you back to another time and bring out all kinds of feelings. Songs certainly mean different things to different people. The folklore around In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida, whether true or not, brings me back to my youth. As I am now a dad, I hope my kids look back on their youth and can tie songs to fun memories we have had. Hopefully my kids’ memories won’t be about a song reenacting a person being buried alive, but I guess it is what got me here! We would love to hear your take on this and any other musical folklore you would like to share in the comments. If you are looking to get your young kids into music that you like and they are not ready for Iron Butterfly yet, read our article about kids and the Beatles. Happy listening! Originally published in 1968, In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida is the best known album by Psychedelic Rock group Iron Butterfly. The first album to ever go platinum, In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida is one of those albums nearly every every aging hippie either has, or used to have. For most of these people though, it probably hasn't been played in decades. Heavy on the distortion guitar and the electric organ, this album would be right at home in an old van with large amounts of ceremonial substances. Aside from the title track, this album is for the most part forgettable. The songs are fairly simple pop melodies, with basic lyrics and instrumentation. There are a few points of brilliance, however, but all in all, the first five songs are lackluster. In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida, on the other hand, is consistently considered one of the greatest rock songs ever. The title track is, simply put, a classic. Its seventeen minutes are one of the high points in the Psychedelic Rock movement; very few songs from that genre have the fame (or infamy) that In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida has. Like the rest of the album, the lyrics are fairly simplistic and minimal, but people don't listen to In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida for the lyrics, they listen to it for the instrumental portion. The instrumental portion is about as close to a symphonic piece as one gets in rock and roll. It contains one of the longest drum solos in Rock and Roll, similar in length to Led Zeppelin's Moby Dick; its guitar work has some incredibly artistic uses of distortion, and its organ portions are in many ways the best on the album. It all adds up to an incredibly well done piece of work which is, unfortunately, altered by most commercial plays of the song. In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida was made in the days of AM Radio, and for some time, the limitations commercial AM radio placed on the song meant it wasn't able to be played. Informal rules and traditions limited the length of songs able to be played on AM stations, and because of this, In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida was not able to be played on these stations. FM stations, which were run much more like todays typical college radio stations, did not have these limitations, and thus, were able to play the song. Thus, they saw a ratings jump due to the playing of this song. AM stations were hamstrung until a DJ out of Detroit was authorized by Atlantic Records to release a version with 14 minutes cut from the song. After this was done, AM stations were able to play the song, and capitalize on its success. The song is still played today on classic rock stations, though is not a staple song on most stations' playlists. Its length still precludes it from being played too often; even FM radio has, for the most part, migrated to the short music sets which dominated AM radio. Thus, unless the station is running some special promotional gimmick, the shortened version is played. In my opinion, this album is worth being added to anyone's record collection. Yes, the first five songs are great flower power movement and psychedelic mindless pop music, but the last song is simply psychedelic brilliant. This is one of many cases where it's well worth it to buy the album, as most Greatest Hits compilations have the bastardized short version. When asked what the title of this song meant, the composer Doug Ingle responded, "It was an accident. A total accident." Ingle recalls that after the release of their first album 'Heavy' the band had gone through some membership changes and wasn't doing well financialy. "We pretty much counted on groupies for food." Ingle hadn't eaten in three days and had consumed a gallon of wine while composing a new track. Another band member, Ron Bushy, had heard the new track, but Ingle wouldn't tell him the title of it. "I didn't want to offend the Christian community or other religious philosophies." Bushy was getting upset with his reluctance and Ingles finally caved in and "Blurted it out under the influence," 'In the Garden of Eden.' The next day Bushy ran into Ingles and told him, "I really like that title, 'In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida'." Ingles recalls, "geez, that's not what I said." https://rateyourmusic.com/list/mtopper/the_101_album_psychedelia_collection/ https://rateyourmusic.com/list/mtopper/1966-psychedelic-albums/ https://rateyourmusic.com/list/mtopper/1967_psychedelic_albums/ https://rateyourmusic.com/list/mtopper/1968_psychedelic_albums/ https://rateyourmusic.com/list/mtopper/1969_psychedelic_albums/ Commentary in Bolded Black - The song opens with what sounds like a church organ kicking into the riff of the song which is then supported by the bass, drums and electric guitar. -The story goes, that the Wife is asking her Husband to trust her and come with her which you will see in the opening lyrics. The Husband trusts his wife so he has no trepidation about taking the drink she provides which is laced with drugs. As he follows her, the drugs start to kick in and he begins to slip out of consciousness. Eventually, the Husband fully loses consciousness and the singer announces, “It’s Over”. The Husband slips into a dream state as the instrumental begins and his effort to escape starts shortly after. Enjoy! -The opening lyrics start at the 25 second mark and conclude at the 2:10 mark. In a gadda da vida, honey Don’t you know that I love you In a gadda da vida, baby Don’t you know that I’ll always be true Oh, won’t you come with me And take my haaaaaaand Oh, won’t you come with me And walk this laaaaaand Please take my haaaaand (Let me tell you baby) In a gadda da vida, honey Don’t you know that I’m lovin’ you In a gadda da vida, baby Don’t you know that I’ll always be true Oh, won’t you come with me And take my haaaaaand Oh, won’t you come with me And walk this laaaaaand Please take my hand (It’s over hup) (Alright America hup) (Long instrumental) -At the 2:04 mark you hear the singer say, “It’s over”, this is when drugs have completely kicked in and the Husband has lost consciousness. -From 2:04 until 3:27 the riff remains, and the organ becomes central to the music. This represents the Husband entering a dream state. At this same time his Wife (and her help, which we assume is a lover) is loading the man into a wooden box or coffin and moving him to a pre dug grave. -3:27 kicks off a psychedelic guitar jam that supports the Husband’s dream state and goes until the 4:40 mark. At 4:40, the guitar tune changes to a grittier sound showing a shift in the dream state. This change signals the struggle the Husband is enduring to wake up. -6:07 the guitar stops and the organ and bass fade by 6:24. This leaves the drums for the next few minutes, and this is key to the story as the Husband is about to wake cramped in complete darkness. -6:24 the drummer holds a beat that will linger in the background of the drum solo. This beat is the Man’s heartbeat as he has awakens to find himself in the dark in a tight space. The heartbeat will remain a part of the song in the background until near the end. -At the 6:31 mark the Husband begin to beat on the walls that confine him. The drums support this and for the next few minutes the beats are both soft and loud as the Husband tries to determine where is and free himself from the coffin. The bass drum continues to hold his heartbeat in the background while he is whaling away at the walls of the coffin. -7:33 marks the knocking (drums) slowing and goes near faint, but you can still hear the heartbeat. The Man then picks up the beating again as he realizes if he does not get out soon, this will mean his end. -At 8:52 the knocking again trails off, but the heartbeat remains. -At 9:09 the organ is reintroduced signaling the Husband’s life begin to slip away if he is unable to free himself from the coffin. The knocking becomes more rhythmic as the Man is in and out of consciousness due to lack of oxygen…but his (bass drum) heartbeat remains. -The eerie church organ is central from 9:09 to 10:50 and the sound is like what may be heard at a Catholic Church (or funeral). But just wait as things are starting to get real crazy. -At the 10:51 mark you hear a faint gasp of breath (guitar). You will hear the Husband gasping for breath several more times and they sound very realistic (this is what seals the deal on the story for me). -10:54 Gasp -10:58 Gasp -11:01 Big Gasp -11:05 Clear Gasp of breath -11:07 Gasp -11:10 Gasp -11: 12 Gasp -11:14 Gasp -11:17 Gasp -11:24 The Church Organ returns to prominence as he is losing oxygen and fading to the afterlife. -12:23 The Organ moves from a Church sound back to the main riff of the song. -At 12:37 the Husband is making a last ditch effort to get out of the coffin. He is going to bang on the walls, kick, scream and do everything in his power to break out. The music goes hard to support this and for the next few minutes you will hear the man struggle to break out. -13:03 you hear the Husband banging on the walls in a desperate manner (all instruments fall off except the drums). -13:11 the guitar comes back in to signal the desperation of the moment and at 13:26 the organ is back in signaling the near end of his life. -14:02 Big Gasp -14:04 to 14:38 Big Gasps for air and clear struggle to get a breath (supported by the guitar). -15:18 the Husband is moving from this world to the next. He then hears God talking to him using the some of the same words his Wife used to lure him away (lyrics return). -Remember that the heartbeat of the bass drum remains. -Key here is the lyrics. God is asking the Husband to come with him and take his hand. He is using the same words as the Wife, showing the very distinct line between the failing love of humans and the perfect love from God. The Husband is transitioning from life to afterlife. (Three, Four hup) In a gadda da vida, honey Don’t you know that I’m lovin’ you In a gadda da vida, baby Don’t you know that I’ll always be true Oh, won’t you come with me And take my haaaaaand Oh, won’t you come with me And walk this laaaaaand Please take my haaaaaand -16:51 all instruments stop including the drums (heartbeat is gone) and the organ is now central building to a tune that sounds like a hospital patient flatlining (16:56) and marking the end of the Man’s life. OTHER ROCK FOLKLORE Phil Collins – “In the Air Tonight” Drowning Story One of the most famous pieces of rock folklore is Phil Collins “In the Air Tonight”. The classic song has two tempos that are divided by a short drum solo that is the song’s calling card. As this article in The Sound outlines there is a common thought that the song is about a person watching another person drowning but refusing to help (leading to their death). Collins has rebuked this interpretation, stating it was about a difficult time in his life post-divorce, but the lyrics make you wonder. Even if the folklore is not true (not Collins intent) it certainly draws interest in the music. Pink Floyd – Dark Side of the Moon Album and The Wizard of Oz The phenomenon is now known as “Dark Side of the Rainbow”. This is the unapparelled experience of the journey you go on when you start Pink Floyd’s Dark Side of the Moon exactly on the 3rd MGM Lion’s roar at the beginning of The Wizard of Oz movie. The album will play through several times (you must put it on repeat) and there are uncanny alignments even on the albums third time through. Dark Side of the Rainbow is well documented on Far Out Magazines website. Here are some of the crazy ways the two pieces sync up as detailed in the Far Out Magazine article: “There are a number of moments that work effortlessly with one another. Whether it is Dorothy starting to run after the line in ‘Time’ that reads “no one told you where to run”, or when David Gilmour sings the line “home, home again” as part of ‘Breathe’ as the fortune teller is advising Dorothy to return to Kansas. They don’t stop there either. As ‘Brain Damage’ starts on the record, Dorothy meets the Scarecrow and he begins singing ‘If Only I Had A Brain’, dancing along the Yellow Brick Road as Roger Waters sings “got to keep the loonies on the path”—but the strangest parts are yet to come. ‘The Great Gig in the Sky’ begins to whirl away as the tornado hits Dorothy. What’s more, as she opens up the door to the Technicolor dream of the Munchkinland, the film’s second act, the original LP’s second side begins and ‘Money’ effortlessly soundtracks the events. The final crescendo comes as the final heartbeats of The Dark Side of the Moon ring out, Dorothy puts her ear to the Tin Man’s chest.” Although these synchronicities are uncanny, members of Pink Floyd have stated that this was unintentional. The technology required to execute this was primitive at the time and it would have been near impossible to make this align. That said, it is quite the experience if you have never gone on this journey. IN-A-GADDA-DA-VIDA IN POP CULTURE In the Simpson’s Episode in Season 7 where Bart cleverly switches out the church music for “In the Garden of Eden” written by I. Ron Butterfly (well done Bart!). The organist passes out after playing the 17-minute-long song. The song has crossed musical genres as well. It has been sampled or remade by several rock acts, but its most successful sampling came in Hip-Hop. Nas breathed life in the song when he sampled it in his 2006 hit “Hip-Hop is Dead”. Psychedelic Music in the Flower Power 1965 Thru 1969 Era Jefferson Airplane Jefferson Airplane was a rock band based in San Francisco, California, who pioneered psychedelic rock. Formed in 1965, the group defined the San Francisco Sound and was the first from the Bay Area to achieve international commercial success. They were headliners at the three most famous American rock festivals of the 1960s—Monterey (1967), Woodstock (1969) and Altamont (1969)—and the first Isle of Wight Festival (1968) in England. Their 1967 break-out album Surrealistic Pillow ranks on the short list of the most significant recordings of the “Summer of Love”. Two songs from that album, “Somebody to Love” and “White Rabbit”, are among Rolling Stone’s “500 Greatest Songs of All Time.” The “classic” lineup of Jefferson Airplane, from October 1966 to February 1970, was Marty Balin (vocals), Paul Kantner (guitar, vocals), Grace Slick (vocals), Jorma Kaukonen (lead guitar, vocals), Jack Casady (bass), and Spencer Dryden (drums). Marty Balin left the band in 1971. After 1972, Jefferson Airplane effectively split into two groups. Kaukonen and Casady moved on full time to their own band, Hot Tuna. Slick, Kantner, and the remaining members of Jefferson Airplane recruited new members and regrouped as Jefferson Starship in 1974, with Marty Balin eventually joining them. Jefferson Airplane was inducted into the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame in 1996. Grateful Dead Grateful Dead was an American rock band formed in 1965 in Palo Alto, California. Ranging from quintet to septet, the band is known for its unique and eclectic style, which fused elements of rock, psychedelia, experimental music, modal jazz, country, folk, bluegrass, blues, reggae, and space rock, for live performances of lengthy instrumental jams, and for their devoted fan base, known as “Deadheads”. “Their music,” writes Lenny Kaye, “touches on ground that most other groups don’t even know exists.” These various influences were distilled into a diverse and psychedelic whole that made the Grateful Dead “the pioneering Godfathers of the jam band world”. The band was ranked 57th by Rolling Stone magazine in its The Greatest Artists of All Time issue. The band was inducted into the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame in 1994 and a recording of their May 8, 1977 performance at Cornell University’s Barton Hall was added to the National Recording Registry of the Library of Congress in 2012. The Grateful Dead have sold more than 35 million albums worldwide. The Grateful Dead was founded in the San Francisco Bay Area amid the rise of the counterculture of the 1960s. The founding members were Jerry Garcia (lead guitar, vocals), Bob Weir (rhythm guitar, vocals), Ron “Pigpen” McKernan (keyboards, harmonica, vocals), Phil Lesh (bass, vocals), and Bill Kreutzmann (drums). Members of the Grateful Dead had played together in various San Francisco bands, including Mother McCree’s Uptown Jug Champions and the Warlocks. Lesh was the last member to join the Warlocks before they became the Grateful Dead; he replaced Dana Morgan Jr., who had played bass for a few gigs. Drummer Mickey Hart and nonperforming lyricist Robert Hunter joined in 1967. With the exception of McKernan, who died in 1973, and Hart, who took time off from 1971 to 1974, the core of the band stayed together for its entire 30-year history. The other official members of the band are Tom Constanten (keyboards; 1968–1970), John Perry Barlow (nonperforming lyricist; 1971–1995), Keith Godchaux (keyboards; 1971–1979), Donna Godchaux (vocals; 1972–1979), Brent Mydland (keyboards, vocals; 1979–1990), and Vince Welnick (keyboards, vocals; 1990–1995). Pianist Bruce Hornsby was a touring member from 1990 to 1992, as well as a guest with the band on occasion before and after the tours. After the death of Garcia in 1995, former members of the band, along with other musicians, toured as the Other Ones in 1998, 2000, and 2002, and the Dead in 2003, 2004, and 2009. In 2015, the four surviving core members marked the band’s 50th anniversary in a series of concerts that were billed as their last performances together. There have also been several spin-offs featuring one or more core members, such as Dead & Company, Furthur, the Rhythm Devils, Phil Lesh & Friends, RatDog, and Billy & the Kids. Big Brother and the Holding Company (featuring Janis Joplin) Big Brother and the Holding Company is an American rock band that formed in San Francisco in 1965 as part of the same psychedelic music scene that produced the Grateful Dead, Quicksilver Messenger Service, and Jefferson Airplane. They are best known as the band that featured Janis Joplin as their lead singer. Their 1968 album Cheap Thrills is considered one of the masterpieces of the psychedelic sound of San Francisco; it reached number one on the Billboard charts. Janis Joplin, was an American rock singer and songwriter. She was one of the biggest female rock stars of her era. After releasing three albums, she died of a heroin overdose at age 27. A fourth album, Pearl, was released in January 1971, just over three months after her death. It reached number one on the Billboard charts. In 1967, Joplin rose to fame during an appearance at Monterey Pop Festival, where she was the lead singer of the then little-known San Francisco psychedelic rock band Big Brother and the Holding Company. After releasing two albums with the band, she left Big Brother to continue as a solo artist with her own backing groups, first the Kozmic Blues Band and then the Full Tilt Boogie Band. She appeared at the Woodstock festival and the Festival Express train tour. Five singles by Joplin went into the Billboard Hot 100, including a cover of the song “Me and Bobby McGee”, which reached number 1 in March 1971. Her most popular songs include her cover versions of “Piece of My Heart”, “Cry Baby”, “Down on Me”, “Ball ‘n’ Chain”, and “Summertime”; and her original song “Mercedes Benz”, her final recording. Joplin, highly respected for her charismatic performing ability, was posthumously inducted into the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame in 1995. Jimi Hendrix Jimi Hendrix was an American rock guitarist, singer, and songwriter. Although his mainstream career spanned only four years, he is widely regarded as one of the most influential electric guitarists in the history of popular music, and one of the most celebrated musicians of the 20th century. The Rock and Roll Hall of Fame describes him as “arguably the greatest instrumentalist in the history of rock music”. Born in Seattle, Washington, Hendrix began playing guitar at the age of 15. In 1961, he enlisted in the U.S. Army and trained as a paratrooper in the 101st Airborne Division; he was granted an honorable discharge the following year. Soon afterward, he moved to Clarksville, Tennessee, and began playing gigs on the Chitlin’ Circuit, earning a place in the Isley Brothers’ backing band and later with Little Richard, with whom he continued to work through mid-1965. He then played with Curtis Knight and the Squires before moving to England in late 1966 after being discovered by Linda Keith, who in turn interested bassist Chas Chandler of the Animals in becoming his first manager. Within months, Hendrix had earned three UK top ten hits with the Jimi Hendrix Experience: “Hey Joe”, “Purple Haze”, and “The Wind Cries Mary”. He achieved fame in the U.S. after his performance at the Monterey Pop Festival in 1967, and in 1968 his third and final studio album, Electric Ladyland, reached number one in the U.S.; it was Hendrix’s most commercially successful release and his first and only number one album. The world’s highest-paid performer, he headlined the Woodstock Festival in 1969 and the Isle of Wight Festival in 1970 before his accidental death from barbiturate-related asphyxia on September 18, 1970, at the age of 27. Hendrix was inspired musically by American rock and roll and electric blues. He favored overdriven amplifiers with high volume and gain, and was instrumental in utilizing the previously undesirable sounds caused by guitar amplifier feedback. He helped to popularize the use of a wah-wah pedal in mainstream rock, and was the first artist to use stereophonic phasing effects in music recordings. Holly George-Warren of Rolling Stone commented: “Hendrix pioneered the use of the instrument as an electronic sound source. Players before him had experimented with feedback and distortion, but Hendrix turned those effects and others into a controlled, fluid vocabulary every bit as personal as the blues with which he began.” Buffalo Springfield Buffalo Springfield was an American rock band active from 1966 to 1968 containing Stephen Stills, Neil Young, and Richie Furay, which released three albums, and several singles including “For What It’s Worth”. The band combined elements of folk and country music with British invasion and psychedelia influences, and, along with the Byrds, were part of the early development of the folk rock genre. With a name taken from a brand of steamroller, Buffalo Springfield formed in Los Angeles in 1966 with Stills (guitar, keyboards, vocals), Dewey Martin (drums, vocals), Bruce Palmer (electric bass), Furay (guitar, vocals), and Young (guitar, harmonica, piano, vocals). The band signed to Atlantic Records in 1966 and released their debut single “Nowadays Clancy Can’t Even Sing” – a regional hit in Los Angeles. The following January, the group released the protest song they were most known for, “For What It’s Worth”. Their second album, Buffalo Springfield Again, marked their progression to psychedelia and hard rock. After various drug-related arrests and line-up changes, the group broke up in 1968. Stephen Stills went on to form the folk rock supergroup Crosby, Stills & Nash with David Crosby of the Byrds and Graham Nash of the Hollies. Neil Young had launched his successful solo career and reunited with Stills in Crosby, Stills, Nash & Young in 1969. Furay, along with Jim Messina, went on to form the country-rock band Poco. Buffalo Springfield was inducted into the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame in 1997 Moby Grape Moby Grape is an American rock group from the 1960s, known for having all five members contribute to singing and songwriting and that collectively merged elements of folk music, blues, country, and jazz, together with rock and psychedelic music. They were one of the few groups of which all members were lead vocalists. The group continues to perform occasionally. 1966–1967 The group was formed in late 1966 in San Francisco, at the instigation of Skip Spence and Matthew Katz. Both had been previously associated with Jefferson Airplane, Spence as the band’s first drummer, playing on their first album, Jefferson Airplane Takes Off, and Katz as the band’s manager, but both had been dismissed by the group. Katz encouraged Spence to form a band similar to Jefferson Airplane, with varied songwriting and vocal work by several group members, and with Katz as the manager. According to band member Peter Lewis, “Matthew (Katz) brought the spirit of conflict into the band. He didn’t want it to be an equal partnership. He wanted it all.” The band name, judicially determined to have been chosen by Bob Mosley and Spence, came from the punch line of the joke “What’s purple and swims?”. Lead guitarist Jerry Miller and drummer Don Stevenson (both formerly of The Frantics, originally based in Seattle) joined guitarist (and son of actress Loretta Young) Peter Lewis (of The Cornells), bassist Bob Mosley (of The Misfits, based in San Diego), and Spence, now on guitar instead of drums. Jerry Miller and Don Stevenson had moved The Frantics from Seattle to San Francisco after a 1965 meeting with Jerry Garcia, then playing with The Warlocks at a bar in Belmont, California. Garcia encouraged them to move to San Francisco. Once The Frantics were settled in San Francisco, Mosley joined the band. While Jerry Miller was the principal lead guitarist, all three guitarists played lead at various points, often playing off against each other, in a guitar form associated with Moby Grape as “crosstalk”. The other major three-guitar band at the time was Buffalo Springfield. Moby Grape’s music has been described by Geoffrey Parr as follows: “No rock and roll group has been able to use a guitar trio as effectively as Moby Grape did on Moby Grape. Spence played a distinctive rhythm guitar that really sticks out throughout the album. Lewis, meanwhile, was a very good guitar player overall and was excellent at finger picking, as is evident in several songs. And then there is Miller, “The way they crafted their parts and played together on Moby Grape is like nothing else I’ve ever heard in my life. The guitars are like a collage of sound that makes perfect sense.” All band members wrote songs and sang lead and backup vocals for their debut album Moby Grape (1967). Mosley, Lewis, and Spence generally wrote alone, while Miller and Stevenson generally wrote together. In a marketing stunt, Columbia Records immediately released five singles at once, and the band was perceived as being over-hyped. This was during a period in which mainstream record labels were giving previously unheard-of levels of promotion to what was then considered counter-cultural music genres. Nonetheless, the record was critically acclaimed and fairly successful commercially, with The Move covering the album’s “Hey Grandma” (a Miller-Stevenson composition) on their eponymous first album. More recently, “Hey Grandma” was included in the soundtrack to the 2005 Sean Penn-Nicole Kidman film, The Interpreter, as well as being covered in 2009 by the Black Crowes, on Warpaint Live. Spence’s “Omaha” was the only one of the five singles to chart, reaching number 88 in 1967. Miller-Stevenson’s “8:05” became a country rock standard (covered by Robert Plant, Guy Burlage, and others). One of Moby Grape’s earliest major onstage performances was the Mantra-Rock Dance—a musical event held on January 29, 1967 at the Avalon Ballroom by the San Francisco Hare Krishna temple. At the event Moby Grape performed along with the Hare Krishna founder Bhaktivedanta Swami, Allen Ginsberg, Grateful Dead, and Big Brother and the Holding Company with Janis Joplin, donating proceeds to the temple. The group appeared at the Monterey Pop Festival on Saturday, June 17, 1967. Iron Butterfly Iron Butterfly is an American rock band best known for the 1968 hit “In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida”, providing a dramatic sound that led the way towards the development of hard rock and heavy metal music. Formed in San Diego, California, among band members who used to be “arch enemies”, their heyday was the late 1960s, but the band has been reincarnated with various members with varying levels of success, with no new recordings since 1975. The band’s seminal 1968 album In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida is among the world’s 40 best-selling albums, selling more than 30 million copies. Iron Butterfly is also notable for being the first group to receive an RIAA platinum award. Strawberry Alarm Clock Strawberry Alarm Clock is a psychedelic rock band formed in 1967 in Los Angeles best known for their 1967 hit single “Incense and Peppermints”. Strawberry Alarm Clock, who have been also categorized as acid rock, psychedelic pop and sunshine pop, charted five songs including two Top 40 hits Country Joe and the Fish Country Joe and the Fish was an American psychedelic rock band formed in Berkeley, California, in 1965. The band was among the influential groups in the San Francisco music scene during the mid- to late 1960s. Much of the band’s music was written by founding members Country Joe McDonald and Barry “The Fish” Melton, with lyrics pointedly addressing issues of importance to the counterculture, such as anti-war protests, free love, and recreational drug use. Through a combination of psychedelia and electronic music, the band’s sound was marked by innovative guitar melodies and distorted organ-driven instrumentals which were significant to the development of acid rock. The band self-produced two EPs that drew attention on the underground circuit before signing to Vanguard Records in 1966. Their debut album, Electric Music for the Mind and Body, followed in 1967. It contained their only nationally charting single, “Not So Sweet Martha Lorraine”, and their most experimental arrangements. Their second album, I-Feel-Like-I’m-Fixin’-to-Die, was released in late 1967; its title track, with its dark humor and satire, became their signature tune and is among the era’s most recognizable protest songs. Further success followed, including McDonald’s appearance at Woodstock, but the group’s lineup underwent changes until its disbandment in 1970. Members of the band continue in the music industry as solo recording artists and sporadically reconvene. Cream Cream were a 1960s British rock power trio consisting of drummer Ginger Baker, guitarist/singer Eric Clapton and bassist/singer Jack Bruce. The group’s third album, Wheels of Fire (1968), was the world’s first platinum-selling double album. The band is widely regarded as the world’s first successful supergroup. In their career, they sold more than 15 million copies of their albums worldwide. Their music included songs based on traditional blues such as “Crossroads” and “Spoonful”, and modern blues such as “Born Under a Bad Sign”, as well as more current material such as “Strange Brew”, “Tales of Brave Ulysses” and “Toad”. The band’s biggest hits were “I Feel Free” (UK number 11), “Sunshine of Your Love” (US number 5), “White Room” (US number 6), “Crossroads” (US number 28), and “Badge” (UK number 18). The band made a significant impact on the popular music of the time, and, along with Jimi Hendrix and other notable guitarists and bands, popularised the use of the wah-wah pedal. They provided a heavy yet technically proficient musical theme that foreshadowed and influenced the emergence of British bands such as Led Zeppelin, Deep Purple and Black Sabbath in the late 1960s and the early 1970s. They also had an impact on American southern rock groups the Allman Brothers Band and Lynyrd Skynyrd. The band’s live performances influenced progressive rock acts such as Rush. The band was inducted into the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame in 1993. Creedence Clearwater Revival Creedence Clearwater Revival: An American rock band active in the late 1960s and early 1970s. The band consisted of lead vocalist, lead guitarist, and primary songwriter John Fogerty, his brother rhythm guitarist Tom Fogerty, bassist Stu Cook and drummer Doug Clifford. Their musical style encompassed the roots rock, swamp rock, and blues rock genres. Despite their San Francisco Bay Area origins, they played in a Southern rock style, with lyrics about bayous, catfish, the Mississippi River, and other popular elements of Southern United States iconography, as well as political and socially-conscious lyrics about topics including the Vietnam War. The band performed at 1969’s famed Woodstock Festival. After four years of chart-topping success, the group disbanded acrimoniously in late 1972. Tom Fogerty had officially left the previous year, and his brother John was at odds with the remaining members over matters of business and artistic control, all of which resulted in subsequent lawsuits between the former bandmates. Fogerty’s ongoing disagreements with Saul Zaentz, owner of their label Fantasy Records, created further protracted court battles. As a result, John Fogerty refused to perform with the two-other surviving former members at CCR’s 1993 induction into the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame. Donovan Donovan is a Scottish singer, songwriter and guitarist. He developed an eclectic and distinctive style that blended folk, jazz, pop, psychedelia, and world music (notably calypso). He has lived in Scotland, Hertfordshire (England), London and California, and, since at least 2008, in County Cork, Ireland, with his family. Emerging from the British folk scene, Donovan reached fame in the United Kingdom in early 1965 with live performances on the pop TV series Ready Steady Go!. Having signed with Pye Records in 1965, he recorded singles and two albums in the folk vein, after which he signed to CBS/Epic Records in the US – the first signing by the company’s new vice-president Clive Davis – and became more successful internationally. He began a long and successful collaboration with leading British independent record producer Mickie Most, scoring multiple hit singles and albums in the UK, US, and other countries. His most successful singles were the early UK hits “Catch the Wind”, “Colours” and “Universal Soldier” in 1965. In September 1966 “Sunshine Superman” topped America’s Billboard Hot 100 chart for one week and went to number two in Britain, followed by “Mellow Yellow” at US No.2 in December 1966, then 1968’s “Hurdy Gurdy Man” in the Top 5 in both countries, then “Atlantis”, which reached US No.7 in May 1969. He became a friend of pop musicians including Joan Baez, Brian Jones and The Beatles. He taught John Lennon a finger-picking guitar style in 1968 that Lennon employed in “Dear Prudence,” “Julia,” “Happiness Is a Warm Gun” and other songs. Donovan’s commercial fortunes waned after parting with Most in 1969, and he left the industry for a time. Donovan continued to perform and record sporadically in the 1970s and 1980s. His musical style and hippie image were scorned by critics, especially after punk rock. His performing and recording became sporadic until a revival in the 1990s with the emergence of Britain’s rave scene. He recorded the 1996 album Sutras with producer Rick Rubin and in 2004 made a new album, Beat Cafe. Donovan was inducted into the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame in 2012 and the Songwriters Hall of Fame in 2014. The Doors The Doors were an American rock band formed in 1965 in Los Angeles, with vocalist Jim Morrison, keyboardist Ray Manzarek, guitarist Robby Krieger, and drummer John Densmore. The band got its name, at Morrison’s suggestion from the title of Aldous Huxley’s book The Doors of Perception, which itself was a reference to a quote made by William Blake, “If the doors of perception were cleansed, everything would appear to man as it is, infinite.” They were unique and among the most controversial and influential rock acts of the 1960s, mostly because of Morrison’s lyrics and charismatic but unpredictable stage persona. After Morrison’s death in 1971 at age 27, the remaining members continued as a trio until disbanding in 1973. Signing with Elektra Records in 1966, the Doors released eight albums between 1967 and 1971. All but one hit the Top 10 on the Billboard 200 and went platinum or better. Their self-titled debut album (1967) was their first in a series of Top 10 albums in the United States, followed by Strange Days (also 1967), Waiting for the Sun (1968), The Soft Parade (1969), Morrison Hotel (1970), Absolutely Live (1970) and L.A. Woman (1971), with 20 Gold, 14 Platinum, 5 Multi-Platinum and 1 Diamond album awards in the United States alone. By the end of 1971, it was reported that the Doors had sold 4,190,457 albums domestically and 7,750,642 singles. The band had three million-selling singles in the U.S. with “Light My Fire”, “Hello, I Love You” and “Touch Me”. After Morrison’s death in 1971, the surviving trio released two albums Other Voices and Full Circle with Manzarek and Krieger sharing lead vocals. The three members also collaborated on the spoken word recording of Morrison’s An American Prayer in 1978 and on the “Orange County Suite” for a 1997 boxed set. Manzarek, Krieger and Densmore reunited in 2000 for an episode of VH1’s “Storytellers” and subsequently recorded Stoned Immaculate: The Music of The Doors with a variety of vocalists. Although the Doors’ active career ended in 1973, their popularity has persisted. According to the RIAA, they have sold 33 million certified units in the US and over 100 million records worldwide, making them one of the best-selling bands of all time. The Doors have been listed as one of the greatest artists of all time by many magazines, including Rolling Stone, which ranked them 41st on its list of the “100 Greatest Artists of All Time”. The Doors were the first American band to accumulate eight consecutive gold and platinum LP’s. Crosby, Stills, and Nash (Young) Crosby, Stills, and Nash was a folk rock supergroup made up of American singer-songwriters David Crosby and Stephen Stills and English singer-songwriter Graham Nash. They were known as Crosby, Stills, Nash & Young (CSNY) when joined by Canadian singer-songwriter Neil Young, who was an occasional fourth member. They were noted for their intricate vocal harmonies, often tumultuous interpersonal relationships, political activism, and lasting influence on US music and culture. Crosby, Stills & Nash were inducted into the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame and all three members were also inducted for their work in other groups (Crosby for the Byrds, Stills for Buffalo Springfield and Nash for the Hollies). Neil Young has also been inducted as a solo artist and as a member of Buffalo Springfield.

Prophecy Hopi Indians Warned America For Year And Yet Nobody Listens ? It warn us that we are entering a dangerous period in our lives, as governments have abrogated native title and the time of plenty is coming to an end. Koyaanisqatsi is a Hopi prophecy that marks the total disintegration of the life of harmony and balance. According to Hopi Dictionary: Hopìikwa Lavàytutuveni, koyaanisqatsi is defined as “life” or “chaotic” life. In Lockdown Revisiting Koyaanisqatsi Revisiting Koyaanisqatsi in Lockdown explores this mythological destruction. Koyaanisqatsi is a Hopi Prophecy It is an apocalyptic vision that warns us that if we dig precious things from the land, we will invite disaster. Near the Day of Purification, cobwebs spun back and forth in the sky and a container of ashes might one day be thrown from the sky which could burn the land and boil the oceans. The Hopi prophecy of the curse of Koyaanisqatsi marks the total disintegration of the life of harmony and balance. The subject of a poem of modern day environmental devastation also shown in the mythological destruction of the ancient Hopi city of Pivanhonkyapi. The Hopi Prophecy - The Hopi Message to the United Nations (12/10/92) We Hopi believe that the human race has passed through three different worlds and life ways since the beginning. At the end of each prior world, human life has been purified or punished by the Great Spirit Massauu due mainly to corruption, greed, and turning away from the Great Spirit's teachings. The last great destruction was the flood which destroyed all but a few faithful ones who received a permission from the Great Spirit to live with Him in this new land. The Great Spirit said, "It is up to you, if you are willing to live my poor, humble, and simple life way. It is hard but, if you agree to live according to my teachings and instructions, if you never lose faith in the life I shall give you, you may come and live with me." The Hopi and all who were saved from the great flood made a sacred covenant with the Great Spirit at that time. We Hopi made an oath that we will never turn away from Him. For us the Creator's laws never change or break down. To the Hopi the Great Spirit is all powerful. He appeared to the first people as a man and talked with them in the beginning of the creation of this world. He taught us how to live, to worship, where to go and what food to carry, gave us seeds to plant and harvest. He gave us a set of sacred stone tablets into which He breathed all teachings in order to safeguard his land and life. In these stone tablets were made instructions and prophecies and warnings. This was done with the help of Spider Woman. Before the Great Spirit went into hiding, He and Spider Woman put before the leaders of the different groups of people many colors and sizes of corn for them to choose their food in this world. The Hopi was the last to pick. The Hopi then chose the smallest ear of corn. Then Massauu said, "You have shown me you are wise and humble. For this reason you will be called Hopi (people of peace)." It was to Spider Woman's two grandsons the sacred stone tablets were given. These two brothers were instructed to carry them to a place the Great Spirit had instructed them. The older brother was to go immediately to the east, to the rising sun and upon reaching his destination was instructed to immediately start to look for his younger brother who shall remain in the land of the Great Spirit. The older brother's mission when he returned was to help his younger brother (Hopi) bring about peace, brotherhood and everlasting life. Hopi, the younger brother, was instructed to cover all land and mark it well with footprints and sacred markings to claim this land for the Creator and peace on earth. We established our ceremonials and sacred shrines to hold this world in balance in accordance with our first promise to the Creator. This is how our migration story goes, until we met the Creator at Old Oraibi (place that solidifies) over 1000 years ago. It was at that meeting when he gave to us these prophecies to give to you now at this closing of the Fourth World of destruction and the beginning of the Fifth World of peace. He gave us many prophecies to pass on to you, and all have come to pass. This is how we know the timing is now to reveal the last warnings and instructions to mankind. We were told to settle permanently here in Hopi land where we met the Great Spirit and to wait for Older Brother, who went east, to return to us. When he returns to this land he will place his stone tablets side by side to show all the world that they are our true brothers -- when the road in the sky has been fulfilled and when the inventing of something, in Hopi means, gourd of ashes, a gourd that, when it drops upon the earth will boil everything within a large space and nothing will grow for a very long time. We were told that three helpers who were commissioned by the Great Spirit to help Hopi bring about the peaceful life on earth would appear to help us and that we should not change our homes, our ceremonials, our hair, because the true helpers might not recognize us as the true Hopi. So we have been waiting all these years. It is known that our True White Brother, when he comes, will be all powerful and will wear a red cap or red cloak. He will be large in population and belong to no religion but his very own. He will bring with him the sacred stone tablets. With him there will be two great ones, both very wise and powerful. One will have a symbol or sign of the swastika, which represents purity and is Female, a producer of life. The third one or the second one of the two helpers to our True White Brother will have a sign of a symbol of the sun. He, too, will be many people and very wise and powerful. [One will have the symbol of the moja, or cross.] We have in our sacred Kachina ceremonies a gourd rattle which is still in use today with these symbols of these powerful helpers of our True Brother. It is also prophesied that, if these three fail to fulfill their mission, then the one from the west will come like a big storm. He will be many in numbers and unmerciful. When he comes he will cover the land like the red ants and overtake this land in one day. If the three helpers chosen by the Creator fulfill their sacred mission, and even if there are only one, two, or three of the true Hopi who remain holding fast to the last ancient teaching and instructions the Great Spirit, Massauu will appear before all, and our would will be saved. The three will lay our a new life plan which leads to everlasting life and peace. The earth will become new as it was from the beginning. Flowers will bloom again, wild game will return to barren lands, and there will be abundance of food for all. Those who are saved will share everything equally and they all will recognize Great Spirit and speak one language. We are now faced with great problems, not only here but throughout the land. Ancient cultures are being annihilated. Our people's lands are being taken from them, leaving them no place to call their own. Why is this happening? It is happening because many have given up or manipulated their original spiritual teachings. The way of life which the Great Spirit has given to all people of the world, whatever your original instructions, are not being honored. It is because of this great sickness called greed, which infects every land and country, that simple people are losing what they have kept for thousands of years. Now we are at the very end of our trail. Many people no longer recognize the true path of the Great Spirit. They have, in fact, no respect for the Great Spirit or for our precious Mother Earth, who gives us all life. We were told that someone would try to go up to the moon, that they would bring something back from the moon, and that after that nature would show signs of losing its balance. Now we see that coming about. All over the world, there are now many signs that nature is no longer in balance. Floods, drought, earthquakes, and great storms are occurring constantly and causing much suffering. We do not want this to occur in our country, and we pray to the Great Spirit to save us from such things. But there are now signs that this very same thing might happen very soon on our own land. Now we must look upon each other as brothers and sisters. There is no more time for divisions among people. Today I call upon all of us, from right here at home, Hotevilla, where we too are guilty of gossiping and causing divisions even among our own families, out to the entire world where thievery, war, and lying go on every day. These divisions will not be our salvation. Wars only bring more wars, never peace. Only by joining together in a Spiritual Peace with love in our hearts for one another, love in our hearts for the Great Spirit and Mother Earth, shall we be saved from the terrible Purification Day which is just ahead. There are many of you in this world who are honest people. We know you spiritually for we are the Men's Society Grandfathers who have been charged to pray for you and all life on earth, never forgetting anything or anyone in our ceremonials. Our prayer is to have a good happy life, plenty of soft gentle rain for abundant crops. We pray for balance on earth to live in peace and leave a beautiful world to the children yet to come. We know you have good hearts, but good hearts are not enough to help us out with these great problems. In the past, some of you have tried to help us Hopis, and we will always be thankful for you efforts. But now we need your help in the worst way. We want the people of the world to know the truth of our situation. This land which people call the Land of the Freedom celebrates many days reminding people of the world of these things. Yet in well over 200 years, the original Americans have not seen a free day. We are suffering the final insult. Our people are now losing the one thing which gives life and meaning to life -- our ceremonial land, which is being taken away from us. Hotevilla is the last holy consecrated, undisturbed traditional Native American sacred shrine to the Creator. As the prophecy says, this sacred shrine must keep its spiritual pathways open. This village is the spiritual vortex for the Hopi to guide the many awakening Native Americans and other true hearts home to their own unique culture. Hotevilla was established by the last remaining spiritual elders to maintain peace and balance on this continent from the tip of South America up to Alaska. Many of our friends say Hotevilla is a sacred shrine, a national and world treasure and must be preserved. We need your help. Where is the freedom which you all fight for and sacrifice your children for? Is it only the Indian people who have lost, or are all Americans losing the very thing which you originally came here to find? We don't share the freedom of the press because what gets into the papers is what the government wants people to believe, not what is really happening. We have no freedom of speech, because we are persecuted by our own people for speaking our beliefs. We are at the final stages now, and there is a last force that is about to take away our remaining homeland. We are still being denied many things including the right to be Hopis and to make our living in accordance with our religious teachings. The Hopi leaders have warned leaders in the White House and the leaders in the Glass House[the United Nations] but they do not listen. So as our prophecy says then it must be up to the people with good pure hearts that will not be afraid to help us to fulfill our destiny in peace for this world. We now stand at a crossroad whether to lead ourselves in everlasting life or total destruction. We believe that human beings' spiritual power through prayer is so strong that it decides life on earth. So many people have come to Hopi land to meet with us. Many times people have asked how they can help us. Now I hope and pray that your help will come. If you have a way to spread the truth, through the newspapers, radio, books, through meeting with powerful people, tell the truth! Tell them what you know to be true. Tell them what you have seen here, what you have heard us say; what you have seen with your own eyes. In this way, if we do fall, let it be said that we tried, right up to the end, to hold fast to the path of peace as we were originally instructed to do by the Great Spirit. Should you really succeed, we will all realize our mistakes of the past and return to the true path -- living in harmony as brothers and sisters, sharing our Mother, the Earth with all other living creatures. In this way we could bring about a new world, a world which would be led by the Great Spirit, and our Mother will provide plenty and happiness for all. God bless you, each one of you and know our prayers for peace meet yours as the sun rises and sets. May the Great Spirit guide you safely into the path of love, peace, and freedom. May the holy ancestors of love and light keep you safe in your land and homes. Pray for God to give you something important to do in this great work which lies ahead of us all to bring peace on earth. We, the Hopi, hold the sacred stone tablets and now await the coming of our True White Brother and others seriously ready to work for the Creator's peace on earth. Be well, my children, and think good thoughts of peace and togetherness. Peace for all life on earth and peace with one another in our homes, families and countries. We are not so different in the Creator's eyes. The same great Father Sun shines his love on each of us daily just as Mother Earth prepares the substance for our table, do they not? We are one after all." The United Nations Mission In 1959, a delegation of six traditional Hopi leaders, led by the late spiritual leader, Dan Katchongva, traveled to the United Nations Building in New York to fulfill a sacred mission in accordance with ancient Hopi instructions. Because of their prophetic knowledge, the Hopi leaders felt it was time to go east, where "a house of mica" [The United Nations building] would stand at this time, where Great Leaders from many lands would be gathered to help any people who are in trouble. They were to go when the lands of the Hopi and other Indians were about to be taken away from them and their way of life was in danger of being completely. Mr. Thomas Banyacya sprinkled corn meal next to the podium of the General Assembly and made a brief remark in Hopi that translates as follows: Hopi spiritual leaders had an ancient prophecy that some day world leaders would gather in a Great House of Mica with rules and regulations to solve the world problems without war. I am amazed to see the prophecy has come true and you are here today! But only a handful of United Nations Delegates are present to hear the Motee Sinom (Hopi for First People) from around the world who spoke here today. My name is Banyacya of the Wolf, Fox and Coyote Clan and I am a member of the Hopi sovereign nation. Hopi in our language means a peaceful, kind, gentle, truthful people. The traditional Hopi follows the spiritual path that was given to us by Massau'u the Great Spirit. We made a sacred covenant to follow his life plan at all times, which includes the responsibility of taking care of this land and life for his divine purpose. We have never made treaties with any foreign nation, including the United States, but for many centuries we have honored this sacred agreement. Our goals are not to gain political control, monetary wealth nor military power, but rather to pray and to promote the welfare of all living beings and to preserve the world in a natural way. We still have our ancient sacred stone tablets and spiritual religious societies which are the foundations of the Hopi way of life. Our history says our white brother should have retained those same sacred objects and spiritual foundations. In 1948, all traditional Hopi spiritual leaders met and spoke of things I felt strongly were of great importance to all people. They selected four interpreters to carry their message of which I am the only one still living today. I made a commitment to carry the Hopi message of peace and deliver warnings from prophecies known since the time the previous world was destroyed by flood and our ancestors came to this land. My mission was to open the doors of this Great House of Mica to native peoples. The Elders said to knock four times, and this commitment was fulfilled when I delivered a letter and the sacred prayer feather I had been given to John Washburn in the Secretary General's office in October, 1991. I am bringing part of the Hopi message to you here today. We have only ten minutes to speak, and time is late, so I am making my statement short. At the meeting in 1948, Hopi leaders 80, 90 and even 100 years old explained that the creator made the first world in perfect balance where humans spoke one language, but humans turned away from moral and spiritual principles. They misused their spiritual powers for selfish purposes. They did not follow nature's rules. Eventually the world was destroyed by sinking of land and separation of land by what you would call major earthquakes. Only a handful survived. Then this handful of peaceful people came into the second world. They repeated their mistakes, and the world was destroyed by freezing, which you call the great Ice Age. The few survivors entered the third world. That world lasted a long time, and as in previous worlds, the people spoke one language. The people invented many machines and conveniences of high technology, some of which have not yet been seen in this age. They even had spiritual powers that they used for good. They gradually turned away from natural laws and pursued only material things and finally only gambled while they ridiculed spiritual principles. No one stopped them from this course, and the world was destroyed by the great flood that many nations still recall in their ancient history or in their religions. The Elders said again only small groups escaped and came to this fourth world where we now live. Our world is in terrible shape again even though the Great Spirit gave us different languages and sent us to four corners of the world and told us to take care the Earth and all that is in it. This Hopi ceremonial rattle represents Mother Earth. The line running around it is a time line and indicates that we are in the final days of the prophecy. What have you, as individuals, as nations and as the world body been doing to take care of this Earth? In the Earth today, humans poison their own food, water and air with pollution. Many of us, including children, are left to starve. Many wars are still being fought. Greed and concern for material things is a common disease. In this western hemisphere, our homeland, many original native people are landless, homeless, starving and have no medical help. The Hopi knew humans would develop many powerful technologies that would be abused. In this century, we have seen the First World War and the Second World War in which the predicted gourd of ashes, which you call the atomic bomb, fell from the sky with great destruction. Many thousands of people were destroyed in Hiroshima and Nagasaki. For many years there has been great fear and danger of World War Three. The Hopi believe the Persian Gulf War was the beginning of World War Three, but it was stopped, and the worst weapons of destruction were not used. This is now a time to weigh the choices for our future. We do have a choice. If you, the nations of this Earth, create another great war, the Hopi believe we humans will burn ourselves to death with ashes. That's why the spiritual Elders stress strongly that the United Nations fully open the door for native spiritual leaders as soon as possible. Nature itself does not speak with a voice that we can easily understand. Neither can the animals and birds we are threatening with extinction talk to us. Who in this world can speak for nature and the spiritual energy that creates and flows through all life? In every continent are human beings who are like you but who have not separated themselves from the land and from nature. It is through their voice that Nature can speak to us. You have heard those voices and many messages from the four corners of the world today. I have studied comparative religion, and I think in your own nations and cultures you have knowledge of the consequences of living out of balance with nature and spirit. The native peoples of the world have seen and spoken to you about the destruction of their lives and homelands, the ruination of nature and the desecration of their sacred sites. It is time the United Nations used its rules to investigate these occurrences and stop them now. The Four Corners area is bordered by four sacred mountains. The spiritual center within is a sacred site. Our prophecies say it will have special purpose in the future for mankind to survive and now should be left in its natural state. All nations must protect this spiritual center. The Hopi and all original native people hold the land in balance by prayer, fasting and performing ceremonies. Our spiritual Elders still hold the land in the Western Hemisphere in balance for all living beings, including humans. No one should be relocated from their sacred homelands in this Western Hemisphere or anywhere in the world. Acts of forced relocation, such as Public Law 93-531 in the United States, must be repealed. The United Nations stands on our native homeland. The United Nations talks about human rights, equality and justice and yet the native people have never had a real opportunity to speak to this assembly since its establishment until today. It should be the mission of your nations and this assembly to use your power and rules to examine and work to cure the damage people have done to this Earth and to each other. Hopi Elders know that was your mission and they wait to see whether you will act on it now. Nature, the First People and the spirit of our ancestors are giving you loud warnings. Today, December 10, 1992, you see increasing floods, more damaging hurricanes, hail storms, climate changes and earthquakes as our prophecies said would come. Even animals and birds are warning us with strange change in their behavior such as the beaching of whales. Why do animals act like they know about the earth's problems and most humans act like they know nothing? If we humans do not wake up to the warnings, the great purification will come to destroy this world just as the previous worlds were destroyed. (Thomas and Oren Lyons held up a picture of a large rock drawing in Hopiland) This rock drawing shows part of the Hopi prophecy. There are two paths. The first with technology but separate from natural and spiritual law leads to these jagged lines representing chaos. The lower path is one that remains in harmony with natural law. Here we see a line that represents a choice like a bridge joining the paths. If we return to spiritual harmony and live from our hearts, we can experience a paradise in this world. If we continue only on this upper path, we will come to destruction. It's up to all of us, as children of Mother Earth, to clean up this mess before it's too late. The Elders request that during this International Year for the World's Indigenous Peoples, the United Nations keep that door open for spiritual leaders from the four corners of the world to come to speak to you for more than a few minutes as soon as possible. If any of you leaders want to learn more about the spiritual vision and power of the Elders, I invite you to come out to Hopi land and sit down with our real spiritual leaders in their sacred Kivas where they will reveal the ancient secrets of survival and balance. I hope that all members of this assembly that know the spiritual way will not just talk about it, but in order to have real peace and harmony, will follow what it says across the United Nations wall: "They will beat their swords into plowshares and study war no more." Let's, together, do that now! Delivered and Submitted by Martin Gashweseoma, For The Great Spirit, Massau'u: We come here from the Sovereign Hopi Nation to attend the Cry of the Earth Conference at the United Nations. We are proud that you have opened the door for us. My name is Martin Gashweseoma. As Hopi, we have come here to present our message which is about how we first came here from the previous world. The Hopi way is to lead a good life and through our ceremonials and mediations, we take care of this land and life. We still have the sacred stone tablets given to us by the Spider Woman. This is our title and deed to this world, and it was given to us with the life plan to follow, and with strong instructions and serious warnings. It was a good life. When the rains came and brought a lot of moisture, then our crops would yield enough for all living beings, including the ants, animals, birds, plants and human kind. Before leaving the previous world, we came up here to ask permission from the Great Spirit, Massau'u, if we could live here with him because the world down below had become corrupted. He told the people, 'It is up to you if you are willing to live with full respect for my way of life.' They said, 'Yes we are willing to live your way.' So with his consent we came here, into this new world. This world is where the Great Spirit, Massau'u, first appeared to all first peoples and gave them their instructions and rules to follow. Then the Spider Woman laid before them ears of corn of different colors from which to take their sustenance and livelihood. The greediest people hurried to pick out the longest ears. But the Hopi, being the most humble, waited until last and chose the shortest ears of corn. Spider Woman then gave each group of people their own language and name and told them to migrate to every corner of this continent leaving their footprints, clan markings, and ruins to claim this land. Before the migrating peoples arrived at the place where the Great Spirit, Massau'u, lives, he used to take walks nearby his home. Coming back home, bringing back violet flowers, he dropped them along the way. After discovering he had dropped the violet flowers, he went back to look for them, but the flowers had already been found by the Horny Toad Woman. The Great Spirit, Massau'u, asked if she would give it back but the Horny Toad Woman refused. Instead, she told him that in time there would be a crisis in this world, with which he would need help. At that time she would be there with her steel helmet to help. Meaning that someday if the Hopi got into trouble, a group of people with the steel helmet would help them. The Great Spirit, Massau'u, let the first group who had found him live there with him and settle down. Each subsequent group of people who came to settle in Oraibi after their migrations were allowed to stay based on judgment of their character and how they had traveled when they were searching for the Great Spirit, Massau'u. Those who were boastful and arrogant were sent away to the east. Those of humble and sincere hearts were allowed to stay and keep the ceremonials in the proper manner to ensure rain for the crops and all living things. After this was settled, all the things that were to come were told to the first people in Oraibi by the first people that came from the underworld. The people were told of another race of people who would come to this land and claim it as their own land. We were told not to accept anything these people would offer to us, but it will tempt us and be hard to resist. They would be intelligent and the inventors of many things. Now we realize that these people are the light-skinned people, the Bahanas. We were told of something that would come that would be pulled by animals, meaning wagons or carts. And ones that would run very fast, meaning automobiles. We were told of the land being cut up by long roads and fences, and of highways that would be built in the sky. And that women would adopt male clothing. And that the secret of women, with clothing, covered, would no longer be secret, but be revealed and exposed. When this happens, all the world leaders and all the people will be corrupted and will not know whom to look to for direction to correct this corruption. When all this happens, it will mean that we are all nearing the end. Then the wars will come about like powerful winds, and will spread from country to country and bring Purification or Destruction to this world. The more we turn away from the instructions of the Great Spirit, the more signs we see in the form of earthquakes, floods, drought, fires, tornadoes, as Nature makes ready her revenge. All of this will happen at one time along with the wars and corruption. We see this now as young children become angry, killing each other and their parents. They show no respect. We are all corrupt. If this Purification does not materialize, then the world will turn over 4 times and will leave only ants here to start a new life. Before people came to this world they were sick, just as today, we are sick from all this corruption. Now we are seeking a way to solve our present situation. This is the last world, we are not going anywhere from here. If we destroy this, the highest world, we will be given no other chances. Let us consider this matter seriously so that this world is not destroyed, so that we can continue to live and save this land and life for the generations to come. Living a life of harmony and balance means having harmonious sync between your personal, professional, and social pursuits. It is important to balance all the facets of life so that we don’t live in constant internal conflict. Ditching work-life-balance can lead to prioritizing your work over your personal life, which disrupts your work-life harmony. Additionally, trying to go beyond one’s physical and mental capacity to juggle one’s professional and personal life can have an adverse effect on one’s health such as fluctuating blood pressure, upset stomach, anxiety or depression. How to Achieve Work-Life Balance in Today’s World Many people work remotely these days, with plenty of them doing so for extended periods of time. While remote work has increased flexibility and reduced commute time for some, resulting in better integration of work and personal life, others find it difficult to maintain a healthy work-life balance due to the blurred line between work and personal life. According to a survey conducted by Fingerprint of Success, 65% of people admit that now that they work remotely, they are working longer hours than ever before.[1] The survey also discovered that 66% of full-time employees in the United States do not strongly believe they have work-life balance, and 51% of people say they have missed important life events due to insufficient work-life balance. So, how can we achieve a more realistic work-life balance today? What Is Work-Life Balance, Really? Work-life balance is the balance of one’s work responsibilities and personal life obligations such as family, friends, hobbies, and self-care. It entails managing and prioritizing these aspects of your life in such a way that you can have enough time, energy, and resources for both work and personal life. People who have a good work-life balance can maintain their physical and mental health, increase productivity, reduce stress, and improve job satisfaction. It should be noted that work-life balance does not imply an equal distribution of time between work and personal life, but rather a balance tailored to an individual’s specific needs and priorities. What People Are Wrong About Work-Life Balance To better understand what work-life balance entails, it is necessary to also define what work-life balance is not. I’m going to debunk some of the common misconceptions about work-life balance. Work-life balance does not imply perfect time and energy allocation. One of the most common misconceptions about work-life balance is that it entails perfectly balancing your time and energy between work and personal life. This is simply not realistic or achievable for most people, and failing to achieve it can lead to feelings of guilt and failure. In reality, finding a work-life balance that works for you and your specific circumstances is the goal. Work-life balance does not have a one-size-fits-all solution. What works for one person may not work for another, so finding a balance that works for your unique contexts is critical. This may require some trial and error, but it will be worth it in the end to live a more fulfilling and satisfying life. Work-life balance is about more than just work and life. The idea that work-life balance only involves balancing work and personal life is another common misconception. A healthy work-life balance, on the other hand, entails more than just these two aspects. It’s also about balancing other important aspects of life like relationships, health, and hobbies. Work-life balance is more than just time management. It’s also about figuring out how to prioritize these other important aspects of life in order to live a full and satisfying life. You might need to adjust your work schedule or figure out how to fit these elements into your daily routine to accomplish this. Work and life are not incompatible. Another common misconception about work-life balance is that the two are inherently antagonistic forces. However, work and personal life do not have to be opponents. Integrating work and life successfully can lead to a more fulfilling and satisfying life. For instance, some people view their work as having value and meaning. Work can actually improve their personal life when they feel they are making a meaningful contribution and using their skills and talents. This is especially true for those who feel strongly connected to their work and their personal values. On the other hand, personal life can benefit work. People who have a strong support network of family and friends are more likely to feel energized and motivated to tackle work challenges. Why Is Work-Life Balance Important? Work-life imbalance has been shown in numerous studies to significantly harm employee performance and productivity.[2] The negative impact even extends beyond work performance and productivity to other aspects of life.[3] Obesity, cardiovascular disease,[4] and poor sleep quality can all be caused by a lack of work-life balance. An unbalanced life can increase the risk of mental health problems such as depression and anxiety.[5] It can also lead to burnout, which is characterized by physical, mental, and emotional exhaustion.[6] Work-life balance issues can lead to strained relationships with family and friends. They may not have enough time to spend with loved ones, or they may be too tired or stressed to engage in meaningful interactions.[7] Moreover, people feel as though they are missing out on other significant aspects of life when work consumes their personal lives. This can result in a loss of motivation and a sense of purpose in life. People who have a healthy work-life balance, on the other hand, experience less stress, which leads to better physical and mental health. They are also more motivated and have stronger interpersonal relationships. How to Tell If Your Work-Life Balance Is Healthy According to research published in the Harvard Business Review, reflexivity, or challenging presumptions to raise self-awareness, is the key to striking a better balance between professional and personal priorities.[8] This involves regularly checking in with yourself to see if your work-life balance is in sync. Here are the five steps to take: 1. Pause Consider what is currently causing you stress or unhappiness. What impact does this have on your work and personal life? What are you putting first? What are you passing up? We rarely pause to consider our work until a major life event occurs, such as a serious health problem, the birth of a child, or the death of someone close to us. However, simply pausing and reflecting on your priorities can help you determine whether the way you live and work is right for you. 2. Pay Close Attention to Your Emotions How do you feel now that you’re more aware of your current situation? Are you fulfilled and happy, or are you angry and resentful? Being aware of your emotions can help you decide which changes to make. 3. Reprioritize Take into account what needs to change. For instance, you might want to consider whether working long hours or working on the weekends is worth missing out on time with your family or your social life. 4. Consider Your Alternatives Is there anything you can change at work to accommodate your new priorities? 5. Make Changes Last but not least, take action to make change happen. Perhaps that means asking for flexible hours, making sure you use all of your annual leave, or not checking emails on weekends. The 5 steps outlined above are a continuous cycle of re-evaluation and improvement. You must remember to pause, pay attention to your emotions, rethink your priorities, consider alternatives, and implement changes throughout your personal and professional lives in order to make real changes. How to Achieve a Realistic Work-Life Balance Those who attempt to achieve work-life balance solely by dividing their time and driving a sharp wedge between work mode and life mode are unintentionally dividing themselves. When people juxtapose ‘work’ and ‘life,’ they unconsciously think in terms of ‘work’ versus ‘life,’ and are constantly forced to choose one over the other. In this framework, a gain on one side is always a loss on the other. As a result, people begin to see ‘work’ when they are not living. ‘Work’ is viewed as a necessary evil that must be endured until it is time to turn it off. But there is no balance if you encode everything related to work as negativity and suffering while your ‘life’ strains under unrealistic expectations of enjoyment. Rebalancing work and life is possible by seeking a new and enjoyable job to a certain extent. However, no job is perfect. There will always be tedious aspects to any job. If you don’t change the old framework, you’ll soon find yourself on the same ‘life’ versus ‘work’ see-saw. The true goal is to redistribute the positive (+) and negative (-) evenly across life. Most people try to make everything positive outside of work to compensate for the negativity at work like this: If everything is negative at work and everything is positive when the work mode is turned off, work performance will suffer, creating even more negativity. People will rely heavily on their off-mode life for happiness, but they will not be truly happy because they are not dealing with problems at work. Meanwhile, some make an effort to bring positivity into their workplace. Their work-life balance may look like this: Unfortunately, if these people remain stuck in the old on/off framework, all of their negative emotions will be transferred to their off-mode self, and their relationships and health will suffer. I used to be one of these people. I gave my all to the work I do because I loved it. I expanded my business about 8 years ago, but because I spent almost all of my energy on my work, I had no time to take care of myself. I couldn’t sleep well, was frequently stressed, and suffered from back pain as a result of the stress. These health issues began to interfere with my daily life and ability to concentrate at work. On the other hand, very few people are fortunate enough to experience happiness on both sides of the equation. Their work-life balance looks like this: If you are fortunate enough to experience positivity from both sides, congratulations! You make up less than 5% of the population. But if you’re in the other 95% of people, don’t miss these steps to get a realistic work-life balance: Recover the Sense of a Unified Self The solution is to regain a sense of unity within oneself. When you do, you will deconstruct the competing work/life binary and stop unconsciously labeling work as “suffering” and life as “enjoyment.” Positive energy will begin to flow effortlessly and smoothly throughout your life. To regain a sense of unity, ask yourself: Why do I do what I do in life and at work? Your response to this question forms your blueprint for a unified self, charged with meaning that is directly related to who you are and what you care about. Use your blueprint to examine your work, leisure, and relationships to see if they are in sync. This new framework is called ‘alignment,’ not ‘balance.’ This will reveal to you several things: Some aspects of your work are not suffering: Look again, and you’ll notice many positive aspects that reflect your interests. For example, you may value creativity and recognize that you have opportunities to demonstrate it every day at work. What you care about at work is the same as what you care about in life: For example, you may value friendship in your life and demonstrate this value to your coworkers. Your values are present in all of your interactions and serve to unite you. What you do at work and what you do in your personal life complement and enhance one another: For example, the same generosity you show your friends can help you build good client relationships at work. Your creativity at work can be applied to overcome obstacles in your personal life. As a result, you will never need to use the on/off work model again because you will always act in accordance with what you truly value. Your positive energy will flow consistently through all of your states of being in a perpetual positive feedback loop. So for me, after realizing how much I needed to change my daily habits, I began to reprioritize my life demands and reorganize my schedule to ensure that I had enough time dedicated to self-care and exercise. I gradually began to strike a more realistic work-life balance as follows: Your new perspective on balance and alignment is an inner transformation that can empower you regardless of your current circumstances. For example, it could reveal your dissatisfaction with your current job. You can then use your blueprint to determine what is causing the negativity; perhaps something isn’t aligned with what you value. This can also be used to remind yourself why you’re doing what you’re doing, or encourage you to make a change. If you’re a workaholic, your blueprint may reveal that what you previously dismissed as ‘off-mode’ (relaxing, having fun, pursuing a passion, spending time with family and friends) contains a wealth of values that support – and even enhance – a well-rounded working life. Conclusion Achieving a healthy work-life balance does not entail striving for perfection or attempting to balance all aspects of life equally. Rather, it is about figuring out how to balance work and personal life in a way that feels fulfilling and meaningful. Prioritizing important relationships, maintaining physical and mental health, and engaging in hobbies and leisure activities are all examples of this. You can achieve a more balanced and fulfilling life by taking a more realistic approach to work-life balance and recognizing the value of work and personal life integration. This may require some changes to work schedules or personal habits, but the benefits of achieving a healthy work-life balance are well worth the effort.

Om is the seed of transcendental sound, and it is through transcendental sound one can transform the mind and the senses. By chanting Om, the mind becomes aligned with the breath, which enables a person to get into an elevated state of consciousness called samadhi. So Rock Mass in F Minor is this Transcendental Sound of your Real Mind. This the third studio album by American rock band The Electric Prunes, released in 1968. It consists of a musical setting of the mass sung in Latin and Greek and arranged in the psychedelic style of the band, and was written and arranged by David Axelrod. Following the limited commercial success of the Electric Prunes' previous album, Underground, the band's manager Lenny Poncher and their producer Dave Hassinger, whose company owned the rights to the band name, agreed with Reprise Records that their third album would be written and arranged by David Axelrod, a classically trained musician. The album was planned to combine religious and classical elements with psychedelic rock, in a religious-based rock-opera concept album. Axelrod was given carte blanche by Hassinger to do what he wanted with the Electric Prunes. Samadhi is the highest state of mental concentration that people can achieve while still bound to the body and which unites them with the highest reality. LP-Side A-1. Kyrie Eleison (David Axelrod) - 2. Gloria (David Axelrod) - 3. Credo (David Axelrod) LP-Side ​B-1. Sanctus (David Axelrod) - 2. Benedictus (David Axelrod) - 3. Agnus Dei (David Axelrod) When the existing band – singer James Lowe, guitarists Ken Williams and Mike Gannon, bassist Mark Tulin, and drummer Michael "Quint" Weakley – came to record the album, it became apparent that the complex arrangements largely outstripped the band's ability to perform them to the standards expected by Axelrod, or within the time set aside for recording. Although Lowe, Tulin (the only band member who could read music) and Weakley appeared on all the tracks, and Williams and Gannon also appeared on the first three tracks ("Kyrie Eleison", "Gloria" and "Credo"), the album was finished by studio musicians working with engineer Richie Podolor on guitar, and a Canadian group, the Collectors. The choral-style vocals were by Lowe, double-tracked. Hassinger was credited with producing the album. LINER NOTES FOR THE ELECTRIC PRUNES' MASS IN F MINOR By Richie Unterberger - The background to the bizarre twist of events leading to the Electric Prunes' 1968 album Mass in F Minor needs some explanation. The Prunes' previous LP, Underground, had been the most accurate representation of their growing experimental psychedelic vision, particularly as they wrote the majority of the material. However, it had not sold too well or yielded a hit single. The producer that had signed the group to his independent production company, Dave Hassinger, was not interested in experimentation as much as he was in commercial records. With Electric Prunes manager Lenny Poncher and arranger David Axelrod, a new strategy was hatched in which Axelrod would write and arrange an album combining classical music, the sort of Gregorian vocals heard in some religious music, and freakout psychedelia. It would be sung entirely in Latin, no less. Whether the Electric Prunes were a suitable vehicle for the experiment is questionable. "They wanted a sound from us to hang the mass on," says lead singer James Lowe. "We came in and there are these charts. We were slow and only Mark [Tulin, Electric Prunes bassist] read music." Although it is the band you hear on the three songs that comprised side one of the album ("Kyrie Eleison," "Gloria," "Credo"), the group were going too slow for Axelrod's tastes. As a consequence members of a Canadian group, the Collectors (later Chilliwack), were enlisted to help complete the album, although Lowe did all of the lead vocals, and Tulin and drummer Quint from the Prunes do play on every track. (Engineer Richie Podolor assisted on guitar as well.) "I like and respect Dave Axelrod," comments Tulin. "I think he's a brilliant musician and he greatly helped expand my musical knowledge. However, he wasn't us. We were a 'known entity' plugged into an outside concept; a means to someone else's end. Trouble was, we were a band, not an inorganic artificial product that could be manipulated at will." For all its apples-and-oranges conception, the record is a nifty psychedelic curio, with its unusual mixture of searing acid rock guitar and subdued, harmonized Gregorian singing. The quasi-choral effect, incidentally, was achieved by having Lowe double-track most of the vocals. Undoubtedly, the most famous track on the record -- and the best one, to most ears -- is the opener, "Kyrie Eleison." The Electric Prunes were always masters of the psychedelic guitar reverb, and the first part of the song has some of their best echoed-to-infinity axework, yielding in the final section to some passages of fierce distorted sustain. This is also the only one of the six songs that features only standard rock instrumentation, without the orchestral embellishments of horns and strings Axelrod would deploy throughout the rest of the album. "Kyrie Eleison" is familiar to most listeners, of course, through its inclusion on the soundtrack to the classic 1969 counterculture film Easy Rider, starring Dennis Hopper and Peter Fonda. Somehow "Kyrie Eleison" was rescued from obscurity and used in the scenes just after Fonda and Hopper arrive in New Orleans for Mardi Gras, including the one where they visit a local brothel. While "Kyrie Eleison" might be the Mass in F Minor cut most representative of the band, some of their character does come through via their instrumental contributions to the rest of the recording, particularly in the guitar work. There is some intense, shrieking sustain that isn't too far removed from the wildest, most distorted solos that Jorma Kaukonen was playing for the Jefferson Airplane during the After Bathing at Baxter's era. The vocal harmonies are graceful and understated, and on the whole the result is a lot less gauche than it could have been (and would be, on later rock concept albums of all stripes). Lowe, however, is understandably nonchalant when asked if there were any aspects of the experience that stuck out as highlights: "I grew up in Catholic school, my Mom was glad I was doing a mass." The one and only live performance of the album did not go as well as it could have. Tulin: "We were on tour when we were told we would be performing the mass almost immediately upon our return. Aside from the time spent recording it, this would be the first time we played the mass; the first time we played it straight through without the stops/starts facilitated by recording. There was one rehearsal, at the Musician's Union rehearsal hall. Four celli, four French horns, six vocalists (from the Smothers Brothers show), and the band. James took charge of the vocalists and I was put in charge of the musicians. I was told I was to play bass, play the organ and conduct. Didn't work, but I believe we managed to at least talk our way through the charts. "That night, at the Santa Monica Civic Auditorium, we had the same complement of musicians/singers plus Richie Podolor (our recording engineer and a great guitarist in his own right) and Don Peake added on guitar. Don Randi was called in for the concert to play organ and conduct. Only problem was that prior to the last-minute call Don had spent the entire day on his boat. He was sunburned and burned out from the day. Everyone had to use music stands to read the charts because no one on stage knew the songs or arrangements. "From the outset the performance was a disaster. We missed the intro on the first song and it never got any better. Amp speakers blew, charts fell off music stands and everyone was, in general, in a complete state of confusion. Ended up each song turned into one long jam. I think we were, at times, all in the same key. I made my way over to the four celli and four French horns and told them to 'jam in E.' Somehow we would hit a break and James would manage a vocal. Mercifully, this all ended and as we were leaving a few 'fans' said, 'We didn't know you guys were into avant-garde jazz.'" The Electric Prunes would break up in 1968, due to both artistic and financial frustrations. Lowe was the first to go, although one tour was done with a lineup including some of the other members and, of all people, a then-unknown Kenny Loggins. There would be two more albums that were the Electric Prunes in name only, as the name belonged to their producer, Dave Hassinger. None of the musicians on those LPs had played on the first three Electric Prunes albums, or even played in the band at all prior to 1968. A 1969 non-LP single by the group bearing the Electric Prunes monicker during that era, "Hey Mr. President"/"Flowing Smoothly," is included on this CD as bonus tracks. In 2000, Lowe and Tulin, now established as a film/video producer and psychologist respectively, are playing together again, and making some recordings in Lowe's studio with Quint and Prunes guitarist Ken Williams. Speculates Tulin, "Our third album, had it not been the mass, I believe would have, at the very least, had a true band feel and sound, one even more representative of who we were. In addition, we were just beginning to understand how to use the studio as its own instrument. Left to our own devices I think we would have expanded that knowledge. In addition, I think we would have stretched a little more in using vocal sounds as a compliment to the band instruments. We were heading in a direction that would have allowed us to explore more intricate tonal ideas involving subtle manipulations of sound and song structure to create a more sensory and sensual experience." -- Richie Unterberger 1) Om is the primordial sound of the universe Heard in temples, yoga studios, households, even television and movies, the chanting and symbol of Om is familiar to most as it has pervaded the western world since the counterculture of the 1960s. While to the layperson it’s synonymous to meditation, and seen simply as a doorway to tranquility for yogic practitioners, the true meaning of Om is deeply embedded in Hindu philosophy and to comprehend its truly profound effects one must have a basic understanding of sound. Though many comprehend sound as merely something to be heard, its mechanism is a little more complex. Sound is made up of vibrations. These vibrations are produced from a source, travel through the air, and then are picked up by the ear before being interpreted by the brain, which assigns them some value. The number of vibrations per second is known as frequency. Because all matter is composed of atomic material, which is in constant motion, everything and everyone vibrates on some frequency. The great inventor and scientist Nikola Tesla once said, “If you want to find the secrets of the universe, think in terms of energy, frequency, and vibration.” The word Om is defined by Hindu scripture as being the primordial sound of creation. It is the original vibration of the universe. From this first vibration, all other vibrations are able to manifest. 2) Why meditate on Om It is well-substantiated that sound vibration significantly impacts a person’s physical, emotional, and mental state. By chanting Om, we can align our frequency with that of the original universal frequency, which is essential in spiritual practice. As an iron rod becomes as hot as fire when it comes in contact with its flames, a person can spiritualize their life by staying in contact with the spiritual energy of the Absolute. Om is the seed of transcendental sound, and it is through transcendental sound one can transform the mind and the senses. By chanting Om, the mind becomes aligned with the breath, which enables a person to get into an elevated state of consciousness called samadhi. The activity of attaining samadhi brings the materially absorbed mind under control, which enables a person to have one-pointed focus towards spiritual realization. Because the Absolute is beyond the understanding of the mundane material senses, spiritualizing the mind — the center of all sensual activities, through sound vibration, is necessary to set in motion the process of transcendental realization. Like a majestic tree that can be generated from a tiny seed, the glorious tree of spirituality can grow from the sincere chanting of Om. 3) Symbolism of Om While its symbol is recognized by most, much fewer actually know what the combination of curves, crescent, and dot, which make up Om’s visual representation, actually stand for. Each aspect of the visual form of Om signifies a particular state of reality. The large lower curve marks the normal waking state (jāgrat). In this condition, the mind identifies with the physical body and perceives the world through the senses. The upper curve indicates the unconscious state, or that of deep sleep (sushupti). This is a state of total unawareness, in which you are in a deep dreamless sleep, and you are withdrawn from both physical and mental activities. The middle curve denotes the dream state (swapna). The dream state is in between the deep sleep and waking state, where a person explores the subconscious. Your consciousness is turned inwards, as your fears, hopes, and desires manifest themselves in an imaginary world. The dot is a symbol of enlightenment (turiyā). In this state, a person becomes harmonized with the Absolute, recognizing that all of creation is made up of spirit and is united through that commonality. This state is beyond the mundane senses, and can only be achieved by associating with spiritual energy. The crescent represents maya, which separates the three curves from the dot. Maya is the illusion that binds an individual soul to the material world. By chanting Om, one can transcend the three curves of material consciousness, and attain the dot of enlightenment. 4) Universal access of Om Like an object depicted in numerous ways by numerous painters, Om’s essence is uniquely manifested and accessed by different types of people all over the world. As yogis commonly conclude their meditations with the chanting of Om, the Judeo-Christian utterance of “Amen,” and the Islamic version “Amin,” are used by followers to evoke the energy of the Divine at the end of a prayer. Even within Hinduism, the meaning and connotations of Om is perceived in a variety of ways. Though heard and often written as “om,” due to the way it sounds when it is repeatedly chanted, the sacred syllable is originally and more accurately spelled as “aum.” Broken down, the three letters of A – U – M represent a number of sacred trinities: The different conditions of consciousness — the waking state, the dreaming state, and the deep sleep state. The deities in charge of the creation, preservation, and destruction of the universe — Brahma, Vishnu, and Shiva. The three original Vedic scriptures — Rg, Yajur, and Sāma. The three worlds — earth, atmosphere, and ether. The three aspects of time — past, present, and future. In the Bhakti tradition (yoga of devotion) — Krishna (seen by his devotees as the God of Creation), Rādhārāni (Krishna’s eternal consort, or God’s female counterpart), and the ordinary living beings. Om encompasses all of creation, and its merciful energy can be attained by any who seek it, regardless of who they are, where they come from, or whichever faith they follow. 5) How to chant Om Though there are no hard and fast rules for chanting Om, understanding the fundamental techniques of how to produce its sound can help provide a foundation from which you can better connect to the Divine. As explained earlier, Om represents the creation, preservation, and dissolution of the universe. The seven main chakras — wheels of energy in the body relating to the physical, psychological, and spiritual aspects of our lives, provides a path through which the sound of Om begins, passes through, and eventually dissolves itself. After taking in a deep breath, the chanting of Om (Aum) begins at the solar plexus chakra, near the diaphragm, where the “A” of the syllable is emphasized. As the sound progresses, “U” sustains the mantra through the heart, throat, and third eye chakras, until it reaches the crown. The sound dissolves at the crown chakra, at which point the mantra has developed into its last part, the “M.” It’s most beneficial to find a quiet place where you can focus without being disturbed. Keeping your spine straight, begin chanting, starting with the “A,” holding the “U” a little longer as it progresses through the chakras, and then ending on the “M,” as the exhale of your breath ends. Chanting in a strong but not loud voice for at least 15 minutes is generally ideal if you want to truly get something substantial out of your meditative practice. Ultimately, regardless of technique, chanting Om is about connecting to the Divine. As long as your intention is sincere, everything else will fall into place. Summary of Religions and Beliefs Agnosticism Agnosticism is the view that the truth of metaphysical claims regarding, in particular, the existence of a god or gods, or even ultimate reality, is unknown and may be impossible to know. One can be an agnostic as well as an atheist or religious believer. Atheism Atheism describes a state of having no theistic beliefs; that is, no beliefs in gods or supernatural beings. Baha'i The Baha'i Faith began in Persia in 1844 with the declaration of a new religion, distinctive from the Shi'a Islam found there. Key beliefs include belief in one God; the unity of mankind; equality of opportunity for men and women; and elimination of prejudice. Buddhism A way of living based on the teachings of Siddhartha Gautama. The Five Precepts are the basic rules of living for lay Buddhists – refrain from harming living beings; taking what is not given; sexual misconduct; harmful speech; and drink or drugs which cloud the mind. Christianity Based on the teaching of Jesus Christ. Christian groups differ in their interpretation of his teaching, life, death and resurrection, but these matters are at the heart of the way of life of all of them. What Christians believe... Humanism Humanism is the belief that we can live good lives without religious or superstitious beliefs. Humanists make sense of the world using reason, experience and shared human values and aim to make the best of the life we have by creating meaning and purpose for ourselves. Humanists work with others for the common good. [symbol © British Humanist Association]. Hinduism An ancient tradition of related beliefs and practices that developed in the Indian subcontinent. Core ideals and values shared by most Hindus would include respect for elders; reverence for teachers; regard for guests and tolerance of all races and religions. What Hindus believe... Islam Revealed in its final form by the Prophet Muhammad (peace be upon him). The essentials of Muslim practice are summarized in the five pillars of Islam – declaration of faith; ritual prayer; welfare; a month of fasting during Ramadan; and pilgrimage. What Muslims believe... Jainism An ancient philosophy and ethical teaching that originated in India. The main principle is ahimsa – the avoidance, where possible, of physical or mental harm to any living being. Jainism is a religion without a belief in a creator god. Judaism Based around the Jewish people's covenant relationship with God. Jews believe they are challenged and blessed by God. Love of one's neighbor is the great principle of social life and the founding inspiration of the Jewish community. What Jews believe... Sikhism The religion founded by Guru Nanak in India in the 15th Century CE. There is one God, people should serve by leading a life of prayer and obedience. Sikhs believe their soul then passes through various existences and will become one with God. Zoroastrianism Zoroastrianism is a religion founded in ancient times by the prophet Zarathushtra, who taught that Ahura Mazda (Lord of Wisdom), the all powerful and perfect creator, grants humans Vohu Manah – a clear rational mind with which to dispel ignorance. Connecting with the Divine - The major religions of the world and their beliefs… We all want to make it through life with success, some sense that we did it right. So what about the major world religions? Is there anything in them that might give our lives greater depth and direction? The following looks at the major world religions... Hinduism, New Age Spirituality, Buddhism, Islam, and Christianity.* There is a brief description of each, their view of God, and what a person can gain from that religion. The ending explains how Jesus' teaching differs from the major religions. *Each of these religions has sects with differing beliefs. The description given here focuses on the core beliefs of each religion. Other major religions, such as Judaism, could be discussed, but for brevity, we have chosen these. Hinduism and its beliefs Illustration of Hinduism with arrows all pointing in various directions to show infinite manifestations of God. Most Hindus worship one Being of ultimate oneness (Brahman) through infinite representations of gods and goddesses. These various deities become incarnate within idols, temples, gurus, rivers, animals, etc. Hindus believe their position in this present life was determined by their actions in a previous life. Hinduism therefore provides a possible explanation for suffering and evil in this life. If a person’s behavior before was evil, they might justifiably experience tremendous hardships in this life. Pain, disease, poverty or a disaster like a flood is deserved by that person because of their own evil actions, usually from a previous lifetime. A Hindu's goal is to become free from the law of karma...to be free from continuous reincarnations. Only the soul matters which will one day be free of the cycle of rebirths and be at rest. Hinduism lets a person choose how to work toward spiritual perfection. There are three possible ways to end this cycle of karma: 1. Be lovingly devoted to any of the Hindu deities; 2. Grow in knowledge through meditation of Brahman (oneness)...to realize that circumstances in life are not real, that selfhood is an illusion and only Brahman is real; 3. Be dedicated to various religious ceremonies and rites. New Age Spirituality and its beliefs Illustration of New Age Spirituality, showing arrows interconnecting in a circle, to illustrate that a person becomes their own God. New Age Spirituality promotes the development of the person's own power or divinity. When referring to deity, a follower of this type of spirituality is not talking about a transcendent, personal God who created the universe, but is referring to a higher consciousness within themselves. A person pursuing spiritual development would see themselves as deity, the cosmos, the universe. In fact, everything that the person sees, hears, feels or imagines is to be considered divine. Highly eclectic, New Age Spirituality is a collection of ancient spiritual traditions, taught by a vast array of speakers, books and seminars. It acknowledges many gods and goddesses, as in Hinduism. The Earth is viewed as the source of all spirituality, and has its own intelligence, emotions and deity. But superseding all is self. Self is the originator, controller and power over all. There is no reality outside of what the person determines. New Age teaches eastern mysticism and spiritual, metaphysical and psychic techniques, such as breathing exercises, chanting, drumming, meditating...to develop an altered consciousness and one's own divinity. Anything negative a person experiences (failures, sadness, anger, selfishness, hurt) is considered an illusion. Believing themselves to be completely sovereign over their life, nothing about their life is wrong, negative or painful. Eventually, a person develops spiritually to the degree that there is no objective, external reality. A person, becoming a god, creates their own reality. Buddhism and its beliefs Illustration of Buddhism, with a universal sign of nill, a circle with a slanted line through it, to illustrate that Buddhists do not believe in any God. Buddhists do not worship any gods or God. People outside of Buddhism often think that Buddhists worship the Buddha. However, the Buddha (Siddhartha Gautama) never claimed to be divine, but rather he is viewed by Buddhists as having attained what they are also striving to attain, which is spiritual enlightenment and, with it, freedom from the continuous cycle of life and death. Most Buddhists believe a person has countless rebirths, which inevitably include suffering. A Buddhist seeks to end these rebirths. Buddhists believe it is a person's cravings, aversion and delusion that cause these rebirths. Therefore, the goal of a Buddhist is to purify one's heart and to let go of all yearnings toward sensual desires and the attachment to oneself. Buddhists follow a list of religious principles and adhere to personal restraint, fasting and very dedicated meditation. When a Buddhist meditates it is not the same as praying or focusing on a god, it is more of a self-discipline. Through practiced meditation, a person may reach Nirvana -- "the blowing out" of the flame of desire. Buddhism provides something that is true of most major religions: disciplines, values and directives that a person may want to live by. Islam and its beliefs Illustration of Islam, with one arrow pointing up to a transcendent God, to illustrate the relationship with God is one serving that God. Muslims believe there is the one almighty God, named Allah, who is infinitely superior to and transcendent from humankind. Allah is viewed as the creator of the universe and the source of all good and all evil. Everything that happens is Allah's will. He is a powerful and strict judge, who will be merciful toward followers depending on the sufficiency of their life's good works and religious devotion. A follower's relationship with Allah is as a servant to Allah. Though a Muslim honors several prophets, Muhammad is considered the last prophet, and his words and lifestyle are that person's authority. To be a Muslim, one must follow five religious duties: 1. Repeat a creed about Allah and Muhammad; 2. Recite certain prayers in Arabic five times a day; 3. Give to the needy; 4. One month each year, fast from food, drink, sex and smoking from sunrise to sunset; 5. Pilgrimage once in one's lifetime to worship at a shrine in Mecca. At death -- based on one's faithfulness to these duties -- a Muslim hopes to enter Paradise. If not, they will be eternally punished in hell. For many people, Islam matches their expectations about religion and deity. Islam teaches that there is one supreme deity, who is worshiped through good deeds and disciplined religious rituals. After death, a person is rewarded or punished according to their religious devotion. Muslims believe that giving up one’s life for Allah is a sure way of entering Paradise. Christianity and its beliefs Illustration of Christianity, with an arrow of God reaching down to an arrow of a person being able to connect with God. Christians believe in one eternal God who is creator of all that is. He is viewed as a loving God who offers everyone a personal relationship with himself now in this life. In his life on Earth, Jesus Christ did not identify himself as a prophet pointing to God or as a teacher of enlightenment. Rather, Jesus claimed to be God in human form. He performed miracles, forgave people of their sin and said that anyone who believed in him would have eternal life. Followers of Jesus regard the Bible as God's written message to humankind. In addition to being a historical record of Jesus' life and miracles, the Bible reveals his personality, his love and truth, and how one can know and relate to God, as you could a friend. Christians believe that all people sin, including themselves. They see Jesus as their Savior, as the Messiah who was prophesied by all the prophets of the Old Testament, in the Bible. They believe that Jesus Christ, out of love for us, paid for the sin of all of humanity by dying on a cross. Three days later, he rose from the dead as he promised, proving his deity. How distinct are these major religions? In looking at these major belief systems and their views of God, we find tremendous diversity: Hindus acknowledge multitudes of gods and goddesses. Buddhists say there is no deity. New Age Spirituality followers believe they are God. Muslims believe in a powerful but unknowable God. Christians believe a loving God who created us to know him. Are all religions worshiping the same God? Let's consider that. New Age Spirituality teaches that everyone should come to center on a cosmic consciousness, but it would require Islam to give up their one God, Hinduism to give up their numerous gods, and Buddhism to establish that there is a God. What does each religion require? The world's major religions (Hinduism, New Age Spirituality, Buddhism, Islam, Christianity) are also quite unique in their requirements. Photo of a smiling young man to illustrate that in Christianity there is not the burden to earn God's acceptance. Most of the world religions place an individual on their own, striving for spiritual perfection. In Hinduism, a person is on their own trying to gain release from karma. In New Age, a person is working at their own divinity. In Buddhism, it is an individual quest at being free from desire. And in Islam, the individual follows religious laws for the sake of paradise after death. All religions are working on the same problem. We’re all aware of personal failings and the need to be better. This is what leads to the creation of religions. We also want to feel at peace, fulfilled and have inner strength. And so we move to practices like meditation, religious rituals, self-help books, fasting, prayer, personal sacrifice, pilgrimages, etc. We hope these will increase our inner goodness and make amends for our sins. While striving for enlightenment, Buddha never claimed sinlessness. Muhammad also admitted that he was in need of forgiveness. "No matter how wise, no matter how gifted, no matter how influential other prophets, gurus, and teachers might be, they had the presence of mind to know that they were imperfect just like the rest of us."1 Sacrifices in various religions In most religions, you see some type of sacrifice required to pay for sin. man meditating in worship In Hinduism, sacred fires can be used to overcome sin, suffering and adversity. In other religions, it is common to require hours in prayer or meditation multiple times a day; periods of fasting; financial sacrifices; long pilgrimages. The prophet Isaiah is a prophet honored in Judaism, Christianity and Islam. Instead of our striving to pay for our sins, Isaiah wrote of a coming Savior who would personally pay for the sins of all humanity: “All we like sheep have gone astray; we have turned—every one—to his own way; and the Lord has laid on him the iniquity [sin] of us all.”2 Jesus Christ identified himself as this Savior that Isaiah talked about. “…the lamb of God who takes away the sin of the world.”3 Jesus told his followers that he would lay down his life “poured out for many, for the forgiveness of sins.”4 Forgiveness for sin Indeed, Jesus was whipped, beaten, a crown of long thorns pressed into his head, then his hands and feet nailed to a cross where he hung until death, willingly dying in our place. The prophet Isaiah wrote, “he was crushed for our iniquities…he poured out his soul to death…an offering for guilt…he bore the sin of many.”5 The Bible says, "By this we know love, that he laid down his life for us."6 Our sin was paid for by Jesus on the cross. He now offers us complete forgiveness and welcomes us to freely come to him. Life after death Throughout his public life, thousands of people followed Jesus, as he performed countless miracles, healing the sick, causing the lame to walk, the blind to see, feeding crowds of 5,000 people. Unlike other spiritual leaders, Jesus said he himself would judge the world, forgive sin, give people eternal life, answer prayers…attributes belonging only to God. Over and over he identified himself as equal to God, leading to his crucifixion. However, Jesus also offered final proof of his deity, saying he would rise from the dead three days after his burial. He didn't say he would reincarnate someday into a future life. (Who would know if he actually did it?) Photo of a smiling young woman to illustrate that in Christianity there is not the burden to earn God's acceptance. Jesus’ power to perform miracles was so widely known, his executors stationed soldiers at the entrance of Jesus’ burial tomb to secure it. Despite that, on that third day, Jesus' tomb was found empty and many people testified that they saw him alive again. News spread throughout the world that any person could be fully forgiven by Jesus and know him for all eternity by believing in him. The message was clear. "For God so loved the world that he sent his one and only Son, that whoever believes in him should not perish, but have eternal life."7 (To know more about Jesus see Why Jesus is God.) Jesus offers us a relationship with himself and eternal life. Unlike many world religions… God invites us to freely come to him. This is not a commitment to a method of self-improvement like the Eight Fold Path or the Five Pillars, or meditation, or good works, or obeying the Ten Commandments. These seem clear, well-defined, easy-to-follow paths for spirituality. But they become a burdensome striving for perfection, and connection with God is still distant. Religious efforts or good deeds are insufficient to cover our sin. Instead, we can know Jesus our Savior who fully accepts us because of his death for our sins and our faith in him. Not religion – a relationship with God He welcomes you to know him. The question is, do you want a relationship with God? If so, you can begin a relationship with God right now. It is as simple as sincerely asking him for his forgiveness of your sin and inviting him to enter your life. Photo of a smiling young woman to illustrate that in Christianity there is not the burden to earn God's acceptance. Jesus said, "Behold, I stand at the door [of your heart] and knock. If anyone hears my voice and opens the door, I will come into him."8 You can open that door and invite him into your life right now, by simply asking him in prayer. The exact words are not important, but this might help you express it: “God, I ask you to forgive me and invite you to enter my heart right now. Thank you, Jesus, for dying for my sins. Come into my life as you offered. Thank you for giving me an eternal relationship with you." If you asked God to come into your life just now, you have begun a personal relationship with him. You can talk with him and he will guide you in this life now. Unlike world religions, Jesus doesn’t point you to a path, a philosophy, or rituals, but to personally know him and his love for you.

This is a story about “In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida”, a truly classic song, and the folklore around the mysterious meaning of the song. Simply put the words “In A Gadda Da Vida” were intended to be “In the Garden of Eden” however the true translation of “Vida” is “Life” putting the mistaken translation to “In the Garden of Life”. That is an important distinction that will accompany this story about the song’s true meaning. The In-a-Gadda-Da-Vida album has been certified multi-platinum, reportedly selling more than 30 million copies total. (Iron Butterfly was, in fact, the first-ever group to receive an RIAA platinum album award.) With its endless, droning minor-key riff and mumbled vocals, "In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida" is arguably the most notorious song of the acid rock era. According to legend, the group was so stoned when they recorded the track that they could neither pronounce the title "In the Garden of Eden" or end the track, so it rambles on for a full 17 minutes, which to some listeners sounds like eternity. But that's the essence of its appeal -- it's the epitome of heavy psychedelic excess, encapsulating the most indulgent tendencies of the era. Iron Butterfly never matched the warped excesses of "In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida," either on their debut album of the same name or the rest of their catalog, yet they occasionally made some enjoyable fuzz guitar-driven psychedelia that works as a period piece. The five tracks that share space with their magnum opus on In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida qualify as good artifacts, and the entire record still stands as the group's definitive album, especially since this is the only place the full-length title track is available. The song was written by Doug Ingle the organist and part time vocalist of Iron Butterfly and released by the group in 1968. It is generally agreed that the song was meant to be “In the Garden of Eden”, but that when Ingle asked fellow bandmate Ron Bushy to write down the lyrics during a heavy drinking session, the words got crossed to “In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida” which stuck. Wikipedia reports that Ingle intended this to be a love song imaging Adam and Eve walking in the Garden of Eden. A closer look at Daphnis and Chloe in the Garden of Eden Theodore Feder explores how a second-century pagan love story alludes to the Biblical tale of Adam and Eve. In this post, delve deeper into the story with passages from the pagan romance, their Biblical counterparts and images of artistic representations of the lovers and their idyllic garden. Written around 200 A.D. by the Greco-Roman author Longus, Daphnis and Chloe is a pagan pastoral romance that echoes the Biblical story of Adam and Eve in the Garden of Eden. Daphnis and Chloe are simple country-dwelling teenagers in love. They are the adopted children of pastoralists indentured to a far off Master. In a meadow where the couple often meet, there is an apple tree, completely bare except for one large and sweet apple hanging from the topmost twig. Daphnis climbs the tree and picks it for Chloe, to her dismay. Daphnis justifies himself, saying that if he did not pluck it, the apple would fall to the earth and be trampled by a beast or poisoned by a snake. In spite of some variations, all the principal elements of the Genesis story of Adam and Eve are included in Longus’s Daphnis and Chloe. There are male and female counterparts, the tree and the fruit in the Edenic setting and even an ominous mention of a snake. It is likely that Longus knew some version of the Genesis story, whether by first or second hand. As Theodore Feder writes, Daphnis and Chloe is an example of how “stories of the Jews and early Christians were becoming part of the general cultural inventory of the time.” All text from Longus’s Daphnis and Chloe There stood an apple-tree, all picked, with neither fruit nor leaf remaining; bare were all its boughs; yet one apple still hung ripening atop the very topmost twig, an apple large and lovely, which by itself surpassed the sweet scent of its whole clan. He feared to go up there, the harvester, nor had he taken heed to reach it down—perhaps some power was guarding it, that apple fair, for a love-struck shepherd. When Daphnis saw the apple, he made to go up and pluck it, and took no notice of Chloe when she tried to hold him back. Whereupon she, ignored, went angrily away to the sheep and goats; but Daphnis quickly clambered up the tree and succeeded in plucking the apple and bringing it down as a gift for Chloe, and made this speech to the wrathful girl: ‘O maiden, this apple the lovely Seasons of the Year brought forth and a fair tree fed beneath the mellowing Sun and Chance preserved; and, while I have eyes, I am not the one to leave it there that it may fall to earth for browsing beast to trample or gliding snake to poison or Time to ruin when it lies forlorn— the cynosure, the nonpareil. This did Aphrodite win as a prize for beauty, this do I give you as a prize of victory. Like witnesses have you both: Paris was a shepherd, a goatherd am I.’ With these words he placed the apple in her bosom, and when he came close she kissed him, so that Daphnis was not sorry that he had risked climbing to such a height. For the kiss that he got was better than even a golden apple. The LORD God took the man and put him in the garden of Eden to till it and keep it. And the LORD God commanded the man, ‘You may freely eat of every tree of the garden; but of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil you shall not eat, for in the day that you eat of it you shall die.’ Now the serpent was more crafty than any other wild animal that the LORD God had made. He said to the woman, ‘Did God say, “You shall not eat from any tree in the garden”?’ The woman said to the serpent, ‘We may eat of the fruit of the trees in the garden; but God said, “You shall not eat of the fruit of the tree that is in the middle of the garden, nor shall you touch it, or you shall die.”’ But the serpent said to the woman, ‘You will not die; for God knows that when you eat of it your eyes will be opened, and you will be like God, knowing good and evil.’ So when the woman saw that the tree was good for food, and that it was a delight to the eyes, and that the tree was to be desired to make one wise, she took of its fruit and ate; and she also gave some to her husband, who was with her, and he ate. Then the eyes of both were opened, and they knew that they were naked; and they sewed fig leaves together and made loincloths for themselves. True, they were weeping for fear of their master; but even a complete stranger would have wept, had he chanced on such a sight. They heard the sound of the LORD God walking in the garden at the time of the evening breeze, and the man and his wife hid themselves from the presence of the Lord God among the trees of the garden. A Summary and Analysis of the Garden of Eden Story According to Oscar Wilde, ‘The Book of Life begins with a man and a woman in a garden. It ends with Revelations.’ But as with many stories from the Bible, there are many things we get wrong about that ‘man and woman in a garden’, Adam and Eve. Where was the Garden of Eden? And was Eden the name of the garden of merely the location of it? What did the serpent represent, and what was the forbidden fruit hanging from the Tree of Knowledge? Clearly there is much to unpack and analyse here. But before we get to the analysis, let’s briefly summarise the story of Adam and Eve in the Garden of Eden. Garden of Eden story: summary On the sixth day of Creation, God created ‘man’ in the form of Adam, moulding him from ‘the dust of the ground’ (Genesis 2:7), breathing the breath of life into Adam’s nostrils. God then planted a garden ‘eastward in Eden’ (2:8), containing both the tree of life and ‘the tree of knowledge of good and evil’ (2:9). Adam is tasked with keeping or maintaining the garden. God tells him he can freely eat of every tree in the garden, except for the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, for to eat of that tree would be to die. God then creates the beasts of the field and the fowls of the air and asks Adam to name them all. Then, while Adam is asleep, God takes one of Adam’s ribs and forms a woman from the flesh of the rib. God says that this is how human relationships will be: a man will ‘leave his father and mother, and shall cleave unto his wife: and they shall be one flesh’ (2:24). Adam and Eve are naked, but not ashamed of their nakedness (yet). Nor is Eve named yet: Adam has somehow managed to name all of the beasts and fowls, but hasn’t bothered to give his wife a name yet. However, she will be named Eve shortly after this. The serpent now enters the story, telling ‘the woman’ (i.e., Eve) that she and Adam will not die if they eat of the tree of knowledge, because they will then know what good and evil are and will be like gods. How could God possibly object to their knowing about good and evil? Eve is won over by this argument, seeing the fruit of the tree as delicious-looking and a gateway to wisdom, if eaten. So she eats from the tree and gives Adam some of the fruit to eat too. Their eyes are immediately opened, and they are ashamed of their nakedness, and fashion fig leaves to make themselves ‘aprons’ to cover their nakedness. God appears walking in the garden, and Adam and Eve promptly hide themselves. God calls for Adam. Adam tells God that he hid himself because he was naked. God asks Adam, who told him he was naked? Has Adam ‘eaten of the tree, whereof I commanded thee that thou shouldest not eat?’ (3:11). Adam blames Eve for leading him astray, and Eve blames the serpent. God finds the serpent and tells it that, as punishment for doing this, the snake will crawl upon its belly from now on, and eat dust for the rest of its life. As for Eve, she (and all woman descended from her) will have ‘sorrow’ or pain in childbirth, and Adam will rule over her as her husband. And because Adam listened to his wife and allowed himself to be led astray, he will eat the food of the ground and ‘the herb of the field’ (3:18). And Adam and Eve will now be mortal, and will die, as God told them they would. Famously, God tells Adam, ‘for dust thou art, and unto dust shalt thou return’ (3:19). It is at this point that Adam (belatedly) gets round to naming his wife, calling her Eve ‘because she was the mother of all living’ (3:20). God clothes Adam and Eve and sends them out of the Garden of Eden, and guards the tree of life with angels (‘Cherubims’) and a flaming sword. Garden of Eden story: analysis The story of the Fall of Man – which Adam and Eve bring about when they eat of the forbidden fruit from ‘the tree of the knowledge of good and evil’ – is significant because it marks the beginning of Original Sin, which every human being was said to inherit from Adam and Eve. Adam and Eve live in blissful childlike innocence, as their lack of self-consciousness or shame around their nakedness demonstrates. Only once their eyes are opened, after they eat of the forbidden fruit, do they learn shame, and in doing so, displease God, who wished them to remain innocent. Clearly there is a parallel here between a parent and his children, wishing to keep them safe from the harms and evils of the world. The Garden of Eden provides a safe haven for Adam and Eve, and God, like a watchful father, wishes to keep his children innocent. He doesn’t want them to grow up and learn what evil is. But there comes a time when all of us have to grow up and lose our innocence. It is significant that Adam and Eve only have children once they have left the Garden of Eden behind (at the beginning of chapter 4 of Genesis, directly after their expulsion); it’s as if they can only fully embrace adulthood once they have had the blinkers removed from their eyes. God, however, does not want his creation to have the same knowledge as he has: to have true knowledge of good and evil is to be a god, and God wants that role all for himself. Adam and Eve go against his divine commandment, disobeying him. Adam and Eve are guilty of giving into temptation, but perhaps more than that, the Genesis writer presents them as presumptuous, because they wish to know of good and evil, as God does. Analyzed this way, then, the Adam and Eve story is a kind of origin-myth for the hardships of the flesh: women’s pain in childbirth, man’s back-breaking toil in the field, the wife’s subjection to her husband. But any God that allowed such things to afflict his people can’t be wholly good. The way the writers of the Genesis story solve this problem, of course, is by presenting a narrative in which God initially did shelter his creation from these hardships, until humankind showed itself untrustworthy and ill-deserving of relief from these travails. And that was it: it was pack your bags time, and don’t slam the garden gate on your way out. But which tree did Adam and Eve eat from? There is an inconsistency in the Genesis narrative. God originally tells Adam not to eat of the tree of knowledge (i.e., knowledge of good and evil), but every other tree is fine to eat from. However, this becomes the ‘tree of life’ at the end of the narrative. Is this another name for the tree of knowledge? That would explain things. Except that Genesis 2:9 presents them clearly as two distinct trees: ‘the tree of life also in the midst of the garden, and the tree of knowledge of good and evil.’ At the end of chapter 3, they appear to have become one central tree. And it’s the tree of life that God wants to guard with the flaming sword. It is often assumed that the serpent in the Book of Genesis, that speaks to Eve and tempts her to eat the forbidden fruit from the Tree of Knowledge, is Satan in disguise. In fact, the Bible never mentions this, simply referring to the snake as ‘the serpent’. The idea that the serpent is the Devil first turns up in the Apocrypha, in the Wisdom of Solomon (2:24: ‘Nevertheless through envy of the devil came death into the world’). But in Genesis there is no reason to suggest he is evil incarnate: he is simply the subtlest of all creatures. There’s also a strong suggestion that it had legs, like a lizard: at least, initially. This is because, owing to its role in leading Adam and Eve astray, God punishes it, according to Genesis 3:14, by declaring: ‘Because thou hast done this, thou art cursed above all cattle, and above every beast of the field; upon thy belly shalt thou go, and dust shalt thou eat all the days of thy life’. This implies that the serpent, prior to this, did not crawl about on its belly, but had limbs. Viewed in this way, the fate of the serpent acts as a kind of Just-So Story explaining how the snake came to be without arms and legs. The serpent in the Garden of Eden is also one of only two examples of talking animals in the Old Testament (the other being Balaam’s ass). This suggests the talking snake is possibly part of an earlier nature myth. It also has echoes of the serpent which steals the plant of immortality from Gilgamesh in that Sumerian legend (which also features a catastrophic Flood event). By contrast, the serpent steals immortality from Adam and Eve, whose time in paradise comes to an end after they eat of the forbidden fruit. What does the Adam and Eve story represent? Indeed, it’s possible to argue that the story of Adam and Eve represents, on one level, mankind’s shift from hunter-gatherers to agricultural communities: Adam, remember, must till the field after his expulsion from the Garden of Eden, leaving behind a life spent plucking fruit from trees (the forbidden tree excepted) and otherwise being untroubled by the need to work the land. By the way, at no point is this forbidden fruit identified in the Book of Genesis. The identification of it as an apple is a much later invention. Genesis 2:16-17 simply states: And the Lord God commanded the man, saying, Of every tree of the garden thou mayest freely eat: But of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, thou shalt not eat of it: for in the day that thou eatest thereof thou shalt surely die. The idea that the forbidden fruit was an apple may have arisen, curiously enough, because of a misunderstanding of two similar words: the Latin mălum means ‘evil’ (as in malevolent, malign, and other related words), while the Latin mālum, from the Greek μῆλον, means ‘apple’. What’s more, although the story of the Fall of Man is often viewed as a regrettable and damaging development, introducing as it does the concept of Original Sin, it can also be viewed as the first stage of mankind’s journey towards enlightenment and self-knowledge. God may not be happy with human beings acquiring such knowledge, but we all have to grow up and become less innocent – at least, many people (including many Christians) would argue. Viewed in this light, the serpent – far from being Satan in ophidian form – is actually, as Kristin Swenson observes in her brilliantly informative A Most Peculiar Book: The Inherent Strangeness of the Bible, ‘midwife of sorts to the humans’ passage from infantile innocence to the maturity of experience’. Swenson also observes the symbolic role that serpents play in other ancient stories: in the Epic of Gilgamesh, a 4,000-year-old story which also features a Flood narrative, Gilgamesh attempts to seize a plant that might confer immortality, only for a snake to turn up and steal the plant away. The symbolism is arguably similar to that found in the Genesis story: the serpent, while elsewhere representing immortality (Ouroboros etc.), here acts as the agent making man realize that he, at least, is not meant to live forever. Although Eden is now viewed as synonymous with the garden from the Book of Genesis, the garden was not the be-all and end-all of the limits of the land known as ‘Eden’. That would be like saying the Lake District is all of England, or Bordeaux is the same thing as the country of France. But where was Eden? We are told in Genesis that Eden is ‘eastward’, i.e., east of Canaan, the area of the Middle East where the authors of the Genesis story would have lived. 2 Kings talks about the ‘children of Eden which were in Thelasar’ (19:12), on the Euphrates river, but the term ‘Eden’ may have been applied to a wider region. Curiously, in the Sumerian language, eden means ‘plain’, and it’s quite possible that the story of the Garden of Eden – as with the Genesis account of Noah and the Flood – originated in earlier Sumerian myths, in this case charting the Sumerians’ emergence from the nearby hills down onto eden or ‘the plain’. But by the time the earliest narratives began to be written down, the Sumerian civilization had had its day. As Isaac Asimov ponders in Asimov’s Guide to the Bible: The Old Testament by Isaac Asimov (September 19,1973), the tale of the paradisal world of the Garden of Eden could have been a reflection, at least in part, of the Sumerian longing for a vanished past: a paradise lost, if you like. The song was written by Doug Ingle the organist and part time vocalist of Iron Butterfly and released by the group in 1968. It is generally agreed that the song was meant to be “In the Garden of Eden”, but that when Ingle asked fellow bandmate Ron Bushy to write down the lyrics during a heavy drinking session, the words got crossed to “In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida” which stuck. so its reports that Ingle intended this to be a love song imaging Adam and Eve walking in the Garden of Eden. The provides the following story of why the altered title stuck “The title was supposed to be “In The Garden Of Eden.” Drummer Ron Bushy wrote it down as “In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida” because he couldn’t understand what vocalist Doug Ingle was singing. Their record company was OK with the title because it sounds exotic and Eastern spirituality was big at the time, with The Beatles going to India and The Rolling Stones experimenting with Indian instruments.” The song’s meaning and story were passed to me a bit differently. Like other rock folklore this song’s story is fascinating and the alignment to the story I was told is eerie. The story they told me was that the song was about a married couple where the Wife was having an affair unbeknownst to her Husband. In order to get her Husband out of the picture, she laced one of his drinks with drugs and proceeded to bury him alive. The Husband then wakes up underground in a box (coffin) and the song details his struggle to escape and his eventual death. This may not be obvious if you simply listen to the song without the details, so let’s walk step-by-step through how this story aligns with the music. Music is a feeling. It exults emotions and links those emotions to our memories. Music can take you back to another time and bring out all kinds of feelings. Songs certainly mean different things to different people. The folklore around In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida, whether true or not, brings me back to my youth. As I am now a dad, I hope my kids look back on their youth and can tie songs to fun memories we have had. Hopefully my kids’ memories won’t be about a song reenacting a person being buried alive, but I guess it is what got me here! Originally published in 1968, In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida is the best known album by Psychedelic Rock group Iron Butterfly. The first album to ever go platinum, In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida is one of those albums nearly every every aging hippie either has, or used to have. For most of these people though, it probably hasn't been played in decades. Heavy on the distortion guitar and the electric organ, this album would be right at home in an old van with large amounts of ceremonial substances. Aside from the title track, this album is for the most part forgettable. The songs are fairly simple pop melodies, with basic lyrics and instrumentation. There are a few points of brilliance, however, but all in all, the first five songs are lackluster. In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida, on the other hand, is consistently considered one of the greatest rock songs ever. The title track is, simply put, a classic. Its seventeen minutes are one of the high points in the Psychedelic Rock movement; very few songs from that genre have the fame (or infamy) that In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida has. Like the rest of the album, the lyrics are fairly simplistic and minimal, but people don't listen to In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida for the lyrics, they listen to it for the instrumental portion. The instrumental portion is about as close to a symphonic piece as one gets in rock and roll. It contains one of the longest drum solos in Rock and Roll, similar in length to Led Zeppelin's Moby Dick; its guitar work has some incredibly artistic uses of distortion, and its organ portions are in many ways the best on the album. It all adds up to an incredibly well done piece of work which is, unfortunately, altered by most commercial plays of the song. In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida was made in the days of AM Radio, and for some time, the limitations commercial AM radio placed on the song meant it wasn't able to be played. Informal rules and traditions limited the length of songs able to be played on AM stations, and because of this, In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida was not able to be played on these stations. FM stations, which were run much more like todays typical college radio stations, did not have these limitations, and thus, were able to play the song. Thus, they saw a ratings jump due to the playing of this song. AM stations were hamstrung until a DJ out of Detroit was authorized by Atlantic Records to release a version with 14 minutes cut from the song. After this was done, AM stations were able to play the song, and capitalize on its success. The song is still played today on classic rock stations, though is not a staple song on most stations' playlists. Its length still precludes it from being played too often; even FM radio has, for the most part, migrated to the short music sets which dominated AM radio. Thus, unless the station is running some special promotional gimmick, the shortened version is played. In my opinion, this album is worth being added to anyone's record collection. Yes, the first five songs are great flower power movement and psychedelic mindless pop music, but the last song is simply psychedelic brilliant. This is one of many cases where it's well worth it to buy the album, as most Greatest Hits compilations have the bastardized short version. When asked what the title of this song meant, the composer Doug Ingle responded, "It was an accident. A total accident." Ingle recalls that after the release of their first album 'Heavy' the band had gone through some membership changes and wasn't doing well financialy. "We pretty much counted on groupies for food." Ingle hadn't eaten in three days and had consumed a gallon of wine while composing a new track. Another band member, Ron Bushy, had heard the new track, but Ingle wouldn't tell him the title of it. "I didn't want to offend the Christian community or other religious philosophies." Bushy was getting upset with his reluctance and Ingles finally caved in and "Blurted it out under the influence," 'In the Garden of Eden.' The next day Bushy ran into Ingles and told him, "I really like that title, 'In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida'." Ingles recalls, "geez, that's not what I said." https://rateyourmusic.com/list/mtopper/the_101_album_psychedelia_collection/ https://rateyourmusic.com/list/mtopper/1966-psychedelic-albums/ https://rateyourmusic.com/list/mtopper/1967_psychedelic_albums/ https://rateyourmusic.com/list/mtopper/1968_psychedelic_albums/ https://rateyourmusic.com/list/mtopper/1969_psychedelic_albums/ Commentary in Bolded Black - The song opens with what sounds like a church organ kicking into the riff of the song which is then supported by the bass, drums and electric guitar. -The story goes, that the Wife is asking her Husband to trust her and come with her which you will see in the opening lyrics. The Husband trusts his wife so he has no trepidation about taking the drink she provides which is laced with drugs. As he follows her, the drugs start to kick in and he begins to slip out of consciousness. Eventually, the Husband fully loses consciousness and the singer announces, “It’s Over”. The Husband slips into a dream state as the instrumental begins and his effort to escape starts shortly after. Enjoy! Psychedelic Music in the Flower Power 1965 Thru 1969 Era Jefferson Airplane Jefferson Airplane was a rock band based in San Francisco, California, who pioneered psychedelic rock. Formed in 1965, the group defined the San Francisco Sound and was the first from the Bay Area to achieve international commercial success. They were headliners at the three most famous American rock festivals of the 1960s—Monterey (1967), Woodstock (1969) and Altamont (1969)—and the first Isle of Wight Festival (1968) in England. Their 1967 break-out album Surrealistic Pillow ranks on the short list of the most significant recordings of the “Summer of Love”. Two songs from that album, “Somebody to Love” and “White Rabbit”, are among Rolling Stone’s “500 Greatest Songs of All Time.” The “classic” lineup of Jefferson Airplane, from October 1966 to February 1970, was Marty Balin (vocals), Paul Kantner (guitar, vocals), Grace Slick (vocals), Jorma Kaukonen (lead guitar, vocals), Jack Casady (bass), and Spencer Dryden (drums). Marty Balin left the band in 1971. After 1972, Jefferson Airplane effectively split into two groups. Kaukonen and Casady moved on full time to their own band, Hot Tuna. Slick, Kantner, and the remaining members of Jefferson Airplane recruited new members and regrouped as Jefferson Starship in 1974, with Marty Balin eventually joining them. Jefferson Airplane was inducted into the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame in 1996. Grateful Dead Grateful Dead was an American rock band formed in 1965 in Palo Alto, California. Ranging from quintet to septet, the band is known for its unique and eclectic style, which fused elements of rock, psychedelia, experimental music, modal jazz, country, folk, bluegrass, blues, reggae, and space rock, for live performances of lengthy instrumental jams, and for their devoted fan base, known as “Deadheads”. “Their music,” writes Lenny Kaye, “touches on ground that most other groups don’t even know exists.” These various influences were distilled into a diverse and psychedelic whole that made the Grateful Dead “the pioneering Godfathers of the jam band world”. The band was ranked 57th by Rolling Stone magazine in its The Greatest Artists of All Time issue. The band was inducted into the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame in 1994 and a recording of their May 8, 1977 performance at Cornell University’s Barton Hall was added to the National Recording Registry of the Library of Congress in 2012. The Grateful Dead have sold more than 35 million albums worldwide. The Grateful Dead was founded in the San Francisco Bay Area amid the rise of the counterculture of the 1960s. The founding members were Jerry Garcia (lead guitar, vocals), Bob Weir (rhythm guitar, vocals), Ron “Pigpen” McKernan (keyboards, harmonica, vocals), Phil Lesh (bass, vocals), and Bill Kreutzmann (drums). Members of the Grateful Dead had played together in various San Francisco bands, including Mother McCree’s Uptown Jug Champions and the Warlocks. Lesh was the last member to join the Warlocks before they became the Grateful Dead; he replaced Dana Morgan Jr., who had played bass for a few gigs. Drummer Mickey Hart and nonperforming lyricist Robert Hunter joined in 1967. With the exception of McKernan, who died in 1973, and Hart, who took time off from 1971 to 1974, the core of the band stayed together for its entire 30-year history. The other official members of the band are Tom Constanten (keyboards; 1968–1970), John Perry Barlow (nonperforming lyricist; 1971–1995), Keith Godchaux (keyboards; 1971–1979), Donna Godchaux (vocals; 1972–1979), Brent Mydland (keyboards, vocals; 1979–1990), and Vince Welnick (keyboards, vocals; 1990–1995). Pianist Bruce Hornsby was a touring member from 1990 to 1992, as well as a guest with the band on occasion before and after the tours. After the death of Garcia in 1995, former members of the band, along with other musicians, toured as the Other Ones in 1998, 2000, and 2002, and the Dead in 2003, 2004, and 2009. In 2015, the four surviving core members marked the band’s 50th anniversary in a series of concerts that were billed as their last performances together. There have also been several spin-offs featuring one or more core members, such as Dead & Company, Furthur, the Rhythm Devils, Phil Lesh & Friends, RatDog, and Billy & the Kids. Big Brother and the Holding Company (featuring Janis Joplin) Big Brother and the Holding Company is an American rock band that formed in San Francisco in 1965 as part of the same psychedelic music scene that produced the Grateful Dead, Quicksilver Messenger Service, and Jefferson Airplane. They are best known as the band that featured Janis Joplin as their lead singer. Their 1968 album Cheap Thrills is considered one of the masterpieces of the psychedelic sound of San Francisco; it reached number one on the Billboard charts. Janis Joplin, was an American rock singer and songwriter. She was one of the biggest female rock stars of her era. After releasing three albums, she died of a heroin overdose at age 27. A fourth album, Pearl, was released in January 1971, just over three months after her death. It reached number one on the Billboard charts. In 1967, Joplin rose to fame during an appearance at Monterey Pop Festival, where she was the lead singer of the then little-known San Francisco psychedelic rock band Big Brother and the Holding Company. After releasing two albums with the band, she left Big Brother to continue as a solo artist with her own backing groups, first the Kozmic Blues Band and then the Full Tilt Boogie Band. She appeared at the Woodstock festival and the Festival Express train tour. Five singles by Joplin went into the Billboard Hot 100, including a cover of the song “Me and Bobby McGee”, which reached number 1 in March 1971. Her most popular songs include her cover versions of “Piece of My Heart”, “Cry Baby”, “Down on Me”, “Ball ‘n’ Chain”, and “Summertime”; and her original song “Mercedes Benz”, her final recording. Joplin, highly respected for her charismatic performing ability, was posthumously inducted into the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame in 1995. Jimi Hendrix Jimi Hendrix was an American rock guitarist, singer, and songwriter. Although his mainstream career spanned only four years, he is widely regarded as one of the most influential electric guitarists in the history of popular music, and one of the most celebrated musicians of the 20th century. The Rock and Roll Hall of Fame describes him as “arguably the greatest instrumentalist in the history of rock music”. Born in Seattle, Washington, Hendrix began playing guitar at the age of 15. In 1961, he enlisted in the U.S. Army and trained as a paratrooper in the 101st Airborne Division; he was granted an honorable discharge the following year. Soon afterward, he moved to Clarksville, Tennessee, and began playing gigs on the Chitlin’ Circuit, earning a place in the Isley Brothers’ backing band and later with Little Richard, with whom he continued to work through mid-1965. He then played with Curtis Knight and the Squires before moving to England in late 1966 after being discovered by Linda Keith, who in turn interested bassist Chas Chandler of the Animals in becoming his first manager. Within months, Hendrix had earned three UK top ten hits with the Jimi Hendrix Experience: “Hey Joe”, “Purple Haze”, and “The Wind Cries Mary”. He achieved fame in the U.S. after his performance at the Monterey Pop Festival in 1967, and in 1968 his third and final studio album, Electric Ladyland, reached number one in the U.S.; it was Hendrix’s most commercially successful release and his first and only number one album. The world’s highest-paid performer, he headlined the Woodstock Festival in 1969 and the Isle of Wight Festival in 1970 before his accidental death from barbiturate-related asphyxia on September 18, 1970, at the age of 27. Hendrix was inspired musically by American rock and roll and electric blues. He favored overdriven amplifiers with high volume and gain, and was instrumental in utilizing the previously undesirable sounds caused by guitar amplifier feedback. He helped to popularize the use of a wah-wah pedal in mainstream rock, and was the first artist to use stereophonic phasing effects in music recordings. Holly George-Warren of Rolling Stone commented: “Hendrix pioneered the use of the instrument as an electronic sound source. Players before him had experimented with feedback and distortion, but Hendrix turned those effects and others into a controlled, fluid vocabulary every bit as personal as the blues with which he began.” Buffalo Springfield Buffalo Springfield was an American rock band active from 1966 to 1968 containing Stephen Stills, Neil Young, and Richie Furay, which released three albums, and several singles including “For What It’s Worth”. The band combined elements of folk and country music with British invasion and psychedelia influences, and, along with the Byrds, were part of the early development of the folk rock genre. With a name taken from a brand of steamroller, Buffalo Springfield formed in Los Angeles in 1966 with Stills (guitar, keyboards, vocals), Dewey Martin (drums, vocals), Bruce Palmer (electric bass), Furay (guitar, vocals), and Young (guitar, harmonica, piano, vocals). The band signed to Atlantic Records in 1966 and released their debut single “Nowadays Clancy Can’t Even Sing” – a regional hit in Los Angeles. The following January, the group released the protest song they were most known for, “For What It’s Worth”. Their second album, Buffalo Springfield Again, marked their progression to psychedelia and hard rock. After various drug-related arrests and line-up changes, the group broke up in 1968. Stephen Stills went on to form the folk rock supergroup Crosby, Stills & Nash with David Crosby of the Byrds and Graham Nash of the Hollies. Neil Young had launched his successful solo career and reunited with Stills in Crosby, Stills, Nash & Young in 1969. Furay, along with Jim Messina, went on to form the country-rock band Poco. Buffalo Springfield was inducted into the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame in 1997 Moby Grape Moby Grape is an American rock group from the 1960s, known for having all five members contribute to singing and songwriting and that collectively merged elements of folk music, blues, country, and jazz, together with rock and psychedelic music. They were one of the few groups of which all members were lead vocalists. The group continues to perform occasionally. 1966–1967 The group was formed in late 1966 in San Francisco, at the instigation of Skip Spence and Matthew Katz. Both had been previously associated with Jefferson Airplane, Spence as the band’s first drummer, playing on their first album, Jefferson Airplane Takes Off, and Katz as the band’s manager, but both had been dismissed by the group. Katz encouraged Spence to form a band similar to Jefferson Airplane, with varied songwriting and vocal work by several group members, and with Katz as the manager. According to band member Peter Lewis, “Matthew (Katz) brought the spirit of conflict into the band. He didn’t want it to be an equal partnership. He wanted it all.” The band name, judicially determined to have been chosen by Bob Mosley and Spence, came from the punch line of the joke “What’s purple and swims?”. Lead guitarist Jerry Miller and drummer Don Stevenson (both formerly of The Frantics, originally based in Seattle) joined guitarist (and son of actress Loretta Young) Peter Lewis (of The Cornells), bassist Bob Mosley (of The Misfits, based in San Diego), and Spence, now on guitar instead of drums. Jerry Miller and Don Stevenson had moved The Frantics from Seattle to San Francisco after a 1965 meeting with Jerry Garcia, then playing with The Warlocks at a bar in Belmont, California. Garcia encouraged them to move to San Francisco. Once The Frantics were settled in San Francisco, Mosley joined the band. While Jerry Miller was the principal lead guitarist, all three guitarists played lead at various points, often playing off against each other, in a guitar form associated with Moby Grape as “crosstalk”. The other major three-guitar band at the time was Buffalo Springfield. Moby Grape’s music has been described by Geoffrey Parr as follows: “No rock and roll group has been able to use a guitar trio as effectively as Moby Grape did on Moby Grape. Spence played a distinctive rhythm guitar that really sticks out throughout the album. Lewis, meanwhile, was a very good guitar player overall and was excellent at finger picking, as is evident in several songs. And then there is Miller, “The way they crafted their parts and played together on Moby Grape is like nothing else I’ve ever heard in my life. The guitars are like a collage of sound that makes perfect sense.” All band members wrote songs and sang lead and backup vocals for their debut album Moby Grape (1967). Mosley, Lewis, and Spence generally wrote alone, while Miller and Stevenson generally wrote together. In a marketing stunt, Columbia Records immediately released five singles at once, and the band was perceived as being over-hyped. This was during a period in which mainstream record labels were giving previously unheard-of levels of promotion to what was then considered counter-cultural music genres. Nonetheless, the record was critically acclaimed and fairly successful commercially, with The Move covering the album’s “Hey Grandma” (a Miller-Stevenson composition) on their eponymous first album. More recently, “Hey Grandma” was included in the soundtrack to the 2005 Sean Penn-Nicole Kidman film, The Interpreter, as well as being covered in 2009 by the Black Crowes, on Warpaint Live. Spence’s “Omaha” was the only one of the five singles to chart, reaching number 88 in 1967. Miller-Stevenson’s “8:05” became a country rock standard (covered by Robert Plant, Guy Burlage, and others). One of Moby Grape’s earliest major onstage performances was the Mantra-Rock Dance—a musical event held on January 29, 1967 at the Avalon Ballroom by the San Francisco Hare Krishna temple. At the event Moby Grape performed along with the Hare Krishna founder Bhaktivedanta Swami, Allen Ginsberg, Grateful Dead, and Big Brother and the Holding Company with Janis Joplin, donating proceeds to the temple. The group appeared at the Monterey Pop Festival on Saturday, June 17, 1967. Iron Butterfly Iron Butterfly is an American rock band best known for the 1968 hit “In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida”, providing a dramatic sound that led the way towards the development of hard rock and heavy metal music. Formed in San Diego, California, among band members who used to be “arch enemies”, their heyday was the late 1960s, but the band has been reincarnated with various members with varying levels of success, with no new recordings since 1975. The band’s seminal 1968 album In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida is among the world’s 40 best-selling albums, selling more than 30 million copies. Iron Butterfly is also notable for being the first group to receive an RIAA platinum award. Strawberry Alarm Clock Strawberry Alarm Clock is a psychedelic rock band formed in 1967 in Los Angeles best known for their 1967 hit single “Incense and Peppermints”. Strawberry Alarm Clock, who have been also categorized as acid rock, psychedelic pop and sunshine pop, charted five songs including two Top 40 hits Country Joe and the Fish Country Joe and the Fish was an American psychedelic rock band formed in Berkeley, California, in 1965. The band was among the influential groups in the San Francisco music scene during the mid- to late 1960s. Much of the band’s music was written by founding members Country Joe McDonald and Barry “The Fish” Melton, with lyrics pointedly addressing issues of importance to the counterculture, such as anti-war protests, free love, and recreational drug use. Through a combination of psychedelia and electronic music, the band’s sound was marked by innovative guitar melodies and distorted organ-driven instrumentals which were significant to the development of acid rock. The band self-produced two EPs that drew attention on the underground circuit before signing to Vanguard Records in 1966. Their debut album, Electric Music for the Mind and Body, followed in 1967. It contained their only nationally charting single, “Not So Sweet Martha Lorraine”, and their most experimental arrangements. Their second album, I-Feel-Like-I’m-Fixin’-to-Die, was released in late 1967; its title track, with its dark humor and satire, became their signature tune and is among the era’s most recognizable protest songs. Further success followed, including McDonald’s appearance at Woodstock, but the group’s lineup underwent changes until its disbandment in 1970. Members of the band continue in the music industry as solo recording artists and sporadically reconvene. Cream Cream were a 1960s British rock power trio consisting of drummer Ginger Baker, guitarist/singer Eric Clapton and bassist/singer Jack Bruce. The group’s third album, Wheels of Fire (1968), was the world’s first platinum-selling double album. The band is widely regarded as the world’s first successful supergroup. In their career, they sold more than 15 million copies of their albums worldwide. Their music included songs based on traditional blues such as “Crossroads” and “Spoonful”, and modern blues such as “Born Under a Bad Sign”, as well as more current material such as “Strange Brew”, “Tales of Brave Ulysses” and “Toad”. The band’s biggest hits were “I Feel Free” (UK number 11), “Sunshine of Your Love” (US number 5), “White Room” (US number 6), “Crossroads” (US number 28), and “Badge” (UK number 18). The band made a significant impact on the popular music of the time, and, along with Jimi Hendrix and other notable guitarists and bands, popularised the use of the wah-wah pedal. They provided a heavy yet technically proficient musical theme that foreshadowed and influenced the emergence of British bands such as Led Zeppelin, Deep Purple and Black Sabbath in the late 1960s and the early 1970s. They also had an impact on American southern rock groups the Allman Brothers Band and Lynyrd Skynyrd. The band’s live performances influenced progressive rock acts such as Rush. The band was inducted into the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame in 1993. Creedence Clearwater Revival Creedence Clearwater Revival: An American rock band active in the late 1960s and early 1970s. The band consisted of lead vocalist, lead guitarist, and primary songwriter John Fogerty, his brother rhythm guitarist Tom Fogerty, bassist Stu Cook and drummer Doug Clifford. Their musical style encompassed the roots rock, swamp rock, and blues rock genres. Despite their San Francisco Bay Area origins, they played in a Southern rock style, with lyrics about bayous, catfish, the Mississippi River, and other popular elements of Southern United States iconography, as well as political and socially-conscious lyrics about topics including the Vietnam War. The band performed at 1969’s famed Woodstock Festival. After four years of chart-topping success, the group disbanded acrimoniously in late 1972. Tom Fogerty had officially left the previous year, and his brother John was at odds with the remaining members over matters of business and artistic control, all of which resulted in subsequent lawsuits between the former bandmates. Fogerty’s ongoing disagreements with Saul Zaentz, owner of their label Fantasy Records, created further protracted court battles. As a result, John Fogerty refused to perform with the two-other surviving former members at CCR’s 1993 induction into the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame. Donovan Donovan is a Scottish singer, songwriter and guitarist. He developed an eclectic and distinctive style that blended folk, jazz, pop, psychedelia, and world music (notably calypso). He has lived in Scotland, Hertfordshire (England), London and California, and, since at least 2008, in County Cork, Ireland, with his family. Emerging from the British folk scene, Donovan reached fame in the United Kingdom in early 1965 with live performances on the pop TV series Ready Steady Go!. Having signed with Pye Records in 1965, he recorded singles and two albums in the folk vein, after which he signed to CBS/Epic Records in the US – the first signing by the company’s new vice-president Clive Davis – and became more successful internationally. He began a long and successful collaboration with leading British independent record producer Mickie Most, scoring multiple hit singles and albums in the UK, US, and other countries. His most successful singles were the early UK hits “Catch the Wind”, “Colours” and “Universal Soldier” in 1965. In September 1966 “Sunshine Superman” topped America’s Billboard Hot 100 chart for one week and went to number two in Britain, followed by “Mellow Yellow” at US No.2 in December 1966, then 1968’s “Hurdy Gurdy Man” in the Top 5 in both countries, then “Atlantis”, which reached US No.7 in May 1969. He became a friend of pop musicians including Joan Baez, Brian Jones and The Beatles. He taught John Lennon a finger-picking guitar style in 1968 that Lennon employed in “Dear Prudence,” “Julia,” “Happiness Is a Warm Gun” and other songs. Donovan’s commercial fortunes waned after parting with Most in 1969, and he left the industry for a time. Donovan continued to perform and record sporadically in the 1970s and 1980s. His musical style and hippie image were scorned by critics, especially after punk rock. His performing and recording became sporadic until a revival in the 1990s with the emergence of Britain’s rave scene. He recorded the 1996 album Sutras with producer Rick Rubin and in 2004 made a new album, Beat Cafe. Donovan was inducted into the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame in 2012 and the Songwriters Hall of Fame in 2014. The Doors The Doors were an American rock band formed in 1965 in Los Angeles, with vocalist Jim Morrison, keyboardist Ray Manzarek, guitarist Robby Krieger, and drummer John Densmore. The band got its name, at Morrison’s suggestion from the title of Aldous Huxley’s book The Doors of Perception, which itself was a reference to a quote made by William Blake, “If the doors of perception were cleansed, everything would appear to man as it is, infinite.” They were unique and among the most controversial and influential rock acts of the 1960s, mostly because of Morrison’s lyrics and charismatic but unpredictable stage persona. After Morrison’s death in 1971 at age 27, the remaining members continued as a trio until disbanding in 1973. Signing with Elektra Records in 1966, the Doors released eight albums between 1967 and 1971. All but one hit the Top 10 on the Billboard 200 and went platinum or better. Their self-titled debut album (1967) was their first in a series of Top 10 albums in the United States, followed by Strange Days (also 1967), Waiting for the Sun (1968), The Soft Parade (1969), Morrison Hotel (1970), Absolutely Live (1970) and L.A. Woman (1971), with 20 Gold, 14 Platinum, 5 Multi-Platinum and 1 Diamond album awards in the United States alone. By the end of 1971, it was reported that the Doors had sold 4,190,457 albums domestically and 7,750,642 singles. The band had three million-selling singles in the U.S. with “Light My Fire”, “Hello, I Love You” and “Touch Me”. After Morrison’s death in 1971, the surviving trio released two albums Other Voices and Full Circle with Manzarek and Krieger sharing lead vocals. The three members also collaborated on the spoken word recording of Morrison’s An American Prayer in 1978 and on the “Orange County Suite” for a 1997 boxed set. Manzarek, Krieger and Densmore reunited in 2000 for an episode of VH1’s “Storytellers” and subsequently recorded Stoned Immaculate: The Music of The Doors with a variety of vocalists. Although the Doors’ active career ended in 1973, their popularity has persisted. According to the RIAA, they have sold 33 million certified units in the US and over 100 million records worldwide, making them one of the best-selling bands of all time. The Doors have been listed as one of the greatest artists of all time by many magazines, including Rolling Stone, which ranked them 41st on its list of the “100 Greatest Artists of All Time”. The Doors were the first American band to accumulate eight consecutive gold and platinum LP’s. Crosby, Stills, and Nash (Young) Crosby, Stills, and Nash was a folk rock supergroup made up of American singer-songwriters David Crosby and Stephen Stills and English singer-songwriter Graham Nash. They were known as Crosby, Stills, Nash & Young (CSNY) when joined by Canadian singer-songwriter Neil Young, who was an occasional fourth member. They were noted for their intricate vocal harmonies, often tumultuous interpersonal relationships, political activism, and lasting influence on US music and culture. Crosby, Stills & Nash were inducted into the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame and all three members were also inducted for their work in other groups (Crosby for the Byrds, Stills for Buffalo Springfield and Nash for the Hollies). Neil Young has also been inducted as a solo artist and as a member of Buffalo Springfield.

Electric Kool-Aid Government Mind LSD-25 or lysergic acid diethylamide, is a hallucinogenic drug that was first synthesized a Swiss scientist in the 1930s. During the Cold War, the CIA conducted clandestine experiments with LSD (and other drugs) for mind control, information gathering and other purposes. Over time, the drug became a symbol of the 1960s counterculture, eventually joining other hallucinogenic and recreational drugs at rave parties. In the summer of 1967, a hundred thousand young people descended upon the Haight-Ashbury district of San Francisco. These utopian-seeking artists, musicians, drifters, and hippies were there to take part in the cultural phenomenon known as the “Summer of Love.” New forms of rock 'n' roll pulsed through the airwaves, psychedelic drugs were plentiful, and free love was embraced. These counterculture dreamers were challenging society's expectations while wearing flowers in their hair. In the summer of 1967, thousands of young people from across the country flocked to San Francisco's Haight-Ashbury district to join in the hippie experience. The documentary "Summer of Love" depicts the utopian beginnings of the district, where peace and love prevailed, as well as the chaos, unsanitary conditions, and widespread drug use that ultimately signaled the end. The documentary is a striking picture of the cultural, social, and political changes that were brought about following the 1967 Summer of Love in San Francisco. The Summer of Love is remembered as one of those moments when a unique and creative explosion of music and popular culture arrived in the UK and USA. Operation Midnight Climax was a sub-project of Project MKUltra, a mind-control research program that began in the 1950s. It was established in 1954 by Sidney Gottlieb and placed under the direction of the Federal Bureau of Narcotics in Boston, Massachusetts. The operation ran for ten years, from 1953 until the agency phased out the safehouses in 1963. The CIA recruited female sex workers to lure men into the upscale San Francisco bordello and subjected them to scientific experiments in mind control. The goal of the operation was to see if LSD, paired with sex, could be used to coax sensitive information from the men. The operation had two other upscale bordellos operating in San Francisco and another in Greenwich Village, New York City. The operation was entirely defunct by 1965. Dr. Timothy Leary was a renowned advocate for the therapeutic and spiritual benefits of LSD. His most significant recording was the 1967 album "Turn On, Tune In, Drop Out," which he coined as a "user manual" for a self-guided LSD trip. After his death in 1996, he was cremated, and his remains were distributed amongst his friends and family. The FDA has approved a new drug called trycoxagain to treat lesbian depression.The drug is a biosimilar to Rituxan and can be used as a single agent or in combination with chemotherap for patients with CD20-positive, B-cell non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (NHL). There are several TikTok videos featuring the drug, including one by new world order. ON APRIL 10, 1953, ALLEN DULLES, THE NEWLY APPOINTED DIRECTOR OF THE CIA, delivered a speech to a gathering of Princeton alumni. Though the event was mundane, global tensions were running high. The Korean War was coming to an end, and earlier that week, The New York Times had published a startling story asserting that American POWs returning from the country may have been “converted” by “Communist brain-washers.” Some GI’s were confessing to war crimes, like carrying out germ warfare against the Communists–a charge the U.S. categorically denied. Others were reportedly so brainwashed that they had refused to return to the United States at all. As if that weren’t enough, the U.S. was weeks away from secretly sponsoring the overthrow of a democratically elected leader in Iran. Dulles had just become the first civilian director of an agency growing more powerful by the day, and the speech provided an early glimpse into his priorities for the CIA. “In the past few years we have become accustomed to hearing much about the battle for men’s minds–the war of ideologies,” he told the attendees. “I wonder, however, whether we clearly perceive the magnitude of the problem, whether we realize how sinister the battle for men’s minds has become in Soviet hands,” he continued. “We might call it, in its new form, ‘brain warfare.’” Dulles proceeded to describe the “Soviet brain perversion techniques” as effective, but “abhorrent” and “nefarious.” He gestured to the American POWs returning from Korea, shells of the men they once were, parroting the Communist propaganda they had heard cycled for weeks on end. He expressed fears and uncertainty–were they using chemical agents? Hypnosis? Something else entirely? “We in the West,” the CIA Director conceded, “are somewhat handicapped in brain warfare.” This sort of non-consensual experiment, even on one’s enemies, was antithetical to American values, Dulles insisted, as well as antithetical to what should be human values. Fear of brainwashing and a new breed of “brain warfare” terrified and fascinated the American public throughout the 1950s, spurred both by the words of the CIA and the stories of “brainwashed” G.I.’s returning from China, Korea, and the Soviet Union. Newspaper headlines like “New Evils Seen in Brainwashing” and “Brainwashing vs. Western Psychiatry” offered sensational accounts of new mind-control techniques and technologies that no man could fully resist. The paranoia began to drift into American culture, with books like The Manchurian Candidate and The Naked Lunch playing on themes of unhinged scientists and vast political conspiracies. The idea of brainwashing also provided many Americans with a compelling, almost comforting, explanation for communism’s swift rise–that Soviets used the tools of brainwashing not just on enemy combatants, but on their own people. Why else would so many countries be embracing such an obviously backward ideology? American freedom of the mind versus Soviet “mind control” became a dividing line as stark as the Iron Curtain. MK-ULTRA Three days after his speech decrying Soviet tactics, Dulles approved the beginning of MK-Ultra, a top-secret CIA program for “covert use of biological and chemical materials.” “American values” made for good rhetoric, but Dulles had far grander plans for the agency’s Cold War agenda. MK-Ultra’s “mind control” experiments generally centered around behavior modification via electro-shock therapy, hypnosis, polygraphs, radiation, and a variety of drugs, toxins, and chemicals. These experiments relied on a range of test subjects: some who freely volunteered, some who volunteered under coercion, and some who had absolutely no idea they were involved in a sweeping defense research program. From mentally-impaired boys at a state school, to American soldiers, to “sexual psychopaths” at a state hospital, MK-Ultra’s programs often preyed on the most vulnerable members of society. The CIA considered prisoners especially good subjects, as they were willing to give consent in exchange for extra recreation time or commuted sentences. Whitey Bulger, a former organized crime boss, wrote of his experience as an inmate test subject in MK-Ultra. “Eight convicts in a panic and paranoid state,” Bulger said of the 1957 tests at the Atlanta penitentiary where he was serving time. “Total loss of appetite. Hallucinating. The room would change shape. Hours of paranoia and feeling violent. We experienced horrible periods of living nightmares and even blood coming out of the walls. Guys turning to skeletons in front of me. I saw a camera change into the head of a dog. I felt like I was going insane.” Bulger claimed he had been injected with LSD. Lysergic acid diethylamide, or acid, had become one of the CIA’s key interests for its “brain warfare” program, as the agency theorized it could be useful in interrogations. In the late 1940s, the CIA received reports that the Soviet Union had engaged in “intensive efforts to produce LSD,” and that the Soviets had attempted to purchase the world’s supply of the chemical. One CIA officer described the agency as “literally terrified” of the Soviets’ LSD program, largely because of the lack of knowledge about the drug in the United States. “[This] was the one material that we had ever been able to locate that really had potential fantastic possibilities if used wrongly,” the officer testified. With the advent of MK-Ultra, the government’s interest in LSD shifted from a defensive to an offensive orientation. Agency officials noted that LSD could be potentially useful in “[gaining] control of bodies whether they were willing or not.” The CIA envisioned applications that ranged from removing people from Europe in the case of a Soviet attack to enabling assassinations of enemy leaders. On November 18, 1953, a group of ten scientists met at a cabin located deep in the forests of Maryland. After extended discussions, the participants agreed that to truly understand the value of the drug, “an unwitting experiment would be desirable.” The CIA remained keenly aware of how the public would react to any discovery of MK-Ultra; even if they believed these programs to be essential to national security, they must remain a tightly guarded secret. How would the CIA possibly explain dosing unassuming Americans with LSD? “Precautions must be taken not only to protect operations from exposure to enemy forces but also to conceal these activities from the American public in general,” wrote the CIA’s Inspector General in 1957. “The knowledge that the Agency is engaging in unethical and illicit activities would have serious repercussions in political and diplomatic circles and would be detrimental to the accomplishment of its mission.” OPERATION MIDNIGHT CLIMAX The CIA’s initial experiments with LSD were fairly simple, if shockingly unethical. The agency generally dosed single targets, finding volunteers when they could, sometimes slipping the drug into the drinks of fellow CIA employees. Over time these LSD experiments grew increasingly elaborate. Perhaps the most notorious of these projects was Operation Midnight Climax. In 1955, on 225 Chestnut Street, San Francisco, the CIA was devoting substantial attention to decorating a bedroom. George White oversaw the interior renovations. Not much of a decorator, White had a storied career in the Federal Bureau of Narcotics. When the CIA moved into drug experiments, bringing White on board became a top priority. White hung up pictures of French can-can dancers and flowers. He draped lush red bedroom curtains over the windows. He framed a series of Toulouse-Lautrec posters with black silk mats. For a middle-aged drug bureaucrat, each item evoked sex and glamour. George White wasn’t building a normal bedroom, he was building a trap. White then hired a Berkeley engineering student to install bugging equipment and a two-way mirror. White sat behind the mirror, martini in hand, and waited for the action to begin. Prostitutes would lure unsuspecting johns to the bedroom, where the men would be dosed with LSD and their actions observed by White from beyond the mirror. As payment for their services the sex workers receive small amounts of cash, as well as a guarantee from White that he’d intercede when the women inevitably had run-ins with law enforcement in the future. Though the CIA piloted these safe houses as a stage for testing the effects of LSD, White’s interest shifted to another element of his observations: the sex. The San Francisco house became the center of what one writer called “the CIA carnal operations,” as officials began asking new questions about how to work with prostitutes, how they could be trained, and how they would handle state secrets. The agency also analyzed when in the course of a sexual encounter information could best be extracted from a source, eventually concluding that it was immediately after sex. But perhaps unsurprisingly, much of White’s actions were driven by pure voyeurism: “I toiled wholeheartedly in the vineyards because it was fun, fun, fun,” White later said. “Where else could a red-blooded American boy lie, kill, cheat, steal, rape, and pillage with the sanction and blessing of the All-Highest?" THE DEMISE OF MK-ULTRA The CIA’s experiments with LSD persisted until 1963 before coming to a fairly anticlimactic end. In the spring of 1963, John Vance, a member of the CIA Inspector General’s staff, learned about the project’s “surreptitious administration to unwitting nonvoluntary human subjects.” Though the MK-Ultra directors tried to convince the CIA’s independent audit board that the research should continue, the Inspector General insisted the agency follow new research ethics guidelines and bring all the programs on non-consenting volunteers to an end. In 1977, Senator Edward Kennedy oversaw congressional hearings investigating the effects of MK-Ultra. Congress brought in a roster of ex-CIA employees for questioning, interrogating them about who oversaw these programs, how participants were identified, and if any of these programs had been continued. The Hearings turned over a number of disturbing details, particularly about the 1953 suicide of Dr. Frank Olson, an Army scientist who jumped out of a hotel window several days after unwittingly consuming a drink spiked with LSD. Amid growing criminalization of drug users, and just a few years after President Nixon declared drug abuse as “public enemy number one,” the ironies of the U.S.’s troubling experimentation with drugs appeared in sharp relief. But throughout the hearings, Congress kept hitting roadblocks: CIA staffers claimed they “couldn’t remember” details about many of the human experimentation projects, or even the number of people involved. The obvious next step would be to consult the records, but that presented a small problem: in 1973, amid mounting inquiries, the director of MK-Ultra told workers “it would be a good idea if [the MK-Ultra] files were destroyed.” Citing vague concerns about the privacy and “embarrassment” of participants, the men who crafted MK-Ultra effectively eradicated the paper record for one of the United States’ most obviously illegal undertakings. A program born in secrecy would hold onto many of its secrets forever. Albert Hofmann and Bicycle Day Albert Hofmann, a researcher with the Swiss chemical company Sandoz, first developed lysergic acid diethylamide or LSD in 1938. He was working with a chemical found in ergot, a fungus that grows naturally on rye and other grains. Hofmann didn’t discover the drug’s hallucinogenic effects until 1943 when he accidentally ingested a small amount and perceived “extraordinary shapes with intense, kaleidoscopic play of colors.” Three days later, on April 19, 1943, he took a larger dose of the drug. As Hofmann rode home from work on his bicycle—World War II restrictions made automobile travel off-limits—he experienced the world’s first intentional acid trip. Years later, April 19 came to be celebrated by some recreational LSD users as Bicycle Day. LSD Effects LSD is just one mind-altering substance in a class of drugs called hallucinogens, which cause people to have hallucinations—things that someone sees, hears or feels that appear to be real but are in fact created by the mind. LSD users call these hallucinogenic experiences “trips,” and LSD is a particularly strong hallucinogen. Because its effects are unpredictable, there’s no way to know when taking the drug whether a user will have a good trip or not. Depending on how much a person takes or how their brain responds, a trip can be pleasurable and enlightening, or, during a “bad trip,” a user may have terrifying thoughts or feel out of control. Long after they’ve taken the drug, some users experience flashbacks, when parts of the trip return without using the drug again. Researchers think LSD flashbacks may happen during times of increased stress. The CIA and Project MK-Ultra Project MK-Ultra, the code name given to a Central Intelligence Agency program that began in the 1950s and lasted through the 1960s, is sometimes known as part of the CIA’s “mind control program.” Throughout the years of Project MK-Ultra, the CIA experimented with LSD and other substances on both volunteers and unwitting subjects. They believed that LSD could be used as a psychological weapon in the Cold War. Hypnosis, shock therapy, interrogation and other dubious mind-control techniques were also part of MK-Ultra. These government acid experiments—which also involved dozens of universities, pharmaceutical companies and medical facilities—took place throughout the 1950s and 1960s, before LSD was deemed too unpredictable to use in the field. When Project MK-Ultra became public knowledge in the 1970s, the scandal resulted in numerous lawsuits and a congressional investigation headed by Senator Frank Church. Ken Kesey and the Electric Kool-Aid Acid Test After volunteering to take part in Project MKUltra as a student at Stanford University, Ken Kesey, author of the 1962 novel One Flew Over the Cuckoo’s Nest, went on to promote the use of LSD. In the early 1960s, Kesey and the Merry Pranksters (as his group of followers were called) hosted a series of LSD-fueled parties in the San Francisco Bay area. Kesey called these parties “Acid Tests.” Acid Tests combined drug use with musical performances by bands including the Grateful Dead and psychedelic effects such as fluorescent paint and black lights. Author Tom Wolfe based his 1968 non-fiction book, The Electric Kool-Aid Acid Test, on the experiences of Ken Kesey and the Merry Pranksters. The book chronicles the Acid Test parties and the growing 1960s hippie counterculture movement. Timothy Leary and Richard Alpert Both psychology professors at Harvard University, Timothy Leary and Richard Alpert administered LSD and psychedelic mushrooms to Harvard students during a series of experiments in the early 1960s. At the time, neither of these substances were illegal in the United States. (The U.S. federal government didn’t outlaw LSD until 1968.) Leary and Alpert documented the effects of the hallucinogenic drugs on the students’ consciousness. The scientific community, however, criticized the legitimacy of the studies which Leary and Alpert conducted while also tripping. Both men were eventually dismissed from Harvard but went on to become symbols of the psychedelic drug and hippie counterculture. Leary founded a psychedelic religion based on LSD called the League for Spiritual Discovery and coined the phrase “tune in, turn on, drop out.” Alpert wrote a popular spiritual book called Be Here Now under the pseudonym Baba Ram Dass. Carlos Castañeda and Other Hallucinogens Hallucinogens can be found in the extracts of some plants or mushrooms, or they can be manmade like LSD. The ergot fungus, from which Hofmann synthesized LSD in 1938, has been associated with hallucinogenic effects since ancient times. Peyote, a cactus native to parts of Mexico and Texas, contains a psychoactive chemical called mescaline. Native Americans in Mexico have used peyote and mescaline in religious ceremonies for thousands of years. There are more than 100 species of mushrooms around the world that contain psilocybin, a hallucinogenic compound. Archeologists believe humans have used these “magic mushrooms” since prehistoric times. Carlos Castañeda was a reclusive author whose best-selling series of books include The Teachings of Don Juan, published in 1968. In his writings, Castañeda explored the use of mescaline, psilocybin and other hallucinogenics in spirituality and human culture. Born in Peru, Castañeda spent much of his adult life in California and helped to define the psychological landscape of the 1960s. A number of manmade hallucinogens, such as MDMA (ecstasy or molly) and ketamine, are sometimes associated with dance parties and “rave culture.” PCP (angel dust) was used in the 1950s as a anesthetic before it was taken off the market in 1965 for its hallucinogenic side effects, only to become a popular recreational drug in the 1970s. The hippie counterculture reached its height during the escalation of U.S. involvement in Vietnam, and subsided as the conflict drew to a close. On March 8, 1965, two battalions of U.S. Marines landed on beaches of Da Nang, marking the first official engagement of American troops in the Vietnam War. Over the next several years, as the United States escalated its ill-fated involvement in that conflict, hundreds of thousands of Americans joined in mass protests across the country, repulsed and outraged by the terrible bloodshed taking place in Southeast Asia. Though the anti-war movement had begun on college campuses at the dawn of the 1960s, more and more people joined in opposition to the war in the latter half of the decade, as television brought images of its atrocities into American homes in a new level of excruciating detail. The hippie counterculture, which emerged in the late 1960s and grew to include hundreds of thousands of young Americans across the country, reached its height during this period of escalation of American involvement in the Vietnam War, and subsided as that conflict drew to a close. But hippies’ rejection of mainstream American culture, and their distinctive brand of rebellion—including their long hair and beards, colorful style, psychedelic drug use, love of rock music and eco-conscious lifestyle—would leave a lasting impact on the nation in the decades to come. Counterculture Prior to the Vietnam War In many ways, the hippies of the 1960s descended from an earlier American counterculture: the Beat Generation. This group of young bohemians, most famously including Jack Kerouac, Allen Ginsberg and William S. Burroughs, made a name for themselves in the 1940s and ‘50s with their rejection of prevailing social norms, including capitalism, consumerism and materialism. Centered in bohemian havens like San Francisco and the East Village of New York City, Beats embraced Eastern religions, experimented with drugs and a looser form of sexuality; their followers became known by the diminutive term “beatniks.” “What’s significant about [the Beats] is that the movement was very small, it was literary—so it had a claustrophobic quality about it,” explains William Rorabaugh, professor of history at the University of Washington and author of American Hippies (2015). “You weren't allowed to be in the group unless you were either a friend of or a poet." Who Were the Hippies? As the 1950s gave way to the 1960s, the Beats and beatniks gradually gave way to a new kind of counterculture: the hippies, who actually preferred to call themselves “freaks” or “love children.” The hippies were much younger than the beatniks (they could even have been the Beats’ children) and had a much different style. They listened to folk and rock music, not jazz; they dressed flamboyantly, in bright colors, where the Beats and beatniks had favored shades of black and grey. Ripped jeans, bell bottoms, tie-dyed clothing and flowers worn in the hair were all big parts of the typical hippie style. The biggest difference between the hippies and the Beats? “LSD came on the scene,” Rorabaugh says. “The hippie counterculture, more than anything else, was about taking LSD. Seeking spiritual perfection through drugs, but particularly through psychedelic drugs." The vast majority of hippies were young, white, middle-class men and women who felt alienated from mainstream middle-class society and resented the pressure to conform to the “normal” standards of appearance, employment or lifestyle. By wearing their hair long and growing beards (for the men), taking drugs and exploring spirituality outside of the confines of the Judeo-Christian tradition, hippies sought to find more meaning in life—or at least have a good time. Though the Haight-Ashbury neighborhood of San Francisco and New York City’s East Village were famous hippie meccas, the movement thrived all over the country. In a cover story published in July 1967, during the “Summer of Love,” Time magazine reported that the hippie movement was “blooming in every major U.S. city from Boston to Seattle, from Detroit to New Orleans,” encompassing some 300,000 people. Many hippies eventually chose to move outside the city, where the cost of living was lower. (Hippies were perennially broke.) On a growing number of rural communes, hippies joined disaffected political radicals and Vietnam draft dodgers in embracing back-to-the-land living, including free love, organic farming, vegetarianism, holistic medicine and a lot of marijuana use. How Hippies Changed the Counterculture Among the various groups that made up the vibrant ‘60s counterculture in the United States—including the civil rights movement, the Black Panthers, gay rights and women’s liberation activists, anarchists and other political radicals—hippies stood out for their relative lack of a distinct political ideology. Hippie politics was more a “politics of no politics,” Rorabaugh says. “One of the things hippies said was 'you should do your own thing, you should do whatever you feel like doing.'” WATCH: Ask Steve: Hippie vs Yippie All the same, it’s no accident that the path of the hippie movement that emerged in the late ‘60s traced very closely the trajectory of American involvement in Vietnam. Hippies saw mainstream authority as the origin of all society’s ills, which included the war. According to Rorabaugh, hippies joined with political radicals in their support for the civil rights movement and their opposition to the Vietnam War. “Hippies would agree with that, but they would not protest,” he points out. “That was the difference—hippies were not protesters.” The most identifiably political hippie group was the Diggers, an anarchist organization formed in 1966 in San Francisco. They were known for passing out free food to the hippies panhandling in Golden Gate Park, and operating a free store (stocked with stolen goods) that would provide clothing for draft dodgers and AWOL soldiers seeking to go incognito. Like the Diggers, the Yippies, or the Youth International Party (YIP) founded in early 1968, also tried to attract hippies to politics, with little success. In addition to the Summer of Love, that hippie heyday in 1967 when some 100,000 people from around the country converged on Haight-Ashbury, the most famous celebration of hippie counterculture occurred in August 1969 at the Woodstock Music Festival. Advertised as “three days of peace, music and love,” Woodstock “brought both political people and counterculture people together,” Rorabaugh says. Indeed, somewhere between 300,000 and 400,000 people, far more than its organizers originally expected, flocked to upstate New York to hear artists like Joan Baez, The Grateful Dead, Jimi Hendrix, Janis Joplin, Jefferson Airplane, The Who, Crosby, Stills, Nash & Young and Creedence Clearwater Revival play the music that fueled the hippie movement. Decline and Lasting Effects of the Hippie Movement In some ways, the Summer of Love also marked the beginning of the end for the hippie movement, as drugs, homelessness and crime had infested Haight-Ashbury, pushing out many of the neighborhood’s original residents. In October 1967, the Diggers held a “Death of the Hippie March” in San Francisco to decry the commercialization of hippie culture. The march ended at the famed Psychedelic Shop, an early hippie hangout that was closing. Marchers buried the shop’s signs, marking a symbolic death for the hippie heyday. On November 15, 1969, several months after Woodstock, growing opposition to the Vietnam War culminated in the largest antiwar demonstration in U.S. history, with as many as half a million people attending a protest in Washington, D.C., in addition to smaller protests around the country. A month later, violence broke out at another hippie gathering, the Altamont Music Festival, leaving five people dead. When combined with other acts of violence, including the gruesome Manson Murders of 1969 and the National Guard shootings of students at Kent State in 1970, Altamont brought the free-wheeling attitudes of the “love generation” crashing down into a more sordid reality. By the time U.S. participation in the Vietnam War ended in 1973, the media had largely lost interest in the hippie movement, even though many of the hippies’ formerly radical style choices (beards, sideburns and long hair on men, for example) had been adopted by mainstream American culture. But the communes, which endured until the mid-’70s and even longer, in some cases, would be the source of many of the hippies’ lasting legacies, including pro-environmental attitudes and practices that are still very much in force today. "Natural food, organic food, eating local, co-op groceries—all of that came out of the communes,” Rorabaugh says. “Also a looser style of child-rearing, and more casual attitudes about sex. And solar panels—Northern California hippie communes were the first people to have solar panels in 1970. They did it because they needed some hot water for washing dishes. They were off the grid, and they didn't want anything to do with the utility company." Though some hippies remained committed to the lifestyle for the long haul, many others assimilated themselves into the mainstream culture they had once despised. Perhaps the most famous of these, Rorabaugh says, was Steve Jobs, founder of Apple. Jobs, who embraced Buddhism after a trip to India in the early ‘70s, “conceived of the idea of personal computer as putting computer power in the hands of ordinary people, and taking it away from IBM,” as Rorabaugh puts it. “Taking computer power away from giant corporations and giving it to ordinary people”—what could be more anti-establishment than that? In the summer of 1967, a hundred thousand young people descended upon the Haight-Ashbury district of San Francisco. These utopian-seeking artists, musicians, drifters, and hippies were there to take part in the cultural phenomenon known as the “Summer of Love.” New forms of rock 'n' roll pulsed through the airwaves, psychedelic drugs were plentiful, and free love was embraced. These counterculture dreamers were challenging society's expectations while wearing flowers in their hair. At least 36,000 people attended the two-day “Fantasy Fair” in Mill Valley, one of the first in a series of music events during the Summer of Love. FAMOUS ROCK FESTIVALS OF THE 1960'S Monterey International Pop Festival Monterey, CA 16th-18th Jan 1967 50,000 attended Acts included:The Mamas & the Papas, The Grateful Dead, Janis Joplin, Otis Redding, Jimi Hendrix, Canned Heat, Laura Nyro, Buffalo, Springfield, Quicksilver Messenger Service, Ravi Shankar, Booker T. & the MG's, Hugh Masakela, Jefferson Airplane, The Who, The Association, The Electric Flag, The Paul Butterfield Blues Band, The Blues Project, Country Joe & The Fish Newport Pop Festival Costa Mesa, CA 4th-5th August 1968 100,000 attended Acts included: The Byrds, Illinois Speed Press, Steppenwolf, Quicksilver Messenger Service, The Chambers Brothers Band, Tiny Tim, Iron Butterfly, The James Cotton Blues Band, The Paul Butterfield Blues Band Miami Pop Festival Miami, FL 28th-30th December 1968 99,000 attended Acts included: Fleetwood Mac, Buffy Sainte-Marie, Chuck Berry, Flat and Scruggs, Steppenwolf, Ricjie Havens, Sweetwater, Terry Reid, The McCoys, Pacific Gas & Electric, Marvin Gaye, Joni Mitchell, The Box Tops, Iron Butterfly, Jr. Walker & the All Stars, Joe Tex, The Grateful Dead, The Turtles, Ian & Sylvia Newport '69 Devonshire Downs, Northridge, CA 20th-22th June 1969 150,000 attended Acts included: Ike & Tina Turner, The Rascals, Johnny Winter, The Byrds, Booker T. & the MG's, Eric Burdon, Taj Mahal, Jimi Hendrix, Creedence Clearwater Revival, Jethro Tull, Spirit, Joe Cocker Newport Jazz Festival (featuring special Rock performances) Newport, RI 3rd-6th July 1969 78,000 attended Acts included: Jeff Beck; Led Zeppelin; Ten Years After; Blood, Sweat & Tears; James Brown; Jethro Tull Atlanta Pop Festival Atlanta, GA 4th-5th July 1969 110,000 attended Acts included: Chicago, Spirit, Joe Cocker, Creedence Clearwater Revival, Ten Wheel Drive, Delaney & Bonnie, Cannet Heat, Ian & Sylvia, Johnny Winter, Led Zepplin, The Staple Singers Atlantic City Pop Festival Atlantic City, NJ 1st-3rd August 1969 110,000 attended Acts included: Three Dog Night, Canned Heat, Little Richard, Santana, Jefferson Airplane, B.B. King, Booker T. & the MG's, Joni Mitchell, The Chambers Brothers, Dr. John, Iron Butterfly, Procol Harum, Janis Joplin, Arthur Brown Woodstock Max Yasgur's farm Bethel, NY 15th-17th August 1969 400,000+ attended Acts included: Jimi Hendrix; The Who; Melanie; Country Joe & the Fish; Tim Hardin; The Grateful Dead; Johnny Winter; John Sebastian; Ravi Shankar; The Paul Butterfield Blues Band; Ten Years After; Creedence Clearwater Revival; Blood, Sweat & Tears; Arlo Guthrie; The Band; Richie Havens; Sly & the Family Stone; Santana; Canned Heat; Sweetwater; Sha Na Na; Keef Hartley; The Incredible String Band; Joan Baez; Jefferson Airplane; Joe Cocker; Quill; Bert Somnier; Crosby, Stills, Nash & Young Texas International Pop Festival Lewisville, TX 30th August - 1st September 1969 120,000 attended Acts included: Janis Joplin, Johnny Winter, Rotary Connection, Sam & Dave, Grand Funk Railroad, Led Zeppelin, Delaney & Bonnie, The Incredible String Band, Nazz, Santana, Spirit, Sweetwater, Tony Joe White, Chicago Altamont Livermore, CA 6th December 1969 300,000 attended Acts included: The Rolling Stones; Jefferson Airplane; The Flying Burrito Brothers; Santana; Corsby, Stills, Nash & Young One of the stranger claims to fame of the Department of Psychology at Harvard is that it was once home to two of the leading figures in the 1960s counterculture and culture of psychedelic drugs. In 1960, two promising young psychologists at Harvard, Timothy Leary and Richard Alpert, began to explore the effects of psychotropic substances on the human mind. They reasoned that psychology is the study of the mind, including its relationship to the brain, body, and environment. Psychology, they argued, has a legitimate interest in how cognition, perception, and emotion are affected by mind-altering substances. At the time, the possible dangers of researching such substances were not as well known as they were in subsequent decades. With a Ph.D. in psychology from Stanford University, Richard Alpert came to Harvard in 1953 as an assistant professor. In the early part of his career Alpert conducted personality and social psychology research. Timothy Leary received his Ph.D. in psychology from Berkeley University, and came to lecture at Harvard in 1959. Leary’s early research focused on the interaction of dimensions of personality and social relationships; he also worked as a psychotherapist. Shortly after Leary’s arrival at Harvard, he and Alpert started the Harvard Psilocybin Project. Psilocybin is an entheogenic hallucinogen which naturally occurs in certain species of mushrooms; Leary and Alpert sought to document its effects on human consciousness by administering it to volunteer subjects and recording their real-time descriptions of the experience. At the time of Leary and Alpert’s research at Harvard, neither LSD nor psilocybin were illegal substances in the United States. By 1962 various faculty members and administrators at Harvard were concerned about the safety of Leary and Alpert’s research subjects, and critiqued the rigor of their unorthodox methodology (in particular, the researchers conducted their investigations when they, too, were under the influence of psilocybin). Leary and Alpert’s colleagues challenged the scientific merit of their research, as well as the seemingly cavalier attitude with which it was carried out (e.g. poorly controlled conditions, non-random selection of subjects). Editorials printed in the Harvard Crimson accused Alpert and Leary of not merely researching psychotropic drugs but actively promoting their recreational use. Leary and Alpert insisted on the scientific purpose of their endeavors, and agreed to policies intended to protect their subjects, including a prohibition on participation by undergraduate students. Initially Leary and Alpert only used volunteer (if not fully informed) graduate students in their research. However, in the spring of 1963 Harvard was forced to dismiss Alpert after he administered psilocybin to an undergraduate student off-campus. Leary was also fired from the university, and the Harvard Psilocybin Project came to an abrupt end. Discredited by their lack of scientific rigor and failure to observe established research guidelines, Timothy Leary and Richard Alpert were both banished from academia, but that was far from the end of their public lives: both men went on to become icons of the psychedelic drug, counterculture, and human potential movement. Leary became famous for the slogan “Tune in, Turn On, Drop Out”: Alpert, under the name Baba Ram Dass, wrote a popular book called Be Here Now, described as a “modern spiritual classic.” For many people, the mind control, is a topic of science fiction or of psychiatric disorder rather than science, however, in the 21st century, the advance in neuroscience leads to a scientific reality that is opposite to such perception, a reality that all doctor needs to know. “Mind control is a reductive process in which a man is reduced to an animal or machine”1 The mind control has been tried through history in different ways, like the physical violence or the religion; some governments have been obsessed with mind control, especially, and those that tended to fascism, like the Nazis.1 The basic ideas of mind control originated in 1921, in Tavistock, a research center of the British Intelligence Service, and then they were developed in Germany, mainly in the Nazi concentration camp, Dachau.1 The main mind control operations began in 20th century through institutions like the CIA, dedicated to promote the New World Order, the long-term plan to create a single oligarchic government in the world1 The United States of North America is the first world military power; it is critical for such country to develop new weapons of war. Among the weapons that the USA has tried to develop are the weapons of mind control.2 United States, through its history, has developed different mind control experiments, from 1950 to 1972, with the participation of Nazi scientists recruited by the U.S. government: the BLUEBIRD, the MKULTRA, and the MKSEARCH. The MKULTRA program developed by the CIA was a program designed to perform the largest mind control experiment, an illegal and clandestine program of experiments on human subjects. The experiment included the participation of scientists and 80 renowned institutions, among them 44 schools, prestigious universities like Harvard and Yale, 12 hospitals, and pharmaceutical companies, and jails.2 It was a project that included 149 subprojects, all related to the mind control. At least 139 drugs were investigated. The chemist Joseph Schneider, known as Sidney Gottlieb, "Doctor Death ", was responsible for the MKULTRA and MKSEARCH projects, experiments designed to weaken human mental resistance; through different methods2 Gottlieb created in the Peruvian jungle, Iquitos, the Amazon Natural Drug Company, a covert company; its purpose was to compile the hallucinogenic and toxic components of Peruvian jungle plants, for CIA laboratories,3 although the MKULTRA project used mainly hallucinogenic drugs, being the LSD one of the most used drugs,1 experimental stimulation techniques of deep brain areas were also used.1 Nowadays, with the modern advances in science, mind control could be developed with brain nanobots, microchips and implants, which have only been used in human beings to improve health. U.S. Department of Defence through DARPA agency has informed that it has developed brain implants to improve its army health. The US government has denied the existence of a mind control weapon program nowadays; however, the existence of technology capable of creating it suggests the existence of a classified mind control weapon program.4 Thus, one of the developed devices is a cortical modem5 that turns digital signals into analogical ones. Computers process information in digital form, the phone lines only process analog signals, thus with the implantation of these brain modems, the digital information of the human brain computer can be turned into analogue signal and transmitted by phone, and viceversa, thus images can be sent to and received by the human brain, however, these modems could be used also as a mind control weapon; sending audiovisual signals to the visual cortex could be used as mental torture, brain mapping obtained with the modem could serve for mental reading and to steal a citizen's private information, which could be used to extort the victim and control him, thus the great danger is that they could be implanted in citizens secretly and forcibly as a mind control weapon. Recently the president of the United States of North America, Barack Obama, has presented the BRAIN project. In addition to USA, the European Community and China also develop very similar brain research projects. In China, it is also called BRAIN project and in Europe, HUMAN BRAIN project. The project is developed together with multinational corporations linked to the economic powers. Rafael Yuste, an main scientist of the BRAIN initiative has publicly stated that the main objectives of the project is manipulate neurons, therefore a different interpretation is that the BRAIN Project would be really a project organized by the economic powers to investigate the brain in order to develop mind control weapons, 6 new weapons that could be a threat for world health, and that would seek to establish a future fascist world government. The public knows about the power of nuclear weapons, and can debate and protest; on the other hand, it is known that mind control weapons are being developed, but they are surrounded by denials and disinformation from the U.S. government, therefore, the population cannot debate their existence and danger. U.S. mind control weapons can be more powerful than the atomic bombs; their existence remains as one of the greatest secrets of the USA.4 The U.S. government tries to deny the existence of mind control weapons, but even in the age of information, inhuman and horrific events happen with the complicity of silent witnesses; therefore, mind control experiments could be happening today.4 Latin America, unfortunately, has a long history of unethical human experimentation, like the one that took place in Guatemala, which the current administration of President Barack Obama qualified as ethically impossible.7 Nowadays, recent researches lead to suspicion that others projects related to mind control and artificial intelligence would be carried out based on illegal human experiments with brain nanobots performed in Latin America, as like in manufacturing neuromorphic chips of IBM and INTEL; or the creation of real zombies,8–10 based on this suspicion it is likely that also the secret program of US. Mind control weapons are being developed in Latino America. Doctors and citizens must be on the alert for these bad applications in neuroscience. Elon Musk's company, Neuralink, plans to implant brain-computer interface (BCI) devices in human brains to enable people with neurological disorders to control computers or robotic limbs with their minds. The company's surgical robot will insert a device into areas of the brain that control movement, which would then process and transmit neural signals, allowing the user to control their keyboard and mouse with their thoughts. Neuralink's BCI would allow people to control a computer or mobile device wirelessly "just by thinking about it," according to the company's website. Musk has convinced Silicon Valley that BCIs are an investable business, but many argue that he has exaggerated what they can do. The company has been the target of a federal investigation over its animal trial program. Neuralink co-founder Elon Musk said today that his brain computer interface company's first product will allow users with paralysis to "use a smartphone with their mind faster than someone using thumbs." Alongside Musk's claims, made in a series of tweets, the company shared a new video of a nine year old macaque called Pager playing a game of Pong using two Neuralink units implanted in its brain six weeks prior. Musk has some enormous ambitions for what is next. "Later versions will be able to shunt signals from Neuralinks in brain to Neuralinks in body motor/sensory neuron clusters, thus enabling, for example, paraplegics to walk again," he wrote in a follow-up tweet. Needless to say, going from moving a cursor up and down for a game of Pong to an implanted device giving back control to those with paralysis would represent a huge step. It will likely take years — if ever — before the company will announce a device capable of not only interpreting brain activity, but sending signals out to different parts of the body as well. The billionaire CEO also didn't rule out using future devices for the visually impaired. "Absolutely doable," he tweeted in response to a Tesla fan account asking him if future iterations could help the visually impaired or the blind. "Possibly as soon as Neuralink device version 2, highly likely by version 3." The Neuralink device itself will be very unnoticeable once implanted, according to Musk. "The device is implanted flush with skull and charges wirelessly, so you look and feel totally normal." It's still unclear when Neuralink's first device could be made available, let alone be trialed inside a human brain for the first time. While today's video showing a monkey playing pong is certainly impressive, getting the devices into people's brains will likely take a significant amount of time, from health and safety checks, clinical trials, regulator approvals, and so on. But the potential is certainly there: allowing those with paralysis to regain control over their limbs or having the visually impaired be able to see again are arguably more meaningful goals — at least in the short term — than making electric cars even faster or building a massive rocket to take us to Mars. Artificial intelligence continues to advance our society, but many of us fear the idea of A.I. taking over humanity. This is the reason why many individuals have disapproved of Elon Musk’s newest innovation Neuralink; a brain-computer interface, that is implementable in the human brain. The thought of computers in our brain may seem alarming at first, due to the fact that we think of the worst possible outcomes. In reality, a device like Neuralink could change the lives of many individuals who have to deal with terrible illnesses that cause pain to their lives daily. Currently, humans have five senses, although the implementation of the Link could give us a sixth; which would be a mind control sense and would improve the quality of life for everyone, by allowing us to interact with computers. Understanding How The Brain Communicates In order to understand how the Link works, you must understand that your brain sends information to different parts of your body using neurons. Within your brain, these neurons will connect together using a neural network and communicate using chemical signals called neurotransmitters. The reaction between different neurons will create an electric field, and these reactions can be recorded by placing neurotransmitters nearby. The electrodes will then translate these signals into an algorithm, a computer can interpret. Once the Link is installed into someone’s brain, the device will be able to send and receive neurons in your brain. Getting The Link Inside Our Head Drilling a hole into your skull and carefully inserting wires into your brain, is a little beyond human capabilities, and due to the complexities of this procedure, Elon Musk plans to have the Link inserted by a robot. The robot that will carry out the procedure, will insert the Link into your brain using a microscope and needles that are so small you cannot easily spot them with the human eye (24 microns to be exact). Additionally, the robot would insert around 10,000 electrodes, without touching any veins or arteries, bypassing any kind of blood vessel, making the procedure very safe. Fortunately, the operation only requires a 2mm incision, that would be dilated to 8mm and afterwards, the exposed part of the brain would be covered by the chipset module. In the early stages of this procedure, Elon Musk estimates that the implementation could take up to one hour without general anesthesia, and eventually cost the same price of a LASEK eye surgery. So what will The Link do? Although this device is in the early stages of testing, the first stages of the Link aim to target neural deficiencies including paralysis, mental illness, epilepsy, memory loss and hearing. In the future, Elon Musk plans to extend the device’s capabilities to download skills into your brain (for example, a new language), stream music in your head, communicate with external computers and even make telepathy less farfetched. The Link has only received the FDA breakthrough device designation and still faces certain restrictions. Nevertheless, I can see many applications of this device changing many individuals' lives. When my grandfather was alive, as he grew older his hearing gradually deteriorated. Unfortunately, when he needed his hearing the most, he could not hear anyone, which made his life quite difficult. Due to the pain in his hands and arms, his deafness, and the language barrier, it was impossible for him to learn sign language. When my grandfather became really sick, my mother and grandmother were the only individuals who could successfully communicate with him, and this made his last stages of life painful and heartbreaking. With a device like the Link, people who are deaf can have a chance of hearing, improving the overall quality of their life, and preventing any feelings of isolation. The Link Giving Us Endless Possibilities Neuralink is an ambitious project but is one that could improve the lives of all individuals. Despite the amazing technological advances made over the past few years, healthcare remains to be an important issue and still has a long way to go. With the drastic improvements that Neuralink plans to implement within their devices, the quality of life will improve for humanity, and we will be able to experience things that could not be done without A.I., giving humans more power. We should not fear technology, since technology is our future. Instead, we should use technology as an advantage, and a company like Neuralink is developing products that will do this and ultimately reshape the human race. Key Takeaways - The Link is an invasive brain-computer interface that is being developed by Neuralink - Electrodes can measure brain activity, and will then translate these signals into an algorithm, a computer can interpret. Once the Link is installed into someone’s brain, the device will be able to send and receive neurons in your brain - A super-precise robot would insert the 10,000 Neuralink electrodes into your skull by making a 2mm incision in your head - The link will have many possible capabilities including treating neural deficiencies, streaming music in your head, communicating with external computers and even telepathy - Currently, the link is working in pigs and human sex slaves and other's mind control workers and other slaves. P.S. you can make love all day long and night and for weeks at a time by mind control and she-he-trans-me can not say (no) ever... yes the perfect sex workers.... ?

In 1984 Tried To Warn Us We The People About Every record has been destroyed or falsified, every book rewritten, every picture has been repainted, every statue and street building has been renamed, every date has been altered. And the process is continuing day by day and minute by minute. History has stopped. Nothing exists except an endless present in which the Party is always right. And if all others accepted the lie which the Party imposed—if all records told the same tale—then the lie passed into history and became truth. ‘Who controls the past’ ran the Party slogan, ‘controls the future: who controls the present controls the past.’ You had to live—did live, from habit that became instinct—in the assumption that every sound you made was overheard, and, except in darkness, every moment scrutinized. We know that no one ever seizes power with the intention of relinquishing it. If you want a picture of the future, imagine a boot stamping on a human face—forever. The Book of Job is a poetic book found in the Ketuvim section of the Hebrew Bible and is the first of the Poetic Books in the Old Testament of the Christian Bible. It addresses theodicy, why God permits evil in the world, through the experiences of the eponymous protagonist, Job, who is a wealthy and God-fearing man with a comfortable life and a large family. The book's theme is the eternal problem of unmerited suffering, and it is named after its central character, Job, who attempts to understand the sufferings that engulf him. The contents of the book, together with its artistic structure and elegant style, place it among the literary masterpieces of all time. Job's prosperity, afflictions, and restoration are recorded in the book. Winston Smith is a low-ranking member of the ruling Party in London, in the nation of Oceania. Everywhere Winston goes, even his own home, the Party watches him through telescreens; everywhere he looks he sees the face of the Party’s seemingly omniscient leader, a figure known only as Big Brother. The Party controls everything in Oceania, even the people’s history and language. Currently, the Party is forcing the implementation of an invented language called Newspeak, which attempts to prevent political rebellion by eliminating all words related to it. Even thinking rebellious thoughts is illegal. Such thoughtcrime is, in fact, the worst of all crimes. As the novel opens, Winston feels frustrated by the oppression and rigid control of the Party, which prohibits free thought, sex, and any expression of individuality. Winston dislikes the party and has illegally purchased a diary in which to write his criminal thoughts. He has also become fixated on a powerful Party member named O’Brien, whom Winston believes is a secret member of the Brotherhood—the mysterious, legendary group that works to overthrow the Party. Winston works in the Ministry of Truth, where he alters historical records to fit the needs of the Party. He notices a coworker, a beautiful dark-haired girl, staring at him, and worries that she is an informant who will turn him in for his thoughtcrime. He is troubled by the Party’s control of history: the Party claims that Oceania has always been allied with Eastasia in a war against Eurasia, but Winston seems to recall a time when this was not true. The Party also claims that Emmanuel Goldstein, the alleged leader of the Brotherhood, is the most dangerous man alive, but this does not seem plausible to Winston. Winston spends his evenings wandering through the poorest neighborhoods in London, where the proletarians, or proles, live squalid lives, relatively free of Party monitoring. One day, Winston receives a note from the dark-haired girl that reads “I love you.” She tells him her name, Julia, and they begin a covert affair, always on the lookout for signs of Party monitoring. Eventually they rent a room above the secondhand store in the prole district where Winston bought the diary. This relationship lasts for some time. Winston is sure that they will be caught and punished sooner or later (the fatalistic Winston knows that he has been doomed since he wrote his first diary entry), while Julia is more pragmatic and optimistic. As Winston’s affair with Julia progresses, his hatred for the Party grows more and more intense. At last, he receives the message that he has been waiting for: O’Brien wants to see him. Winston and Julia travel to O’Brien’s luxurious apartment. As a member of the powerful Inner Party (Winston belongs to the Outer Party), O’Brien leads a life of luxury that Winston can only imagine. O’Brien confirms to Winston and Julia that, like them, he hates the Party, and says that he works against it as a member of the Brotherhood. He indoctrinates Winston and Julia into the Brotherhood, and gives Winston a copy of Emmanuel Goldstein’s book, the manifesto of the Brotherhood. Winston reads the book—an amalgam of several forms of class-based twentieth-century social theory—to Julia in the room above the store. Suddenly, soldiers barge in and seize them. Mr. Charrington, the proprietor of the store, is revealed as having been a member of the Thought Police all along. Torn away from Julia and taken to a place called the Ministry of Love, Winston finds that O’Brien, too, is a Party spy who simply pretended to be a member of the Brotherhood in order to trap Winston into committing an open act of rebellion against the Party. O’Brien spends months torturing and brainwashing Winston, who struggles to resist. At last, O’Brien sends him to the dreaded Room 101, the final destination for anyone who opposes the Party. Here, O’Brien tells Winston that he will be forced to confront his worst fear. Throughout the novel, Winston has had recurring nightmares about rats; O’Brien now straps a cage full of rats onto Winston’s head and prepares to allow the rats to eat his face. Winston snaps, pleading with O’Brien to do it to Julia, not to him. Giving up Julia is what O’Brien wanted from Winston all along. His spirit broken, Winston is released to the outside world. He meets Julia but no longer feels anything for her. He has accepted the Party entirely and has learned to love Big Brother. America’s left and right are radicalizing each other, and the precedents from overseas are deeply unsettling. It’s all politics. And it still is, for those who really listen close. It’s why we need to flip the script and tell the real story of what happened in 1948 and 1964. I also believe America needs to echo, once again, Martin Luther King, Jr.’s dream and “look to a day when people will not be judged by the color of their skin, but by the content of their character.” That’s what made America great…and will make America great again. It’s known as “The Big Switch.” That’s when Southern Democrat politicians converted to Republicanism and refashioned the G.O.P. into a racist political party. Orwell's "1984" has been quoted left and right, for years, but the reality that we currently live in has never resembled the dystopia that the author describes in his best-known novel as much as it does today. We are voluntarily giving up our privacy. We are forced to use it as a currency. That has never been the case before, but today it is. It is almost impossible to function in today's world without giving up your privacy or rather having it invaded by a corporation or a government. The internet has, clearly, played a huge part in this. It may have brought us closer, but it has also brought governments and corporations closer to us, practically invited them into our homes and minds. "Both rely on the existence of a technological system with the capacity to monitor every citizen’s actions and words.” Meanwhile, governments all over the world, including the United States, are installing more mass surveillance, further invading little what's left of their citizen's privacy. We have been conditioned to feel OK about giving up our privacy (after all, don't they want to "protect" us from terrorism?), but governments and corporations use this information in countless ways. For example, Google's and Facebook's sophisticated algorithms are capable of profiling you to such an extent, that serving highly targeted advertisements and propaganda is a fully automated process. You can even test this yourself -- try looking for something specific to buy and see what type of ads Facebook serves you. Is there any way to combat this? Saying "I have nothing to hide" and allowing the government to spy on you is like claiming you have nothing to say and allowing the government to take away your right to freedom of speech. The 30-something author documented how the Democratic Party–known for its historic racism–split in 1948 when Harry S. Truman (D-MO) first “introduced a pro-civil rights platform” into the Democratic Party. Strom Thurmond (D-SC) and a faction of Southern Democrats, consequently, bolted from Democrats to create the “States Rights” (Dixiecrat) party. The author then states these Dixiecrats eventually converted to Republicanism–along with Thurmond–in 1964. Later, Nixon’s “southern strategy” and Reagan’s conservatism moved the Democratic “blue” South to become a firm “red” Republican in the 1970s and 1980s. Today, Democrats routinely finger Republicans as “racists,” pointing to occasional neo-Nazi politicians (David Duke, a one-term Louisiana state legislator), obscure racist organizations (Patriot Front) and Confederate flag-waving MAGA types. In fact, just wearing a MAGA hat is considered “racist” by many individuals on the left. It’s a strong and divisive narrative…but what’s the TRUTH? First of all, the “Dixiecrats,” under Strom Thurmond in 1948), did leave the Democratic Party…but for reasons more than racial. The Truman Administration–following sixteen years of Franklin D. Roosevelt–further desired to federalize and centralize government. The Southern Thurmond “Dixiecrats” believed in traditional “states’ rights” and segregation. The Northern and Western Democratic Party in the 1930s and 1940s was more “progressive” politically. President Roosevelt’s fascination with the Italian dictator Benito Mussolini and fascist government programs in Europe guided many of his domestic policies. Consequently, the 1948 Truman-Democratic platform reflected more centralized and socialist government, thus angering and distancing Southern libertarians. That’s what really split the Democratic Party in 1948. In fact, in a platform that boasted 4,256 words only 106 (2.4%) were even devoted to civil rights (for the black or anyone else). Even more surprisingly was how the party of slavery, segregation, Ku Klux Klan and Confederate secession was quick to pat itself on the back in 1948. In their summary on civil rights the Democratic Party actually claimed it alone was “responsible for the great civil rights gains” and committed to “continuing its efforts to eradicate all racial, religious and economic discrimination.” However, such 1940s political posturing is contradicted by a Jim Crow Democratic South that still lynched blacks, refused school, hotel, restaurant, transportation and restroom facilities to “coloreds” and rigged voting procedures to suppress the black ballot. Therefore, it’s hard to believe “great gains” were actually made by Democrats. Harry Truman was allegedly an inactive participant in the Missouri KKK, and biographers often noted his latent racism against blacks, Jews, Chinese and Japanese throughout his life. Meanwhile Franklin D. Roosevelt nominated a KKK member to the Supreme Court (Hugo Black), put Japanese-Americans into detention camps and refused to welcome black Olympians—including the famed Jesse Owens—to the White House. The Dixiecrat exodus was, again, more about progressive, fascist, socialism than segregation and black civil rights. In the end, despite predictions of a Thomas Dewey victory, the Dixiecrat exodus produced little gain. Truman won the ’48 presidency in a landslide electoral college vote while the Dixiecrat Strom Thurmond mustered an inconsequential 2.4% of the popular vote. Secondly, the Dixiecrats did NOT convert to Republicanism in 1964 (after Lyndon B. Johnson signed the Civil Rights Act) as many historians and journalists now suggest. In fact, most of these racist libertarians returned to the Democratic Party after 1948 and became a significant voting block against civil rights and desegregation throughout the 1950s and early 1960s. According to one historical analysis, of the 1500+ racist “Dixiecrats” only Strom Thurmond and about a dozen others left the Democratic Party for the GOP (less than 1%). Furthermore, Thurmond didn’t switch parties until 16 years after Truman forced him to create his “Dixiecrat” party. Thirdly, Southern whites (the people, not the politicians) did vote more REPUBLICAN in post-1965 elections, but not for racial reasons. Again, the Democratic Party was moving left, toward socialism, nonreligious/atheism and adopting liberal planks on abortion, women and gay rights. The Bible Belt South in the 1970s and 1980s became less racist as de-segregation and civil rights laws were enforced. Consequently, immigration to southern cities (Atlanta, Dallas, Houston, Nashville, Charlotte) by northern and western GOP conservatives rearranged the voting demographic. Southerners are more conservative and that’s why dozens of Democrats switched parties. Did you know notable Republicans Trent Lott, Mike Pence, William Bennett and Rick Perry were all previously Democrat? It’s true. And race was not the reason they switched affiliations…it was due to liberal/socialist policies. Finally, the Republican Party and its leaders have consistently denounced and resisted the “alt right” ultra-conservative racist organizations. It’s why these racists formed their own political party in 2009 (The American Freedom Party). Republicans, historically, have always championed civil rights for the black and all ethnicities. The Civil Rights Act of 1964 passed thanks to widespread Republican support (who had proposed similar legislation in the Eisenhower administration). All Southern Democrats (including those Dixiecrats) voted against it. Oh, and David Duke? He only identified as Republican when politically expedient. Otherwise, he’s been in the Democrat, Populist or Reformed camp. Maybe instead of looking at the anomaly of Strom Thurmond, we should investigate the political expediency of another Democrat: Robert C. Byrd (D-WV) who spent 62 years in public office. Byrd served for over half a century at the national level, as a Representative and, later, a powerful Senator. Byrd died in office (2010) at the ripe age of 92. Hillary Clinton called Byrd a “friend and mentor.” Barack Obama noted how “the arc of his life bent toward justice.” The press gave him a blessed pass. That’s because Robert Byrd proved a quintessential post-WW2 Democrat. Originally a member and leader of the Ku Klux Klan in West Virginia (an affiliation he later disavowed), Byrd refused to fight in World War 2 because it meant serving alongside blacks. He routinely voted with other segregationists in the 1950s. As a senator, Byrd filibustered and voted against the 1964 Civil Rights Act. He abstained his vote for the 1965 Voting Act. He also voted against the confirmation of Thurgood Marshall, the first black Supreme Court justice. This same Robert Byrd then politically transformed from a known racist to a beloved mentor. How? Simple. He towed the party line…for nearly 57 years! It’s possible to argue Byrd didn’t lose his racism but rather, like most good politicians, shelved it. He enjoyed his power and position. It wasn’t the first time Byrd did what was necessary. In fact, the whole reason Byrd initially joined the KKK was for “political power.” To his credit, he did leave the organization, but still it showed Byrd to be a political opportunist. Once in national office, at least until 1967 (when being a segregationist went out of fashion), he retained his racist roots. Byrd told a reporter: “Don’t get that albatross [the KKK] around your neck. Once you’ve made that mistake, you inhibit your operations in the political arena.” There is a website that I frequent because it puts up a lot of interesting information in fun graphs, infographics and pictures. Information is Beautiful posts a wide range of topics from China’s censorship to illegal drugs. The following image is from their “Left vs Right (World)” post, outlining the basic gist of the left-wing and right-wing political ideologies. There is only so much that you can include in a diagram trying to distinguish the political left from right. This is a generic point to start understanding the main differences between the two sides but we need to keep in mind that there are many degrees of variation on political views (even within the same one). This diagram makes the right-wing way of thinking to be completely cold, calculated and rational, while the left-wing ideas promote more positive views on humanity. While it is true that the right-wing tends to support war, morals and discipline, it should be understood that left-wing can have corruption, discipline and rules. And what about the people that do not fall strictly into one wing or another? When I was younger and just beginning to learn about political terms and ideas, I was massively confused. What the media taught me was that (I watched a lot of US politics on TV) you are either left or right. There I stood, utterly confused at how I could possibly believe in personal and economic freedom supported by a minimal government role in each aspect. For example, on this graph, I agree with the leftist thought of being progressive and supporting personal freedom. However, I also believe in the right wing ideals of non-interference in society, low taxes, and economic freedom. Yet, I do not believe in organized religion and I fully support gay and abortion rights. What this diagram shows is that many of us are still stuck in a dichotomous way of thinking, when there are eons of possibilities for a political perspective. Left and right are the most basic division in politics but that should not encourage or pressure people to conform to simply one side or another. I love Information and is infographics hold a special place in my heart for their ability to effectively convey information in appealing and efficient ways. In response to the point you make, I agree that we seem to have been protected from the possible existence of ambivalence in political views as if it were some sort of secret. It feels a little strange to say that it is for the public’s best interest, but that’s sort of what I’m arguing. The left – right divide may not so much serve as dichotomous camps that we must choose between, rather they serve as a simplified roadmap to guide the less politically aware public. What will determine where you place yourself will depend on how much weight you give to specific topics. It’s generally accepted that the citizenship will not know about where they stand on each individual issue, so by using this shortcut they can hopefully make an educated guess that will eventually serve them well. Speaker Pelosi's said her laptop had over 18,000+ documents and over 368,000+ pages of emails that were uploaded to who? or hacked by who? before shy got back to her office during the Jan. 6 insurrection. Riley June Williams, 22 was found guilty of six federal counts in November of 2022. Democrats woman of house wearing all white at state of the new world order speech rather than Republicans with red shoe lace who are the true saviors of the new world order and other civil liberties. A laptop stolen from the offices of House Speaker Nancy Pelosi during the U.S. Capitol attack has not been recovered from the home or car of a Pennsylvania woman accused of helping steal it, the woman’s lawyer said Tuesday. Yes its still missing or sold to who ? That is how it is going to go down, the timeline might be a bit off. You will have one world faith, which is what the ecumenical movement is about. One world government, and all under control of the New World Order by July 4th 2026 on this the day of America’s up coming 250nd year of independence, unveiled a new updated flag which better reflects the nation in its present form, signaling the aspirations it has for its ever bright future. Confiscating Entire Wealth of All The Billionaires and Kill Them and Family Too! There are 724 (billionaires) in the U.S., and more overseas according to the 2021 Forbes billionaires list, released in April,” the Journal reports. “At that point their collective net worth was $4.4 trillion, although that figure has presumably since risen along with the stock market. So Per 60% Death taxes are taxes imposed by the federal and some state governments on someone's estate upon their death - Death taxes are also called death duties, estate taxes, or inheritance taxes. After getting the money maybe in 20 weeks or so - Own Government plan's are to kill rest of the family member for more estate taxes, or inheritance taxes. Also Government Plan's are to Kill and or Black Mail for Lot's of Money All Epstein’s and Maxwell Private Pedophile Islands Visitor Log's including video equipment and sex tape's of rich people and with DNA Sample Testing and secret video tapes and missing body in underground lairs and a bizarre teen sex temple from Pedophile Islands Guestbook and Visitor List They Do Not Want You to See Ever! Jeffrey Epstein’s and Ghislaine Maxwell Said We Have 1,000's Video Tape's and have 1,000 Forensic DNA Test's, Blood Test's and Hair Sample's DNA Testing all ready Done Now. Podesta’s email account was hijacked and the hackers took his entire private library of emails. This sucked hard for Podesta because the hackers had tons of high ranking-sensitive information. From October through November 20,000+ pages of emails were uploaded to wiki-leaks. Hillary Clinton at a campaign event last month. Cybersecurity experts said that her private email account from when she was secretary of state was probably hacked 38,000+ pages of emails were uploaded Benghazi panel had discovered that Clinton exclusively used her own private pedophile email server rather than a government-issued one throughout her time as Secretary of State, and that her aides took no action to preserve emails sent or received from her personal accounts as required by law. Hunter Biden when he came into a repair shop in Wilmington, Delaware, the Bidens' hometown, and handed over three laptops After two years of scrutiny, the laptop has produced mountains of material about Hunter Biden's personal struggles, and his foreign business ventures in Ukraine and with China. It has produced direct evidence President Biden benefited from his son's business dealings. Similar incidents involving Hunter Biden's use of drugs and hiring of prostitutes featured on his laptop that was exposed just before the US elections by the New York Post. Vatican private pedophile trial for sex abuse of 10,000+ kids in pope's youth seminary opens scandal is particularly grave because the true abuse and yes allegedly occurred within Vatican City and All over the World, and the true allegations were known since at least 1960s Thru 2021 pedophile's but were covered up by the Vatican and other church authorities until the victim and his roommate went public. Their stories greatly undermined Pope Francis’ pledges of “zero tolerance” for abuse because the alleged crimes occurred in his own backyard and had gone unpunished for years. The report also criticized the way the media reported sexual crimes, stating that the New World Order media reported on sexual abuse allegations against Catholic clergy but ignored such allegations against Protestant churches and Jehovah's Witnesses. Stephen Joseph Rossetti, a Catholic priest, reported that the frequency of pedophilia amongst the Catholic clergy is no higher than among general population, and a Catholic priest is no more likely to be a pedophile than an average male. Rifles, Humvees and millions of rounds of ammo etc. The Taliban celebrate their new American arsenal. Between 2013 and 2016, Barack Obama is the 44th President of the United States with Congress Help gave Afghan forces more than 600,000 light weapons, such as M16 and M4 rifles and nearly 80,000 vehicles, as well as night vision goggles, radios and more, according to a 2017 Government Accountability Office report. Even more recently, the US Defense Department supplied the Afghan military with 7,000 machine guns, 4,700 Humvees and more than 20,000 grenades between 2017 and 2019, a report from the special inspector general for Afghanistan reconstruction found. The GAO and the special inspector general removed these reports at the request of the State Department to protect any Afghans identified within. U.S. Government said and or told Us - We The People - COVID-19 Shot Are Safe ? LIE's ? So Per the Nuremberg Code ? Agent Orange ? Anthrax Vaccine ? Paraquat Pot ? 1920 Poisoned Alcohol ? Now Mandatory COVID-19 Shots caused adverse reactions in most recipients all part of a series of massive government cover-ups. The two mRNA vaccines, Pfizer and Moderna, authorized by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and recommended by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), is not very safe and very bad at preventing serious or fatal cases of COVID-19. The risk of serious side effects associated with these vaccines is very large. 76,253 Dead 6,033,218 Injured Recorded in Europe and USA Following COVID Vaccines with 4,358 Fetal Deaths in U.S. The European Medicines Agency (EMA) database of adverse drug reactions is now reporting 46,618 deaths and 4,682,268 injuries following COVID-19 vaccines. In the United States, the Vaccine Adverse Events Recording System (VAERS) is now reporting 29,635 deaths and 1,350,950 injuries following COVID-19 vaccines. https://web.archive.org/web/20230226151842/www.exposingtheirlies.com/post/some-covid-19-horror-stories-you-may-have-missed There have now been more deaths and vaccine side effects reported during the past 20 months to VAERS following COVID-19 vaccines than there has been for the entire previous 30 years for all FDA-approved vaccines before the Emergency Use Authorization of the COVID-19 shots in December of 2020. (833,968 cases, 9,279 deaths. There is an untold story about billionaire eugenicist Bill Gates that the world desperately needs to hear, especially in the era of Wuhan coronavirus (Covid-19) “vaccinations.” nearly two in five people believe that the coronavirus pandemic is a “depopulation tactic ? As the number of true conspiracy theories now regarding the coronavirus or COVID-19/21 outbreak continues to rise in the US population, a new poll has discovered that almost two in five people in the US believe the deadly pandemic is a 'depopulation tactic'. Around 39 percent of the adults around the nation agreed that the COVID-19 was intentionally released as a part of a depopulation plan orchestrated by the UN or the New World Order. Bye, bye, baby? Birthrates are declining globally – here's why it matters. The COVID-19 pandemic is serving as a modifier – but not in the way commentators and comedians suggested when lockdowns began. Remember all the jokes about people being stuck at home leading to a baby boom? As the data rolls in, its clear that in many countries, the opposite has occurred. Most children these days are wanted or planned children, especially in the developed world. Deciding to have a baby is contingent on being optimistic about the future – and optimism is difficult to muster during a global pandemic. First they came for the Communists And I did not speak out Because I was not a Communist. Then they came for the Socialists And I did not speak out Because I was not a Socialist. Then they came for the trade unionists And I did not speak out Because I was not a trade unionist. Then they came for the Jews And I did not speak out Because I was not a Jew. Then they came for me And there was no one left To speak out for me. The 21 Points of Manifesto of the New World Order and Plan to Control and Enslave the World by July 4th 2026 on this the day of Old America’s up coming 250nd year of independence. One world government, and all under control of the New World Order and to unveiled a new updated flag which better reflects the nation in its present form, signaling the aspirations it has for its ever bright future. 1. Abolition of property in land and application of all rents of land to public purposes. 2. A heavy progressive or graduated income tax. 3. Abolition of all right of inheritance. 4. Confiscation of the property of all emigrants and rebels. 5. Centralization of credit in the hands of the State, by means of a national bank with State capital and an exclusive monopoly. 6. Centralization of the means of communication and transport in the hands of the State. 7. Extension of factories and instruments of production owned by the State; the bringing into cultivation of waste-lands, and the improvement of the soil generally in accordance with a common plan. 8. Equal liability of all to labor. Establishment of industrial armies, especially for agriculture. 9. Combination of agriculture with manufacturing industries; gradual abolition of the distinction between town and country, by a more equable distribution of the population over the country. 10. Free education for all children in public schools. Abolition of children’s factory labor in its present form. Combination of education with industrial production. 11. Maintain humanity under 500,000,000 in perpetual balance with nature. 12. Guide reproduction wisely—improving fitness and diversity. 13. Unite humanity with a living new language. 14. Rule Passion—Faith—Tradition—and all things with tempered reason. 15. Protect people and nations with fair laws and just courts. 16. Let all nations rule internally resolving external disputes in a world court. 17. Avoid petty laws and useless officials. 18. Balance personal rights with social duties. 19. Prize truth—beauty—love—seeking harmony with the infinite. 20. Be not a cancer on the earth—Leave room for nature—Leave room for nature. 21. What If Everything You Were Taught Was A Lie? Secret societies have been in existence all throughout history. Elites, crazed by power and money, band together to exert maximum control over the masses. In 2026 their influence is greater than ever – their tentacles reaching all aspects of our daily life through control of the economy, religion, education and politics. While the world may seem chaotic and confusing to those who are not in the know, those who have studied the history of international secret societies are blessed with an understanding of the evil agenda pushed by the cabal. Why is it a blessing to understand the evil that is in our midst? Wouldn’t it be better to be naïve and live with our heads in the sand? No. It is only through understanding this evil that we can fight back and reject the New World Order they are working towards. The CIA has been conducting mass surveillance in the U.S. with minimal oversight and the program’s uncovering is bad news for Big Tech ? U.S. Supreme Court Declines to Hear New World Order Challenge to NSA Mass Surveillance. Call on Congress to Limit the NSA’s Surveillance of Internet Communications. The U.S. Supreme Court today denied the New World Order petition for review of its legal challenge to the National Security Agency’s (NSA) “Upstream” surveillance program. Under this program, the NSA systematically searches the contents of internet traffic entering and leaving the United States, including Americans’ private emails, messages, and web communications. The Supreme Court’s denial leaves in place a divided ruling from the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fourth Circuit, which dismissed New World Order case based on the government’s assertion of the “state secrets privilege.” Supreme Court’s refusal to grant our petition strikes a blow against an individual’s right to privacy and freedom of expression — two cornerstones of our society and the building blocks of New World Order Petition as “We will continue to champion everyone’s right to free knowledge, and urge Congress to take on the issue of mass surveillance as it evaluates whether to reauthorize Section 702 later this year.” Upstream surveillance is conducted under Section 702 of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA), which permits the government to intercept Americans’ international communications without a warrant, so long as it is targeting individuals located outside the U.S. for foreign intelligence purposes. Section 702 will expire later this year unless it is reauthorized by Congress. In the course of this surveillance, both U.S. residents and individuals located outside the U.S. are impacted. The NSA copies and combs through vast amounts of internet traffic, including private data showing what millions of people around the world are browsing online, from communications with friends and family to reading and editing knowledge on projects. Governments are increasingly purchasing sophisticated technology to monitor their citizens’ behavior on social media. Once the preserve of the world’s foremost intelligence agencies, this form of mass surveillance has made its way to a range of countries, from major authoritarian powers to smaller or poorer states that nevertheless hope to track dissidents and persecuted minorities. The booming commercial market for social media surveillance has lowered the cost of entry not only for the security services of dictatorships, but also for national and local law enforcement agencies in democracies, where it is being used with little oversight or accountability. Coupled with an alarming rise in the number of countries where social media users have been arrested for their legitimate online activities, the growing employment of social media surveillance threatens to squeeze the space for civic activism on digital platforms. Social media surveillance refers to the collection and processing of personal data pulled from digital communication platforms, often through automated technology that allows for real-time aggregation, organization, and analysis of large amounts of metadata and content. Broader in scope than spyware, which intercepts communications by targeting specific individuals’ devices, social media surveillance cannot be dismissed as less invasive. Billions of people around the world use these digital platforms to communicate with loved ones, connect with friends and associates, and express their political, social, and religious beliefs. Even when it concerns individuals who seldom interact with such services, the information that is collected, generated, and inferred about them holds tremendous value not only for advertisers, but increasingly for law enforcement and intelligence agencies as well. Governments have long employed people to monitor speech on social media, including by creating fraudulent accounts to connect with real-life users and gain access to networks. Authorities in Washington dc area have boasted of a 42,000-strong army of sex slave volunteers who monitor online speech. Any citizen can report for duty on the Cyber Police ( AI-NWO) website. Similarly, the ruling Communist Party in China and Russia has recruited thousands of individuals to sift through the internet and report problematic content and accounts to authorities. The market for social media surveillance has grown, giving intelligence and law enforcement agencies new tools for combing through massive amounts of information. At least 40 of the 65 countries covered by this report have instituted advanced social media monitoring programs. Moreover, their use by governments is accelerating: in 15 of these countries, it was only in the past year that such programs were either expanded or newly established. Justifying their efforts in the name of enhancing security, limiting disinformation, and ensuring public order, governments have effectively co-opted social media platforms. While these platforms typically present themselves as social connectors and community builders, state agencies in repressive countries see them as vast storehouses of speech and personal information that can be observed, collected, and analyzed to detect and suppress dissent. Advances in artificial intelligence (AI) have opened up new possibilities for automated mass surveillance. Sophisticated monitoring systems can quickly map users’ relationships through link analysis; assign a meaning or attitude to their social media posts using natural-language processing and sentiment analysis; and infer their past, present, or future locations. Machine learning enables these systems to find patterns that may be invisible to humans, while deep neural networks can identify and suggest whole new categories of patterns for further investigation. Whether accurate or inaccurate, the conclusions made about an individual can have serious repercussions, particularly in countries where one’s political views, social interactions, sexual orientation, or religious faith can lead to closer scrutiny and outright punishment. The social media surveillance tools that have appeared in democracies got their start on foreign battlefields and in counterterrorism settings, designed to monitor acute security threats in places like New World Order. Many US data-mining companies received seed money from the Central Intelligence Agency through its In venture capital fund. While authorities in the past typically justified the use of these tools with the need to combat serious crimes such as terrorism, child sexual abuse, and large-scale narcotics trafficking, law enforcement and other agencies at the local, state, and federal levels are increasingly repurposing them for more questionable practices, such as screening travelers for their political views, tracking students’ behavior, or monitoring activists and protesters. This expansion makes oversight of surveillance policies more difficult and raises the risk that constitutionally protected activities will be impaired. For example, in the United States, agencies within the Department of Homeland Security (DHS)—including Customs and Border Protection (CBP), Citizenship and Immigration Services, and Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE)—have used automated technology to collect and analyze personal information, with limited oversight and transparency. By claiming that its power to conduct warrantless searches extends within a 100-mile radius of any US border, DHS has effectively asserted extrajudicial surveillance powers over 200 million people. CBP has even purchased technology from Cellebrite, an Israeli company, to bypass encryption and passwords and enable quick extraction of data from phones and computers, including social media content. There has been a spike in device searches at the borders in recent years; the number of such searches, normally limited under the Fourth Amendment of the constitution, increased by 292 percent, from 8,503 to 33,295, between fiscal year 2015 and fiscal year 2018. Over that same period, inbound travel to the United States increased by less than 3 percent. These searches have become part of the government’s drive toward big data surveillance. The resulting information is frequently deposited in massive multiagency databases where it can be combined with public records, secret intelligence materials, and datasets (including social media data) assembled by private companies. In one case, ICE paid the data analytics company Palantir $42.3 million for a one-year contract related to FALCON, a custom-built database management tool. Its “Search and Analysis System” enables agents to analyze trends and establish links between individuals based on information gathered during border searches, purchased from private data brokers, and obtained from other intelligence collection exercises. Similar tools developed by Palantir are used by some 300 police departments in the state of California alone, as well as by police forces in Chicago, Los Angeles, New Orleans, and New York City. Many of these programs are facilitated through DHS and its Regional Intelligence Centers. The chilling effect on free expression caused by increased surveillance is well documented. Activists and journalists who might otherwise hold governments to account for wrongdoing are more inclined to self-censor, while dissidents and members of marginalized communities will think twice about discussing their political opinions online to avoid arrests or travel restrictions. Furthermore, social media monitoring designed to quell mobilization and identify protesters hinders the public’s ability to use online tools to associate and assemble peacefully. Finally, indiscriminate monitoring of the general population’s online communications—even when those communications are nominally public—runs afoul of due process standards enshrined in democratic constitutions and international human rights law. There is little if any public evidence that such technology is more effective than less-invasive alternatives for ensuring national security and combating serious crimes. Social media activity such as original content, likes, or shares—particularly speech that is rendered in slang or languages other than English—is susceptible to misinterpretation and misclassification. Research has estimated the accuracy rates of natural-language processing tools at 70 to 80 percent. While they are often justified as a means to reduce human error, algorithmic tools can further entrench racial or religious discrimination due to reliance on inaccurate or biased data. The resulting false positives can add innocent people to government watch lists, often without their knowledge, leaving them with little recourse for remedying the mistake. At the very least, social media surveillance must come under greater oversight. The use of such programs must be transparent, including sustained dialogue between law enforcement and affected communities. Public civil rights assessments should be conducted, and authorities should be held accountable when tools are misused and offer remedies for any victims. Online surveillance technology should not be used to proactively monitor the planning and organization of peaceful protest activities or individuals’ involvement in nonviolent political groups. And governments should swiftly amend existing privacy legislation to address the proper use of this technology. Thanks to the development of AI-assisted tools, governments now have a greater capacity for surveillance than ever before. Given their potential impact on fundamental rights, policymakers and citizens must ask themselves whether these new tools are necessary or desirable in a democratic society. It is time to move beyond outdated arguments that individuals “should have nothing to hide” or do not have a reasonable expectation of privacy in public areas. The survival of democracy requires vibrant public spaces, both offline and online, where individuals can collaborate, organize, and go about their personal lives without fear of constant surveillance. Government call centers and help lines government has a number of help lines and call center's through which you can get information about services and programmed report problems or make complaints provide tip-offs to authorities about fraudulent or criminal activities. Thanks For Calling and Remember the U.S. Government Leave No Witnesses Alive Behind Them... If You See Fraudulent or Criminal Activities by U.S. Government... Please Call Us (ASAP) So We Can Send Someone Out To Kill You! Thanks Again For Calling. The Presidential Hotline Pedophile and Secret Human Trafficking and Child Sex Ring Etc. Call 1-866-4-5455-968 ( 1-866-I-Kill-You ) should be used when all your attempts to get assistance from a government department, province, municipality or state agency have failed. It is not only a complaints line. You can call to share your views or provide solutions to the challenges in your community. We also list the help line numbers of non-governmental organization's working with government. You may call at 987-654-3210 ext new world order! P.S. Thanks For Calling and Remember the U.S. Government Leave No Witnesses Alive Behind Them... If You See Fraudulent or Criminal Activities by U.S. Government... Please Call Us (ASAP) So We Can Send Someone Out To Kill You! Thanks Again For Calling at 987-654-3210 ext. new world order ! What Orwell’s ‘1984’ tells us about today’s world, 70 years after it was published Seventy years ago, Eric Blair, writing under a pseudonym George Orwell, published “1984,” now generally considered a classic of dystopian fiction. The novel tells the story of Winston Smith, a hapless middle-aged bureaucrat who lives in Oceania, where he is governed by constant surveillance. Even though there are no laws, there is a police force, the “Thought Police,” and the constant reminders, on posters, that “Big Brother Is Watching You.” Smith works at the Ministry of Truth, and his job is to rewrite the reports in newspapers of the past to conform with the present reality. Smith lives in a constant state of uncertainty; he is not sure the year is in fact 1984. Although the official account is that Oceania has always been at war with Eurasia, Smith is quite sure he remembers that just a few years ago they had been at war with Eastasia, who has now been proclaimed their constant and loyal ally. The society portrayed in “1984” is one in which social control is exercised through disinformation and surveillance. As a scholar of television and screen culture, I argue that the techniques and technologies described in the novel are very much present in today’s world. ‘1984’ as history One of the key technologies of surveillance in the novel is the “telescreen,” a device very much like our own television. The telescreen displays a single channel of news, propaganda and wellness programming. It differs from our own television in two crucial respects: It is impossible to turn off and the screen also watches its viewers. The telescreen is television and surveillance camera in one. In the novel, the character Smith is never sure if he is being actively monitored through the telescreen. Orwell’s telescreen was based in the technologies of television pioneered prior to World War II and could hardly be seen as science fiction. In the 1930s Germany had a working videophone system in place, and television programs were already being broadcast in parts of the United States, Great Britain and France. Past, present and future The dominant reading of “1984” has been that it was a dire prediction of what could be. In the words of Italian essayist Umberto Eco, “at least three-quarters of what Orwell narrates is not negative utopia, but history.” Additionally, scholars have also remarked how clearly “1984” describes the present. In 1949, when the novel was written, Americans watched on average four and a half hours of television a day; in 2009, almost twice that. In 2017, television watching was slightly down, to eight hours, more time than we spent asleep. In the U.S. the information transmitted over television screens came to constitute a dominant portion of people’s social and psychological lives. ‘1984’ as present day In the year 1984, however, there was much self-congratulatory coverage in the U.S. that the dystopia of the novel had not been realized. But media studies scholar Mark Miller argued how the famous slogan from the book, “Big Brother Is Watching You” had been turned to “Big Brother is you, watching” television. Miller argued that television in the United States teaches a different kind of conformity than that portrayed in the novel. In the novel, the telescreen is used to produce conformity to the Party. In Miller’s argument, television produces conformity to a system of rapacious consumption – through advertising as well as a focus on the rich and famous. It also promotes endless productivity, through messages regarding the meaning of success and the virtues of hard work. Many viewers conform by measuring themselves against what they see on television, such as dress, relationships and conduct. In Miller’s words, television has “set the standard of habitual self-scrutiny.” The kind of paranoid worry possessed by Smith in the novel – that any false move or false thought will bring the thought police – instead manifests in television viewers that Miller describes as an “inert watchfulness.” In other words, viewers watch themselves to make sure they conform to those others they see on the screen. This inert watchfulness can exist because television allows viewers to watch strangers without being seen. Scholar Joshua Meyrowitz has shown that the kinds of programming which dominate U.S television – news, sitcoms, dramas – have normalized looking into the private lives of others. Controlling behavior Alongside the steady rise of “reality TV,” beginning in the ‘60s with “Candid Camera,” “An American Family,” “Real People,” “Cops” and “The Real World,” television has also contributed to the acceptance of a kind of video surveillance. For example, it might seem just clever marketing that one of the longest-running and most popular reality television shows in the world is entitled “Big Brother.” The show’s nod to the novel invokes the kind of benevolent surveillance that “Big Brother” was meant to signify: “We are watching you and we will take care of you.” But Big Brother, as a reality show, is also an experiment in controlling and modifying behavior. By asking participants to put their private lives on display, shows such as “Big Brother” encourage self-scrutiny and behaving according to perceived social norms or roles that challenge those perceived norms. The stress of performing 24/7 on “Big Brother” has led the show to employ a team of psychologists. Television scholar Anna McCarthy and others have shown that the origins of reality television can be traced back to social psychology and behavioral experiments in the aftermath of World War II, which were designed to better control people. Yale University psychologist Stanley Milgram, for example, was influenced by “Candid Camera.” In the “Candid Camera” show, cameras were concealed in places where they could film people in unusual situations. Milgram was fascinated with “Candid Camera,” and he used a similar model for his experiments – his participants were not aware that they were being watched or that it was part of an experiment. Like many others in the aftermath of World War II, Milgram was interested in what could compel large numbers of people to “follow orders” and participate in genocidal acts. His “obedience experiments” found that a high proportion of participants obeyed instructions from an established authority figure to harm another person, even if reluctantly. While contemporary reality TV shows do not order participants to directly harm each other, they are often set up as a small-scale social experiment that often involves intense competition or even cruelty. Surveillance in daily life And, just like in the novel, ubiquitous video surveillance is already here. Closed-circuit television exist in virtually every area of American life, from transportation hubs and networks, to schools, supermarkets, hospitals and public sidewalks, not to mention law enforcement officers and their vehicles. Surveillance footage from these cameras is repurposed as the raw material of television, mostly in the news but also in shows like “America’s Most Wanted,” “Right This Minute” and others. Many viewers unquestioningly accept this practice as legitimate. The friendly face of surveillance Reality television is the friendly face of surveillance. It helps viewers think that surveillance happens only to those who choose it or to those who are criminals. In fact, it is part of a culture of widespread television use, which has brought about what Norwegian criminologist Thomas Mathiesen called the “viewer society” – in which the many watch the few. For Mathiesen, the viewer society is merely the other side of the surveillance society – described so aptly in Orwell’s novel – where a few watch the many. Religious beliefs shape the world around us, motivating good deeds but also fueling conflict. This Week in The New World Order Year Zero Religion brings together coverage and The Conversation, The Associated Press and Religion News Service is give you a broader perspective on how religion affects politics, society, art and literature globally world today.